, j iccfcfen &• to .ibiciu- &'■*<■' •’ 242 Flc-f ■ i .2*4 Buenos Aires. THE UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS LIBRARY 4£3 W39d 1&8I CountingsI^oujSc dcDition. A DICTIONARY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE, EXPLANATORY, PRONOUNCING, ETYMOLOGICAL, AND SYNONYMOUS. WITH AN APPENDIX CONTAINING COMMERCIAL AND OTHER USEFUL TABLES. MAINLY ABRIDGED FROM THE LATEST EDITION OF THE QUARTO DICTIONARY OF NOAH WEBSTER; LL. D., By WILLIAM G. WEBSTER AND * WILLIAM A WHEELER ^Hus'tratctr fcottl) more tljan: Ojrec iiRmtfrctf antf Jptftj? (£nrjralmicj£ ou Oiloott. * NEW YORK AND CHICAGO- IVISON, BLAKEMAN, TAYLOR & CO. G. & C. MERRIAM, SPRINGFIELD, MASS. 1881 . / Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1867, by G. & C. Merriam, in tiie Clerk’s Office of the District Court for the District of Massachusetts. 1 N4 A PREFACE. This work, originally prepared by Mr. William G. Webster, with the co-oper¬ ation of the late Professor Chauncey A. Goodrich of Yale College, was first pub¬ lished in 1856. While it was framed with a particular reference to the wants of students in our colleges, academies, and other advanced schools, and also of those engaged in private study, it was at the same time designed for use in the family, the office, and the counting-house, and among all who might desire to obtain a com¬ prehensive dictionary of small size and cost. The present revision has been made by Mr. William A. Wheeler, one of the editors of the revised edition of Webster’s Quarto Dictionary issued in 1864. Keep¬ ing in view the general plan of the abridgment as just stated, he has not only brought the work into full conformity with the revised Quarto, but has considerably enlarged its scope, and proportionally increased its usefulness. In its present form, this volume comjirises a copious and careful selection of English words in actual use at the present day, shows their correct orthography and pronunciation, gives their etymology in a concise manner, and exhibits their various shades of signification by means of formal definition conveyed for the most part in brief descriptive sentences or clauses. In some thousands of cases, a list of Syn¬ onyms, printed in a separate paragraph and in smaller type, is subjoined to the defini¬ tions ; and, in addition, synonymous words, to the number of about seventeen hun¬ dred, are carefully discriminated in nearly six hundred distinct articles. Wood-cuts, selected and engraved expressly for the work, have been freely introduced, not as mere embellishments, but for the purpose of leading to a better understanding of the terms under which they occur. The Introduction contains a concise and authen¬ tic exposition of the subject of English orthoepy, a very full collection of Rules for Spelling, and an explanatory list of Prefixes and Suffixes, with appropriate examples of their use. The character and range of the Appendix will be best understood by referring to the various Tables included in it, or by an inspection of the Contents on page v. Its leading object, however, is to add to the value of the work as a oh) 4?’G6 >0 jH lT\ Ct *VV PREFACE. MM IV popular manual of -reference, by presenting in a form adapted for ready consultation pronouncing vocabularies of proper names, and brief explanations of certain other matters concerning which information is often desired by readers and writers of every class. The attention of bankers , merchants , and business men in general , is particularly requested to the Commercial Tables on pages 549-630. These tables are in part the products of original research, and in part they are compilations from the best sources. The portion relating to Money, Weights, and Measures has been prepared by Mr. E. B. Elliott, of the United States Treasury Department, at Washington, a gentleman well known as a statistician and cambist. Mr. Elliott has also revised with scrupulous care the proof-sheets of this portion of the work, which, the Editor confi¬ dently believes, will be found comprehensive, practical, and thoroughly satisfactory. The “ T ible giving the Currency, Rate of Interest, Penalty for Usury, and Laws in regard to the Collection of Debts,” etc., presents in a small compass much useful information, and supplies a want not filled by any other similar work of reference. Such are the chief features of this Dictionary, which, as it now stands, revised in all its departments, and enriched by many important additions, considerably exceeds its original limits; the size of the page having been somewhat increased, and more than one hundred pages added to the number contained in the former edition. In the arrangement of words, while a strict alphabetical order is followed, words of the same form — whether etymologically related or not —■ are not treated in dis¬ tinct articles, but the definition of one immediately follows that of another in the same paragraph, being separated from it only by a dash; as, “ Ab^o-rig'i-nal, a . First or primitive.— n. A first or original inhabitant.” This has been done to save space; but the inspector will find that facility of reference has not been sacri¬ ficed to the necessity for compression. In submitting this work to the judgment of the public, the Editor indulges the hope that the protracted labor and unremitting care he has bestowed upon it have resulted in the production of a Dictionary which will be found to answer all the purposes for which it is intended. v Wiliiam A. Wheeler. CONTENTS. PAGE KEY TO THE PRONUNCIATION. v i PRINCIPLES OP PRONUNCIATION.. vii to xxii Vowels, . vii VOWELS IN MONOSYLLABLES AND ACCENTED SYLLABLES,.vii REGULAR OR PROPER DIPHTHONGS,.xi VOWELS IN UNACCENTED SYLLABLES.• . . . . xi SILENT VOWELS. x ii Consonants .xiii ASSIMILATION OF CONSONANTS.xix DUPLICATION OF CONSONANTS.xix Accent ... ..f xix DIVIDED USAGE.xix DISSYLLABLES. XX TRISYLLABLES AND POLYSYLLABLES ..XX Syllabication .xxii RULES FOR SPELLING CERTAIN CLASSES OF AVORDS.xxii to xxvi PREFIXES AND SUFFIXES .xxvii to xxxi ABBREVIATIONS AND EXPLANATIONS. xxxii A DICTIONARY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE . . . . 1 to 486 APPENDIX. PRONOUNCING VOCABULARY OF GREEK AND LATIN PROPER NAMES. 487 to 495 PRONOUNCING VOCABULARY OF SCRIPTURE PROPER NAMES. 496 to 601 PRONOUNCING VOCABULARIES OF MODERN GEOGRAPHICAL ' AND BIOGRAPHICAL NAMES. 602 to 619 ELEMENTS OF PRONUNCIATION OF THE PRINCIPAL MODERN LANGUAGES OF CONTINENTAL EUROPE 502 EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS AND SIGNS . . . ..504 VOCABULARY OF MODERN GEOGRAPHICAL NAMES.505 Vocabulary of Modern Biographical Names .514 PRONOUNCING VOCABULARY OF ENGLISH CHRISTIAN NAMES, WITH THEIR DERIVA¬ TION, SIGNIFICATION, Etc . . 520 to 525 Names of Men -.520 Names of Women .523 CLASSIFICATION OF LANGUAGES. 526. 527 QUOTATIONS, WORDS, PHRASES, PROVERBS, ETC., FROM THE GREEK, THE LATIN, AND MODERN FOREIGN LANGUAGES. 528 to 533 METRIC SYSTEM OF WEIGHTS AND MEASURES . . 534 ABBREVIATIONS USED IN WRITING AND PRINTING. 535 to 538 ARBITRARY SIGNS USED IN WRITING AND PRINTING. 539 to £41 A CONCISE ACCOUNT OF THE CHIEF DEITIES, HEROES, Etc., IN THE GREEK AND ROMAN MYTHOLOGY. 542 to 548 TABLES OF MONEY, WEIGHT, AND MEASURE OF THE PRINCIPAL COMMERCIAL COUN¬ TRIES IN THE WORLD. 549 to 598 TABLE SHOWING THE INTRINSIC VALUES OF THE PRINCIPAL GOUD AND SILVER COINS OF DIFFERENT FOREIGN COUNTRIES, AND THE RATES FIXED BY LAW AT WHICH THEY SHALL BE RECEIVED IN PAYMENT OF CUSTOMS DUES. 599 to 603 TABLES OF THE CHIEF COMMERCIAL WEIGHTS AND MEASURES OF DIFFERENT COUN¬ TRIES, REDUCED TO THE LEGAL STANDARDS OF THE UNITED STATES. 604 to 608 A CLASSIFIED SELECTION OF PICTORIAL ILLUSTRATIONS.60.9 to 620 KEY TO THE PRONUNCIATION. VOWELS. REGULAR LONG AND SHORT SOUNDS. X, A, long, as in X, A, short, as in E, E, long, as in £, %, short, as in I, I, long, as in . T, I, short, as in . . ale, Fate, Chamber, Gray. . Add, Fat, Have, Random. . Eve, Mete, Peace, Seizure. . End, Met, Check, Leopard. . Ice, Fine, MIre, Thrive. . Ill, Fin, Admit, Tribute. 0, 5, long, as in . (J, 6, short , as in U, U, long, as in t5", tJ, short, as in Y, Y, long, as in Y, Y, short, as in . Old, Note, L5af, Depose. . Odd, Not, Torrid, Resolve . Use, Tube, Lute, Feudal. . ttSj.TuB, Bijt, Study. . Fly, Style, Sky, Edify. . CVst, Nvtmph, Lyric, Ab?ss. OCCASIONAL SOUNDS. A, A,as in. Air, Share, PAir, BeAr. A, A, Italian, as in . . ARM, FATHER, BAr, PAlm. A, a, as in . . . . Ask, Grass, Dance, Branch. A, a, broad, as in . . All, Talk, Haul, Swarm. A,a, like short o, as in What, Wander, Wallow. ft, e, like h, as in . . Lre, There, Heir, Wilere. E,e, like long a, as in Eight, Pr:ev , Obey. £, £, as in . . . . Ermine, VErge, Prf.fEr. T, i, like long e, as in . Pique, Machine, Police. i. I, like e, as in . . . Irksome, Virgin, ThIrsty 0,6, like short u ,as in Other, D6ne, Son, Won. 0, o, like long oo,as in Prove, Do, Move, Tomb. 0, o, like short oo, as in Bosom, Wolf, Woman. 6,6, like broad a, as in order, Form, Stork. 0"0, o"o,asin . . . Moon, Food, Booty. 00, o"o, as in . . . WoTol, Fo'ot, Go"bD. TJ, u, preceded by r, as in Rude , Rumor, Rural. U, u, like short oo, as in Bull, Put, Push, Pull. ft, B, as in . . . . Drge, BBrn, FOrl, ConcBr. e,i, o, silent . . . Token, Cousin, Mason. REGULAR DIPHTHONGAL SOUNDS. Oi, oi, or Oy, OY (unmarked), as in. Oil, Join, Moist, Oyster. Ou, ou, or Ow, ow (unmarked), as in. Out, Hound, Owl, Vowel. CONSONANTS. G, y, soft, like s sharp, as in . Cede, Cite, Mer^y. €, €, hard, like k, as in . . Call, Uoncur, Success. Ch, ch (unmarked), as in . Child, Much, Touch. Gh, yH, soft , like sh, as in . Ghaise, Marchioness. €h, ch, hard, like k, as in . €horus, Echo, Distich. G, G, hard, as in . . . . GET, TIGER, Begin. G, G, soft, likey, as in . . GEM, ENGINE, ELEGY. S, s, sharp (unmarked), as in Same, Yes, Rest. S, £,so/2 or vocal, like z, as in HAg, AMUgE, RogEATE. Th, th, sharp (unmarked), as in Th, ,th flat or vocal, as in . . Ng, NG (unmarked), as in . . N, N, (See § 82), as in . . X, x, like gz, as in. PH, PH, like/(unmarked), as in Qu, QU, like kw (unmarked),as in WH, wh, like hw (unmk’d), as in Zh, zh, as in Thing, Breath. T-hine, Smooth. Sing, Single. Linger, Link. Exist, Auxiliary. Phantom, Sylph. Queen, Conquest. What, Awhile. Vision (vizh'un). *** When one letter of an improper diphthong, or of a triphthong, is marked, it is to be taken as representing the sound of the combination, and the letter or letters which are not marked are to be regarded as silent; as in dim, clean , ceil,people, rp.ute, soul, journal, tow, &c. The combined letters ce, ci, sci, se, si, or ti, occurring before a vowel in a syllable immediately preceded by an accented syllable, are generally equivalent to sh; as in o/cean, ceta/ceous, so/cial, logician, suspi/eion, auspicious, con/science, nau/seous, controver/sial, dissen/si'on, ini/tial, ora/tion, flcti/fious, &c. Such syllables are not always respelled, as, in general, they will naturally be pronounced correctly by an English speaker. But in all exceptional, doubtful, or difficult cases, the appropriate respelling is used. *** For an explanation of foreign sounds occurring in the Dictionary see pp. 502-604. RESPELLING FOR PRONUNCIATION. — (1.) In respelling the French an, en, on, &c., the letters ng tire not to be pro' nouneed themselves, being designed simply to mark the vowel as nasal, that is, as pronounced through both tire nose and the mouth at the same time. — (2.) The respelling of a word when a number of related words follow, applies to all of them down to some other word which is respelled. ACCENT. — The principal accent is denoted by a heavy mark; the secondary, by a lighter mark; as in Su'perixtesd/ent. In the division of words into syllables, these marks, besides performing their proper office, supply the place of the hyphen, except in some compound and derivative words. (vi) PRINCIPLES OF PRONUNCIATION, WITH EXPLANATIONS OF THE KEY. VOWELS. § 1 , The vowel sounds in monosyllables and accented syllables are marked in the Dictionary by pointing the let¬ ters according to the Key. Each of the vowels will now be considered under three heads; namely, its regular long , and short , and its occasional sounds, as heard in monosyllables and in accented and unaccented syllables. I. VOWELS IN MONOSYLLABLES AND ACCENTED SYLLABLES. A. § 2. Regular long sound, marked A, a, as in ale ; heard also in pain , day , gaol , gauge, aye, break, veil , whey , &c. Note. —This sound of a is in most cases dipthongal, having a slight “ vanish ” in £ annexed to its “ radical” or initial souud, as in pay, where the y may be regarded as representing the vanish. Writers are not agreed as to the nature of the radical part, some considering it to be the sound of short e, while others assert that it is a distinct, though very similar, element, being like the other long vowels as compared with their true corresponding short sounds, of a slightly less open quality. — See § 11, and § 8, Note. § 3. Regular short sound, marked A, 5, as in add ; heard also in plaid, bade, &c. Note. — This is a distinct element from the long a. Like the other shut or stopped vowels (e, I, o, u, do), its sound is exceedingly short, and has a certain abrupt, ex¬ plosive character, which is hardly found in any language but our own. With respect to its position in the scale of sounds, it is a palatal vowel, intermediate between a and £, the tongue being raised higher than for a, and not so high as for c. Occasional Sounds of A. § 4 . Sound of a before r, in such words as air, care, fare, bear, prayer, parent, marked A, §,. The letter e has the same sound in a few words, such as there, where, their, heir, See. Two errors in opposite extremes are here to be avoided: 1. That of the vulgar, who pronounce where, whar ; bear, bar ; careful, carTul, &c.; 2. That of some among the educated classes, who pronounce pair, parent , &c., as if spelt pay'er, payment, &c. Some have considered the a in care as a distinct element; this, however, is not admitted by Smart, who maintains that it is our long a in fate , and owes all its peculiarity to the subsequent r. Such, also, is the statement of Dr Web¬ ster and most English orthoepists. The sound of r in these words is what Smart calls a "guttural vibration,” — a sound which he represents by ur, and Dr. Webster by er. In care we touch lightly on the a sound ( the radical alone ( without the vanish ; see § 2), and then pass fully and strongly into the guttural vibration (ca/ur or efi'er), draw¬ ing the two as closely as possible into the same syllable —- so closely that Smart (not aiming at philosophical exact¬ ness) speaks of the r as actually blending with the previous vowel. In like manner, parent is sounded pa'ur-ent , or pa', er-ent ; and fairy has the sound of fa'er-y, as the word was actually spelt by Spenser in his " Faery Queen.” Smart refers, also, with approbation, to another mode of identify¬ ing the sound in question; namely, that of prolonging our short e before r. Thus, ther (with the e as in then), drawn out into long quantity, gives us there (thar); and er (the first syllable in Srror) gives us ere or e’er (ar). Thus, in the view here presented, the initial sound should always be that of a in fate (the radical without the vanish ; see § 2 ), though the final impression upon the ear is that of an open or broad sound, in consequence of the " opening power ” of the r. In primitive words like flare, lair, pair, and the others mentioned above, it is very important not to dwell so long on the a as to make it diphthongal ; for, if the close vanishing element of the vowel is retained, it is impossible for the open r to blend with it in the same syllable. But in derivative words like flayer, layer, payer , it is essential to preserve the terminational sound of the a, in order to keep up a distinction between the two classes. Some, however, especially in New England, give these words a slightly different sound; namely, that of our short a before the r, in air, pronounced der, with a somewhat lengthened sound of the a. This sound is rather more open than the one mentioned above, and is apt, in the mouths of our common people, to become too broad and coarse. If well executed, however, it is scarcely at all inferior to the other in smoothness and grace. It is frequently heard among the well-educated in England ; there is a tendency in many to intermingle the two, and it often requires a nice ear to determine which is used. Dr. Webster, who adopted the former in his own practice, once remarked to the writer that he regarded the difference as unimportant, provided the New England sound be given without coarse¬ ness or undue breadth. § 5 . Sound of the Italian a, marked A, a, as in arm, father, far ; heard also in ah, hearth, aunt, guard, are, &c. Note. — This sound occurs in monosyllables and in the accented syllable of many words, before r final or r fol¬ lowed by another consonant (as in scar , tar , tart, yard, de-bar', de-part'), and in the derivatives of such words (as in scarred, tarry, of, or resembling, tar, debarring). But when a occurs in an accented syllable, before r followed by a vowel or by another r, in a word not a derivative, it has its regular short sound, as in arable, b&rrow, tarry, to delay. The Italian a is the most open of all the vowel sounds, fviil viii PRINCIPLES OF and is one of the extremes of the vowel scale, the other extremes being e and do. In its formation, the mouth and throat are opened widely, and the tongue is left in its nat¬ ural position of rest. It was formerly much more common in Euglish than it is at the present day. The loss of it to so great an extent has been an injury to our language, and any further exclusion of it is therefore undesirable. ' § Sound of a in certain words (chiefly monosyllables) ending in ff, f, ss, st, sk, sp, -with a few in nee, and nt, marked A, a, as in staff, graft, pass, last, ask, gasp , chance, chant, & c. Note. — Down to the close of the last century, words of this class were universally pronounced with the full Italian a. Some, especially among the vulgar, gave this too broad¬ ly, or with a kind of drawl (as pass like pahss, fast like fahst), so that Walker, disgusted with this abuse, and having a prejudice against intermediate sounds, marked all such words in his Dictionary by the sound of short a, giving the vowel in past, staff, &c., the sound of that in pat, Staffa (the island), &c. It will not be surprising — if we bear in mind the remark in § 3 on the extreme short¬ ness and abruptness of this sound — that this change was strongly condemned by the orthoepists. Jones declared it to be “a mincing affectation;” and Mitford said, “No English tongue fails to express, no English ear to perceive, the difference between the sound of a in passing and in passive. No colloquial familiarity will substitute the one for the other.” Still, the high character of Walker, and the increasing disgust for every thing like a drawl in speaking, gave currency to the change. It prevailed in London, and in some of the larger cities of America, until there sprung up, on both sides of the Atlantic, what Smart has called a “ new school ” and an “ old school ” on this subject. The extreme shortness of the a as marked by Walker, v T as still objected to ; and Smart, in his Dictionary, first published in 1835, censured Walker on this account, saying, “He allows no compromise between the broad Italian a, with which a vulgar mouth pronounces ass, and the sound nar¬ rower (if possible) than the a in at, with which an affected speaker minces the same word.”. He therefore spoke of a “ medium sound ” of the a in words of this class, saying, “ We are apt, even in London, to give a slight prolongation to the vowel (&) which would, in other cases, be quite rus¬ tic.” This prolongation has passed into America, and is now heard extensively among the followers of Walker in this country. It is a kind of drawl on the a in such words as last, past, fast, &c. Smart states, however, in a recent letter, that in England this prolongation is now wholly laid aside. “ Custom with us,” he remarks, “is much changed. It is no longer affectation to say ass ; and grant, graft, &c., at present indicate the pronunciation of well-educated Lon¬ don people under sixty-five or sixty years of age.” In other words, Walker’s extreme short sound of staff , like Stitffa, and pass like passive, is now adopted by many Londoners as the true and only proper sound. The change introduced by Walker never had any great currency in this countrv, except in a few large cities and in places immediately affected by their influence. Our leading lexicographers, Webster and Worcester, declared against it. Manv who were taught it in childhood have since laid it aside; and there is an increasing disposition among our teachers and literary men to unite on some in¬ termediate sound between the extreme broadness, or length, of the a in father, and the extreme narrowness, or shortness of the a in fat. That of Smart (mentioned above as now dis¬ used was intermediate in quantity: and so also is another, which Fulton and Knight have introduced into their Dic¬ tionary, namely, a shortened sound of the Italian a. They give the word “ lard ” as an example of the long Italian sound (as in father, &c.), and “ last ” of their short Italian sound ; and mark with the latter the entire class of words now under consideration, such as staff, graft, pass, last, ask, gasp, and a few words in nee and nt, as dance, and chant. In this way thev guard against that undue prolon¬ gation of the a which offended Walker, and still retain in PRONUNCIATION. use one of the finest sounds of our language. This is the sound recommended in this volume, and marked A, a. Some might possibly prefer one a little less open, verging slightly more towards that of a in an ; and there is cer¬ tainly room here for a diversity of taste and practice among those who agree in the main point of rejecting the extreme shortness of Walker’s sound. If it be proposed, however, to give these words a sound intermediate in quality between the Italian a and our short a, one thing is important to be considered. Mr. Smart states, in answer to an inquiry on the subject, that, although he can exemplify such a sound, he is not aware that any thing of the kind is used among the educated classes in England. The only alternative there seems to be between the Italian a and the extreme short sound of Walker ; and it is natural and desirable that those among us who reject the latter should adopt the same sound with those who led the way in that rejection upon the other side of the Atlantic. Any one who heard the lectures of Mr. Thackeray during his visit to this coun¬ try in 1855-56, and noticed his pronunciation with reference to this subject, must have been struck with the definite sound of the Italian a which he gave to all words of this class. lie even gave that sound in the word answer, which, though common in England, is comparatively rare in Amer¬ ica. A gentleman who held for many years a high diplo¬ matic station at the court of St. James, told the writer that, except among Londoners, he almost uniformly heard the Italian a in such cases, especially among the officers of government, and the nobility and gentry with whom he was led to asscciate. Such, also, is said by members of Oxford and Cambridge to be the case now at those univer¬ sities ; and seme of the most eminent preachers of the king¬ dom, such as the Bishop of Oxford (Wilberforee), have been mentioned in confirmation of this remark. It is for such reasons that the words in question are here marked with a shortened or brief sound of the Italian a, in accordance with the views and practice of Dr. Webster. § 7. Sound of broad a, marked A, a, as in all, talk, haul, swarm ; heard also in sauce, awe, geCrgic, fork, grCat, bCught, & c. N OTE. — This has sometimes been called the German a, but is a broader and more guttural sound,being formed by a depression of the larjnx, and a consequent retraction of the tongue, which enlarges the cavity of the mouth poste¬ riorly. § 8. Short sound of broad a, marked A, a, as in what, wander, wallow , &c.; heard also in knowledge. Note. — This is the extreme short sound of broad a, and coincides with the sound of o in not. It differs, however, in quality as well as quantity from broad a, beiDg a more open sound ; that is to say, the aperture of the lips and the internal cavity of the mouth, though of the same shape in both cases, are somewhat larger for the former (a) than for the latter (a), while the position of the tongue remains unaltered throughout. Nor is this difference peculiar to a and a: it also exists between the other pairs of vowel sounds’that have essentially the same organic formation, but differ in length or duration : in each case, that which is the briefer in quantity is the more open in quality of the two. There is a sound of a, as heard in salt, although , &c., which is intermediate betw een tha t in nmeand that in what. No distinctive mark is used to indicate this intermediate sound, but the inquirer is referred to this section from all words in the vocabulary in which the sound occurs. — See § 21, Note. § 9. An exceptional sound of a occurs in the words any \ many. It is as if they were spelled Hn'y, mSn'y , being the regular short sound of e. E. § 10. Regular long sound, marked E, e, as in eve, m£te, PRINCIPLES OF PRONUNCIATION. &c.; heard also in Ccesar, beard, feet, leisure, people, icy, machine, field, oesophagus, quay, Sec. Note. — In the formation of this element, the tongue is raised convexly within the dome of the palate, pressing against its sides, and leaving only the smallest possible pas¬ sage through which a vowel sound can be uttered. E is therefore the closest lingual or palatal vowel, and is one of the extremes of the natural vowel scale, a and oo being the other extremes. § 11. Regular short sound, marked E, g. as in end, met; heard also in many, apheeresis, said, says, feather, heifer, leopard, friend, asafaetida, bury, guess Note . — This is not a short sound of the long e. It has usually been considered as the shut or extreme short sound of the a in fate; but most orthoepists at the present day, while allowing it to be a nearly related sound, regard it as distinct, being slightly more open than the radical part of a, and lacking the vanish : both are intermediate between a and c, the tongue not being so much depressed as for the former, nor raised so high toward the palate as for the latter. — See § 2, and § 3, Note. Occasional Sounds of E. § 12. Sound of e like a (as in care, fair, bear, & c.y, marked E, G, as in ere, there, Mir, Per, Sec. This, as is stated in § 4, is the same sound with that of a in care. — See § 4. § 13. Sound of e like a, marked E, e, as in eh, ciaht, prey, vein, Sec. — See § 2. Note. — This is essentially the sound which this letter generally has in the leading modern languages of Continen¬ tal Europe. § 14. Sound of e before r, verging toward the sound of w in urge, marked E, e, as in ermine, verge, prefer ; heard also in earnest, mirth, myrtle, Sec. Note. — The case here contemplated is that of e before r, in a monosyllable or in an accented syllable in which the r is not followed by a vowel or by another r, or in derivatives of such words, when the syllable retains its accent, as in herd , defer , deferring, err, erring, term, mercy , maternal. When e occurs before r, followed by a vowel or by another r, in a word not derived as above, it either has the short sound, as in ferry, peril, perilous, heritage, ferule, or the long sound, as in period, hero, material. The vulgar universally, and many cultivated speakers both in England and America, give the e in such words the full souud of u in urge, as, murcy for mercy, turm for term, Sec. But, in the most approved style of pronunciation, the organs are placed in a position intermediate between that requisite for sounding ft and that for sounding c, thus making (as Smart observes) “a compromise between the two.” In other words, this element is radically distinct from both ft and 8, being less guttural than the former and less palatal than the latter, from which it was doubtless originally evolved. v I. § 15. Regular long sound, marked I, I, asin^p ; heard also in aisle, height, eying, eye, vie, guile, buy, thy, rye, See. ; in pint, in chili, mild, wild; and in monosyllables ending with nd, as bind, find, kind, See., except wind, meaning air in motion, and wind, to scent, to cause to lose or to recover wind or breath. Note. —This soiind, though represented by a single character, is not a simple element, but a diphthong. It is composed of a and S as extremes, with the a accented, but made so very brief that the ear with difficulty recognizes the precise character of the sound. § 1 6 . Regular short sound, marked I, I, as in ill; heard also in English, beaujin, been, sieve, women, busy , guinea, nymph, Sec. Note. — This is not a short sound of long i. Many have considered it as the shut or extreme short sound ot long e; but it is really a distinct, though closely allied, element, and is so regarded by the best orthoepists at the present time. In its formation, the tongue is slightly relaxed from the position assumed for producing 5; this is the only dif¬ ference between the two sounds. — See § 3, Note, and § 8, Note. Occasional Sounds of I. § 17. Sound of i like that of long e, marked I, T, as in pique, machine, caprice, Sec. — See § 10. Note. — This is appropriately the sound of i in all for¬ eign languages. Most of the English words in which this sound is represented by this letter are from the French. § 18. Bound of i before r, verging toward u in urge, marked l, i, as in irksome, virgin, thirsty, Sec., identical with that of e in ermine. Note. — 7 in this case is sounded by many speakers like ft, as vurgin for virgin. The observations made under § 14 as to short e in words like ermine, verdure, Sec., apply fully to this sound of the i. O. § 19. Regular long sound, marked 0, o, as in old; heard also in hautboy, beau, yeoman, sew, roam, hoe, door, shoulder, grow, owe, Sec. Note. — This sound of o is in most cases diphthongal, having a slight “ vanish ” in oo annexed to the “ radical ” or initial sound, as in below, where the w may be regarded as representing the vanish. The radical part of the sound is a simple element, intermediate with respect to the mode of its formation, between a and oo, the tongue being less depressed than for a, and the labial aperture greater than for oo. It is essentially the same element as that described in the next section, but of a slightly less open quality. The vanish of the o is omitted in unaccented syllables, as in o-pin'ion, to-bac / co, Sec., but ought not to be omitted else¬ where. This remark is important as bearing on a very prevalent error, which will be mentioned in the next sec¬ tion. § 20. It is exceedingly common, in some parts of the United States, to shorten the long o of certain words, as bolt, most, only, Sec., by dropping the vanishing element which belongs to the vowel, and giving to the radical por¬ tion a somewhat more open quality ; but this practice is wholly opposed to English usage. The provincialism here pointed out obtains, more or less widely, in respect to the following words, namely : boat, bolster, bolt, bone, both, broke, broken, choke, cloak, close, a., coach, coat, coax, colt, colter, comb, dolt, folks, goad, hold, holm, holster, home, homely, hope, jolt, load, molten, most, molt, none, only, open, pole, polka, poultice, poultry, revolt, road, rode, rogue, soap , sloth, smoke, sofa, sol (the name of the note G of the musi¬ cal scale), spoke, v., spoken, stone, story, swollen (or swoln), throat, toad, upholsterer, upholstery, whole, wholly, whole¬ some, wrote, yoke, yolk, and possibly a few others. Most persons in New England sound the o in a part or all of 1 these words without the vanish, while some among the vulgar go further, and give to a number of them almost the sound of short u, as hum for home, See. They should all, however, have the full sound of the o as heard in ac¬ cented syllables, though not in all cases with quite the same prolongation of the sound. Thus the full o of dome should be given to home; of hole to whole; of slope to hope ; of poach to coach ; of moat to coat; of joke to spoke, cloak, smoke, and broke; of hone to bone and stone; and similarly in the other cases. Still, the theoretic phonolo- gist can not but regard the true short o described in this section as an important and legitimate member of the fam- x PRINCIPLES OF ily of vowel sounds, and must look upon its absence in the established orthoepy of our language as a defect and an anomaly. To him, therefore, its rise and growth in the popular speech are interesting facts, and its final preva¬ lence and admittance to equal rights with the other vowels is a thing he would rather desire than deprecate. § 21. Regular short sound, marked o, 6 , as in odd, nSt; heard also in wander, knowledge, &c. — See § 3, Note, and § 9. Note. — This is the shut or extreme short sound of broad a, and coincides with the sound of a in what. There is a medium sound of this letter which is neither so short as in not, nor so long as in naught. This medium sound is usually given to the short o when directly followed by ss, si, and th, as in cross, cost, broth; also, in gone, cough, trough, off, and some other words. To give the extreme short sound to such words is affectation ; to give them the full sound of broad a is vulgar. Occasional Sounds of 0. § 22. Sound of o like short u, marked 6, 6 , as in other, dove, &c.; heard also in does, gun, flood, double, &c. — See § 31. § 23. Sound of o like oo long, marked 0, o, as in prove, do, move, tomb, &c. — See § 26. § 24. Sound of o like o'b short, marked 0, o, as in bosom, wolf, woman, &c. — See § 8 , Note, and § 27. Note. — This sound coincides with that of u in bull, which is also used for oo short. — See § 33. § 25. Sound of o like a (broad a), marked 0, 6 , as in order, firm, stOrk, &c. — See § 7. NOTE. — The letter o generally has this sound when it occurs before r in a monosyllable (as in fZr, form, lord, nbrth) or in an accented syllable when not followed by a vowel or by another r, as in ffr'mer, or 1 chard, abhor 1 , and also in the derivatives of such words, as in formed, north 1 - ern^bhor'ring. Rut when o occurs, in an accented syllable, before r followed by a vowel or by another r in a word not a derivative, it has its regular short sound, as in for'eign, or'ange, tor'rid. These two sounds of o, namely, the broad, like that of a in rail, and the short, like that of a in what, have been confounded by some orthoepists ; but there is an obvious difference between them, not only in quantity, but also in quality, the short vowel being more open than the broad. — See § 8, Note. OO. § 20. Regular long or open sound, marked (JO, do, as in moon, food; heard also in rheum, drew, to, canoe, man¬ oeuvre, group, rude, rue, recruit, &c. Note. — This sound is the same element with the u of the Germans, Spaniards, and Italians, and coincides with the French ou in route. It is the closest labial vowel; that is to say, in forming it the lips are more nearly closed than for any other vowel, the sides being brought into contact with each other so as to leave only a small central aperture for the escape of the voice. § 27. Regular short sound of oo, marked Ofo, (To, as in wool, foot; heard also in wolf, should, bull, &c. — See § 8 , Note. § 28. The following words, rohm,root, roof, rood, broom, and soon, have properly the long sound of oo, as in food (see § 26); but many pronounce them with the short sound, as in foot (see § 27). New Englanders especially are often recognized abroad by their habit of pronouncing room, room; root, root; roof roof; rood, ro'od; broom, broom, and soon, soon. U. § 29. Regular long sound, marked U, u, as in mate, PRONUNCIATION. unit, &c.; heard also in beauty, feodal, feud, pew, ewe, lieu, view, cue, suit, yew, you, yule, &c. Note. — This is a compound sound, formed of the vowel oo, with a slight sound of the consonant y or of the vowel & or i before it. When the u begins a syllable, or is pre¬ ceded by any one of the palatal or labial sounds k, g, p. b, f,v,m, the sound of y is clearly perceived, as in the words usage, cube, gules, puny, burin, futile, mule. § 30. When the long u is preceded, in the same syllable, by any one of the consonants d, t, l, n, s, and th, it i 3 peculiarly difficult to introduce the sound of y ; and hence negligent speakers omit it entirely, pronouncing duty, dooty ; tunc, toon ; lute, loot; nuisance, noosance ; suit, soot; thurible, thoorible, &c. The reason is, that, in form¬ ing these consonants, the organs are in a position to pass with perfect ease to the sound of oo, while it is very difficult in doing so to touch the intermediate y; hence the y in such cases is very apt to be dropped. . On this point Smart remarks, " To say tube (tyoob), lucid (lyoocid), with the u as perfect [i. e. with a distinct sound of y prefixed to oo] as in cube, cubic, mute, &c., is either northern or laboriously pedantic,” — a description which applies to the vulgar in our Eastern States, and to those who are over-nice at the South. The practice of good society is to let the y sink into a very brief sound of long e or of short ?, both of which have a very close organic relationship to consonant y. Special care must be taken not only to make this sound as brief as possible, but to pronounce it in the same syllable with the oo. We thus avoid the two extremes, of over¬ doing, on the one hand, by making too much of the y, and, on the other hand, of sounding only the oo after the man¬ ner of careless speakers. It ought to be added that wherever the sound of sh, zh, or y consonant, precedes the u, the y is omitted, as in sure, sounded shoor; sugar, shoogar; azure, azh/oor ; yule, yool, &c. § 31. Regular short sound, marked IT, 0, as in but; heard also in sun, does, blood, touch, &c. NOTE. — This is not the short sound of long u. It is a distinct and simple element, and derives its peculiar gut¬ tural character from the influence of the pharynx and back part of the mouth. In its organic formation, it is essential¬ ly the same sound as u in urge, but is shorter in quantity, and of a rather more open quality. — See § 3, NOTE, and § 8, Note. Occasional Sounds of U. § 32. Sound of u when preceded by r in the same syl¬ lable, marked U, ij, as in rude, rumor, rural, &c. Note. —All the English orthoepists agree that the u in this case drops the y or 1 which is generally an element of its compound sound when preceded, in the same syllable, by any other consonant than r, and becomes simply oo, so that rue is pronounced rdo ; rule, robl; ruby, robby, &c. § 33. Sound of u like that of short oo (ob), marked U,y, as in bull, put, push, pull, &c. — See § 8 , Note, and § 27. § 34. Sound of u before r in such words as Urge, btirn, furl, concur, See., marked t), fi; heard also in worm, joiir- ney, &c. Note. — This is often called the natural vowel, because it requires almost no effort to utter it, the mouth being slightly opened in the easiest or most natural and uncon¬ strained manner for the passage of voice in a nearly un¬ modified form. But the name is scarcely appropriate ; for the sound is altogether wanting in many languages, and — with the single exception of the English — it occupies a comparatively subordinate place in the vowel systems of the principal tongues in which it occurs. It has been more aptly termed the neutral vowel , with reference to its want ! PRINCIPLES OF of any strongly-marked distinctive character; and this name is here adopted as, on the whole, preferable to any other. The sound differs from that of short u (with which it has often been identified) in length, and in a somewhat greater degree of closeness. (See § 8, Note.) It occurs, in monosyllables, before r not followed by a vowel (as in cur, fur, furl , hurt, burst, purr) ; in accented syllables, be¬ fore r final or r followed by one or more consonants different from itself (as in recur', curfew , fur'long, disbursed '); and in derivatives from any such words (as currish, furry , pur¬ ring , recurring ). Except in the cases here specified, the letter u before r has its short sound, as in cur'ry, hur'ry. Y. § 35. Regular long sound, marked Y, y, as in fly, style, sky, edify, &c. Note. — This is the same sound as long i. — See § 15. § 30. Regular short sound, marked Y, f, as in cyst, nymph, lyric , abyss, coinciding with the sound of short i. — See § 16. Occasional Sound of Y. § 37. Y has only one occasional sound ; namely, in such words as myrrh, myrtle, in which it has, like the e and i in similar circumstances (see § 14 and § 18), very nearly the sound of u in urge. This is indicated in the Dictionary by respelling, the words in which y has this sound being very few in number. II. REGULAR OR PROPER DIPHTHONGS. OI or OY. § 38. The sound of oi or oy (unmarked), as heard in oil, join, oyster, &c. NOTE. —The elements of this diphthongare o as in cord (the same as broad a), and I as in fin (short i), with the accent on the former. Oy is always regular in English words, and oi is regular also, except in the following cases; namely, avoirdupois (av-wr-du-poiz 7 ), connoisseur (kon-is- soor 7 ), shamois (shamOuy), choir ( kwire), tortoise (tor'tis), tur-quois (sometimes pronounced tur -keez'). Until near the beginning of the present century, oi was extensively pronounced like long i, as jine for join, rile for roil, &c. ; but this pronunciation is now confined ex¬ clusively to the lowest classes. ow. § 39. The sound of ow (unmarked), as heard in owl, vowel, flower, &c. Note . — This diphthong is compounded of the elements d and oo, the former of which is accented, but made ex¬ tremely brief. In a considerable number of words, ow represents the sound of long o; in the single word knowl¬ edge and in its derivatives, it has the sound of short o. These are accordingly distinguished by the proper mark, as blow, slow , know, knowledge, Sec. ou. § 40. This diphthong has two leading sounds. (1.) That of ow in words derived from the Anglo-Saxon, as in out, hound, &c. (2.) That of oo in words derived from the French, as in soup, group, &c. § 41. The diphthong ou has also, in a number of words, the sound of long o. as in soul; in a few cases, the sound of the broad a, as in bought (bawt); sometimes that of short u , as in couple; sometimes that of u in urge , as in adjourn (adjurn); and, in the three words could, would, should, that of do as in foot. These peculiarities are indi¬ cated in this Dictionary by the appropriate mark over the significant or sounded vowel, or by respelling. PRONUNCIATION. xi III. VOWELS IN UNACCENTED SYLLABLES., § 42. When an unaccented syllable ends in a consonant, its vowel, if single, has, in strict theory, its regular short or shut sound, though uttered somewhat more faintly, or with a less proportionate force, than in an accented syllable, as in as-sign 7 , con'duct, conflict, See. In many words of this class, however, the vowel is apt to suffer a change or corruption of its distinctive quality, passing over into some sound of easier utterance. Thus the vowel sounds in tho unaccented syllables ar, er, ir , or, yr (as in altar, offer, tapir, mirror , zephyr), are coincident with that of the second u in sulphur. As a general rule, a and o, in unac¬ cented syllables ending in a consonant, verge toward, or fall into, the sound of short u, particularly in colloquial discourse, as in ba Vlad, bar 'rack, ver 'bat, bed 'lam, cap 'stan, ja Vap, bi 7 a.s, ballast, hav 7 oc, methW, pis'to/, yen'om, compel 7 , fiag 7 cm, bish 7 op, pi 'lot, prov 7 ost. In such words, it would ordinarily be the merest pedantry or affectation to give the vowel its regular short sound. The vowel e, in unaccented syllables ending in a con¬ sonant, is, in some words, liable to be sounded like short i (as in barrel), and, in others, like short u (as in silent) ; but these changes are usually avoided by good speakers. It may here be remarked, that some of the diphthongs are similarly affected by the absence of accent. Thus ai, which, in an accented syllable, is usually sounded like long a (as in corn-plain'), sinks into S or i in an unaccented syllable, as in mountain , pronounced moun 7 ten or moun 7 - tln. So ei, ey, and ie become changed in pronunciation into i (as in surfeit, hon'ej), car'ried), and ou is sounded as u (as in griev'ous). It is also to be observed, that, in the unaccented sylla¬ bles of some words from the Latin, the vowel is long, though followed by a consonant in the same syllable, as in cantharidcs ; but, in such cases, the long mark is, in the Dictionary, placed over the vowel. § 43. When the unaccented syllable does not end in a consonant, two cases arise ; namely, — (1.) The syllable may consist of, or may end in, a vowel, as in the words a-bound 7 , di- rect 7 , e-vent 7 , mo-lest 7 , &c. (2.) The syllable may end in a consonant, with final e mute at the close of words, as in ul 7 ti-mate, fi 7 n ite, rep 7 - tile, Sec. The former of these will, for the sake of brevity, be called No. 1, the latter No. 2. These will now be con¬ sidered under each of the vowels. A. § 44. (No. 1. See § 43.) Here the a has properly a brief sound of the Italian a, as in Cu'ba, a-muse 7 , A-mer'i- ca ; but, in familiar speech, it is almost always so slighted and obscured as to be indistinguishable from the neutral vowel, or u in urge, murmur , &c. In some words, like a-e 7 ri-al, cha- ot 7 ic, Sec., the a has its regular long or name sound, somewhat shortened by the omission of the " van¬ ish.” This is due to the influence of the subsequent vowel, which, in fluent utterance, refuses to take the Italian a before it without the intervention of one or more con¬ sonants. Some speakers in this country give the same brief sound of long a to this letter when it occurs in an initial unaccented syllable followed by a consonant in an accented syllable, as in a-bound 7 , fa-tal 7 i-ty ; but this prac¬ tice is not sanctioned by the best orthoepists. In the ter¬ minations -a-ny and -a-ry, the a has usually the same sound as short e unaccented, as in mis 7 cel-la-ny, mo 7 ment- a-ry, &c. PRINCIPLES OF PRONUNCIATION. xii § 45. (No. 2. See § 43.) Here the a has sometimes its long sound, particularly in verbs ending in ate, as, dedi¬ cate, ed'u-cate, &c. In other parts of speech, the sound of the a is more obscure, verging toward short e, as in ul 7 - ti-mate, nightin-gale, pref ace, &c. In some instances it is apt to verge toward short i, as in viblage. / E. § 46. (No. 1. See § 43.) Here the e has its long sound, slightly obscure or abridged, as in e-vent 7 , e-mo'tion, so- cbe-ty, &c. Care should be taken not to sink the e into an indefinite sound of short u, as, society for society, &c. § 47. (No. 2. See § 43-) Here, also, the e has usually its long sound a little shortened and slighted, as in ob'so- lete. In a few instances, it verges toward short e, as in college. I. There is great diversity in the case of this letter. Hence it is difficult to lay down general rules ; and, as Smart re¬ marks, " The inquirer must be sent to the Dictionary to learn, in each particular case, the true pronunciation.” § 48. (No. 1. See § 43.) /, when final in a syllable, has more commonly its short sound, as in phi-los'o-phy, direct 7 , &c. But the i is usually long in the initial sylla¬ bles i, bi, chi, cli, cri, pri, tri, as in i-de'a, bi-ol 7 o-gy, crl- te 7 ri-on, pri-me 7 val, &c. § 49. (No. 2. See § 43.) In these terminations, usage is greatly divided. On the whole, the i is more generally short, as in ac-conVpltce, in 7 fi-nfte, fer 7 t?le, mard-tfme, ad-a-man 7 tme, an 7 ?se, pos 7 i-ttve, &c. ; but there are some important exceptions, as, cock 7 a-trice, ex 7 Zle, gen 7 tlle, con 7 - cu-bZne, ar'chlve, &c.; also all names of minerals ending in lite or ite; as chrys 7 o-lite, ste'a-tlte, &c. Here the Dic¬ tionary must be consulted for the several words. Accord¬ ing to Smart and Cull, chemical terms ending in ide (as bromide, chloride , &c.) should be pronounced with the i long ; but all other orthoapists are unanimous in making the vowel short; and the propriety of the latter mode of pronunciation is established by the fact that this whole class of words is not unfrequently spelled without the final e, thus, bromid, chlorid. O. § 50. (No. 1. See § 43.) Here the o has usually its long sound slightly abbreviated, and without its u vanish ” (see § 19), as in o-pindon, croc 7 o-dile, to-bac 7 ca, &c. Care should here be taken not to sink the o into short u, as care¬ less speakers often do, pronouncing o-pinion, tv\\oi>, a leaf), as quadriphyllous, anthophyllite, &c., in which the same struggle is going on. Words having these terminations are differently accented by different au¬ thorities, and sometimes even by the same authority. Knowles, Gray, and Worcester are the only authorities who are self-consistent in their pronunciation of such words — Knowles accenting them all on the antepenult, Gray as uniformly on the penult, and Worcester giving an alternative in every case, the penultimate accentuation being his preference. There can be no doubt that that mode of pronunciation which places the accent on the an¬ tepenult is most in accordance with the genius of our lan¬ guage ; and, in all probability, it will ultimately prevail over the learning or the pedantry of those who contend for the penultimate accentuation. In like manner, bal'cony (for balco'ny ) has now, according to Smart, become the true English pronunciation, and is so marked by Knowles, Web¬ ster, Cull, Wright, Cooley, and many more. Ele'giac (for e/cgi'ac) is the general pronunciation of this country (in accordance with maniac and most other words in -vac), and has the sanction of Perry, Knowles, Wright, Clarke, Cull, Cooley, and Webster. Quan'dary (for quan- da'ry ), in accordance with boundary and nearly every other word of three syllables in -ary, is our prevailing pronunci¬ ation, and is sanctioned by Maunder, Cull, Craig, Clarke, Cooley, Worcester, and Webster. Many are disposed to reduce vaga'ry to the same accentuation ( va'gary ). § 118. It is a just principle, laid down by Walker, that ” when words come to us whole from the Greek or Latin, the same accent ought to be preserved as in the original.” Hence the following words ought to be accented as here marked : namely, Abdo'men, hori'zon, deco'rum, diplo'ma, muse'um, sonorous, acu'men, bilu'men, and, on like grounds, farra'go , and others. Yet the strong tendency of our language to accent the antepenultimate in all words of three or more syllables has caused this principle to be violated in some cases, as in am'azon, cic'atrix , min'ister, or ator, plethora , &c. § 119. Words of more than two syllables having the same orthography are generally distinguished by a differ¬ ence of accent, as attribute, n., and attrib'uie, v., mi scon'- duct , n., and misconduct', v., overthrow, n., and over¬ throw', v. In such cases, the nouns have the accent fur¬ ther from the end. § 120. With a very fesv exceptions, words of more than two syllables having the following terminations take the accent on the antepenult, or last syllable but two : — -cracy; as, democracy, theoc'racy ; -ferous ; as, somnif erous, umbelliferous; -fluent; as, affluent, circumfluent; fluous; as, mellifluous, superfluous; -gonal; as, diag'onal, hexag'onal; -gony ; as, cosmog'ony, theog'ony ; -grapher; as, lexicographer, stenographer; -grapky; as, photography, typography ; -loger; as, philoVoger, astroVoger ; -logist; as, entomologist, physiol'ogist; -logy; as, chronol'ogy, mythology ; -loquy. as, col'loquy , solidoquy ; -machy; as, logom'achy, theom'achy ; -mathy; as, chrestom'athy, polym'atliy ; -meter; as, barom'eter, hygrom'eter; -metry; as, altim'etry, geom'etry; -nomy; as, astron'omy, econ'omy; -parous; as, ovip'arous, vivip'arous ; pathy; as, ap'athy, antip'athy ; -phony; as, antiphony, coloph'ony; -scop]/; as, acros'copy, deuteros'copy ; -strophe ; as, apos'trophe, catastrophe; XXI -tomy ; as, anat'omy, lithot'omy ; -trophy; as, atrophy, hyper'trophy; -vomous , as, flammiv'omous, igniv'omous ; -vorous , as, carniv'orous, graminiv'orous. § 121. Words of more than two syllables, ending in -cate, -date, -gale, -fy, -tude, and -ty, preceded by a vowel, have, for the most part, the accent on the antepenult: as, dep'recate, rus'licate, reciprocate; an'tedate, elu'cidate, ac- com'modate; prop'agate, del'egate, fu'migate ; rar'efy, sanc'tify; qui'etude, lat'itude; soci'ety, acid'ity, dep'uty. § 122. The penultimate syllable is to be accented in al¬ most all words having the sound of sh, of zh, or of conso¬ nant y immediately before their last vowel or diphthong ; e. g., dona'tion, concession , illu'sion, controversial, ver- mil'ion, opin'ion. The Terminations IC and ICS. § 123. Words ending in ic and ics (derivatives from words in ucos or icus, in Greek or Latin, or formed after the same analogy) have their accent on the penult; as, epi- dem'ic, scientific, &c. The following words are exceptions, having the accent on the antepenult; namely^ ag'aric, Ar'- abic, arithmetic, ar'senic, n., catholic, chol'cric, ephem'eric, her'etic, lu'natic, plethoric , pol'itic , rhet'oric, and tur'meric. Climacteric has usually the antepenultimate accent, though some pronounce it climacter'ic. In like manner, the nouns empiric and schismatic, and the noun and adjective sple¬ netic, are sometimes accented on the penult, and sometimes <5n the antepenult. The Terminations E-AL, E-AR, and E-UM. § 124. A part of the words having these terminations follow the English analogy, and take the antepenultimate accent; as. ceru'lean. hyptrbo'rean, Hercu'lean, Mediterra'- nean , subterra'nean, Tarta'rean, marmo'rean ; petro'leum, perios'teum, succeda'neum. A part accent the penult; as, j adamante'an, Atlant'ean, colossSan, empyre'an, Epicure'an, \ Europe'an, pygme'an; mausole'um, muse'um. Orphean, j being derived from Or'pheus (orff'us), is more properly ac- ! cented Or'phean. Most words ending in eal accent the ante- i penult; as, lin'eal, ethe'real, funSreal; but hymene'al and ide'al take the accent upon the penult. The Termination OSE. § 125. There is a considerable number of adjectives ending in ose, as animose, comatose, operose, &c., in the accentuation of which the dictionaries are at variance with each other, and many of them inconsistent with them¬ selves. But all words of this class, as Walker remarks, ought, from their form and derivation, to be pronounced alike. Walker himself accents them all upon the last syl¬ lable, and in this he is followed by Worcester and Cooley; but, in trisyllables having this termination, most recent authorities, following the natural tendency of the language, as well as the prevailing usage, give only a secondary ac¬ cent to the last syllable, placing the principal accent on the antepenult. (See § 110, Note, second paragraph.) As to dissyllabic adjectives ending in ose, as jocose, verbose, mo¬ rose, &c., they take the accent on the last syllable, with a few exceptions. § 126. I n poetry, words are frequently used with an ac¬ centuation different from that adopted in ordinary speech, as in the following examples : — xxii RULES FOR SPELLING. ’Twixt that and reason what a nice barrier 1 ! Forever separate, yet forever near. Pope. Ye icefalls ! ye that from the mountain’s brow Adown enormous rav'ines slope amain. Coleridge. § 127. When two words of similar formation and the same accentuation are contrasted with each other, the ac¬ cent is transferred to the syllable of difference (unless this is already accented, as in em'inent, im'minent ), and the regularly accented syllable takes a secondary accent; thus, undo 1 is pronounced vn'do 1 when opposed to do or to out>- do', and intervene' is pronounced intervene/ when used antithetically to su'perveneC So also with am'put a 1 1 ion and im'puta'tion, bi'en'nial and tri'en'nial , op'pose' , and sup'poseJ; ex'er'cise, and ex'or'cise, al-le'ga'tion and al-li'- ga'tion; proph'et' and prof it'; do'ncrr' and do'nee', guar¬ antor' and guarantee.'. § 128. When separately pronounced, all monosyllabic words have their vowel as distinctly sounded as if under ac¬ cent. But in connected discourse, certain classes of mono¬ syllables, such as articles, prepositions, pronouns, conjunc¬ tions, and auxiliary verbs, are usually unemphasized, and their vowel is liable to the same corruption of quality as that in an unaccented syllable of a word. But when used antithetically to other words, they are emphasized, receiv- J ing a full and distinct stress of voice. Thus, the possessive j pronoun their , when emphatic, should take the full sound of e; as, " Their (ther) interests, and not yours , are to be consulted.” But when unemphatic, the sound becomes more obscure, verging toward, or falling into, that of the 1 neutral vowel (u in urge) ; as, " They will not neglect their 1 (thur) interests.” So, also, there , when used as an adverb of place, is distinctly pronounced with the appropriate j sound of the vowel; as, " I shall be there (ther).” When, i however, it serves merely to introduce a verb or a sentence, j it takes the obscui’er sound ; as, n There (thur) is no diffi¬ culty in the case.” In like manner we say 5, your, that, the, from, fOr, &c., when we pronounce the words by them¬ selves ; but in actual use they become nearly or quite u, yur, thut, thu, from, fur, &c. The following passage from the " Spectator,” No. 80, well illustrates this tendency to a corruption of the vowel sound in unemphasized monosylla¬ bles : — " My lords, with humble submission that that I say is this, that that that that gentleman has advanced is not that that he should have proved to your lordships.” SYLLABICATION. § 129. Words are sometimes divided into syllables for the sole purpose of showing their proper pronunciation (as, a-dorn, o-void) ; and sometimes in order to exhibit their etymological composition merely, without the least regard to their pronunciation (as, ad-orn, ov-oid). In ordinary cases — as where a word requires to be divided at the end of a line — these modes of syllabication are to a certain extent combined. In the United States, the etymological principle is allowed to operate only in separating prefixes, suffixes, and grammatical terminations from the radical part of the word, where this can be done without misrepre¬ senting the pronunciation. In English practice, however, words are usually divided in such a manner as to show their constituent parts independently of the pronunciation (as, hypo-thesis, philosophy, belli-gerent, &c.), and a single consonant or a consonant digraph between two vowels goes to the latter (as, a-na-to-my, de-li-cate , ma-the-ma-tics , &c.). In this Dictionary, words are uniformly divided so as to represent their pronunciation in the most accurate manner ; but very frequently the root of a word may be exhibited to the eye without violating the orthoepical prin¬ ciple of syllabication, and where this is possible it has generally been done, more particularly in the case of ac¬ cented syllables. EULES FOE SPELLING CEETAIN CLASSES OF WOEDS. FOUNDED ON THE ORTHOGRAPHY OF DR. WEBSTER, AS EXHIBITED IN THIS YOLUME. § 130 (1). The letters f and l, at the end of monosyl¬ lables, and standing immediately after single vowels, are generally doubled ; as in staff, cliff, doff, puff; all, bell, hill, toll, null. The words clef, if, of, and sol, are excep¬ tions. § 131 (2). The letter s, at the end of a monosyllable, and standing immediately after a single vowel, is generally doubled, except when it is used to form the possessive case cr plural of a noun, or the third person singular of a verb ; as in grass, press, hiss, moss, truss. The only impor¬ tant exceptions are as, gas, has, was, yes, his, is, thus, and us. § 132 (3). Besides f l, and s, the only consonants that are ever doubled at the end of a word are b, d, g, m, n, p, r, t, and z. The following list contains all, or nearly all, the words in which these letters are doubled ; namely, abb, ebb; add, odd, rudd; bigg, egg, snigg; lamm, scomm, mumm (to mask); inn, bunn ; wapp ; gna.rr, parr, err , birr, shirr, shirr, burr, hurr , murr, purr ; mitt, plitt, smitt, butt; fizz, fuzz, buzz, buzz, muzz. Note. — The words let,net , and set are sometimes incor¬ rectly spelled lett, nett, and sett; and some other words which should have the final letter single are spelled, by some writers, with it doubled. § 133 (4). A consonant standing at the end of a word immediately after a diphthong or double vowel is never doubled. The words ail, peat, haul, door, and maim, are j examples. The word guess is only an apparent exception, ' as the u does not strictly form a diphthong with the e, but serves merely to render the g hard. § 134 (5). Monosyllables ending, as pronounced, with the sound of k , and in wuich c follows the vowel, have RULES FOR usually k added after the c ; as in black, fleck, click, knock, and buck. The words lac, sac. talc, zinc, ploc, roc, soc, arc, marc, ore, and jfoc, are exceptions. Words of more than one syllable, ending in ic or iac , which formerly ended in k , also words derived from the Lat¬ in or Greek languages, or from other sources, and similar to these, or formed in an analogous manner, are now written without the k; as, maniac, elegiac, cubic, music, public. The word derrick is an exception. Words of more than one syllable, in which c is preceded by other vowels than i or ia, commonly end in ck; as, arrack, barrack, hammock, hillock, wedlock. The words a lmanac,sandarac, limbec, xebec, manioc, and havoc , are exceptions. Almanac, limbec, and havoc , however, are sometimes written with k after the c, especially in England. § 135 (6). In derivatives formed from words ending in c, by adding a termination beginning with e, i, or y, the letter k is inserted after the c, in order that the latter may not be inaccurately pronounced like s before the following vowel: as, colic, colicky; traffic, trafficked, trafficking, trafficker ; talc, talcky; zinc, zincky. § 136 (7). In derivatives formed by adding a termina¬ tion beginning with a vowel to monosyllables and words accented on the last syllable, when these words end in a single consonant (except x) preceded by a single vowel, that consonant is doubled ; as, dan, clannish; plan, planned, planning, planner; bag, baggage ; hot, hotter, hottest; wit, ivitty ; cabal', cabal'ler; abet', abet'ted, abet'ting, abet't or ; begin', begin'ning, begin'ner; infer', inferred', infenririg. The consonant is doubled in these words in order to pre¬ serve the short sound of the vowel, as otherwise the latter would be liable to be pronounced long. Thus, planned, hottest, and abetted, would naturally be pronounced planed, hbtesl, and abated, if the consonant were not doubled. Words of this class, in which the final consonant is pre¬ ceded by qu followed by a single vo wel, form no exception to the rule, since the u performs the office of the consonant w ; as, squab, squabbish, squabby; squat, squatting, squat¬ ter; quit, quitted, quitting; acquit', acquit'ted, acquit'ting. The derivatives of the word gas (except gassed, gassing, and gassy) are written with but one s ; as, gaseous, gaseity, gasify. Excellence, as being from the Latin excellens, re¬ tains the double l, though one l has been dropped from the termination of excel'. Besides these, the only exceptions to the rule are those derivatives in which the accent of the primitive is thrown back upon another syllable : as, cabal', cab’alism, cab'alisl; prefer', preference; refer', reference; defer', deference. It is no exception to this rule that chan¬ cellor, and the derivatives of metal and crystal, as metalloid, metallurgy, crystalline, crystallize, and the like, are written with the l doubled, since they are derived respectively from the Latin cancellarius (through the French), and metallum, and the Greek KpvvTakkos. So also the word tranquillity retains the double l as being from the Latin tranquillitas, while the English derivatives of tranquil, though often written with two Vs, are more properly written with only one. as tranquilize, tranquilizer, and the like. § 137 (8). When a diphthong, or a digraph represent¬ ing a vowel sound, precedes the final consonant of a word, or the accent of a word ending in a single consonant falls on any other syllable than the last, or when the word ends in two different consonants, the final consonant is not doubled in derivatives formed by the addition of a termina¬ tion beginning with a vowel: as, daub, daubed, dauber; need, needy; brief, briefer, briefest; rev'el, rev'eled, rev'eling; trav'el, trav'eling, trav'eler; profit, profited; act, acted, actor; perform, performer; stand, standing. SPELLING. xxiii The final consonant is doubled in the derivatives of a few words ending in g, in order to diminish the liability to its being pronounced like j, before e or i: as, humbug, hum¬ bugged, humbugging ; periwig, periwigged. The word woolen is more generally thus written, in the United States, with one l; but in England it is written woollen. Note . — There is a large class of woi’ds ending in a single consonant, and accented on some other syllable than the last, the final consonants of which are, by very many writers and lexicographers, doubled in their derivatives, unnecessarily and contrarily to analogy. This practice ap¬ pears to have arisen from a desire to prevent the vowel of the final syllable of the primitive from being inaccurately pronounced long in the derivatives. These words are chiefly those ending in l, with also a few of other terminations. The following list, the words in which are chiefly verbs, includes the most important of those in regard to which usage varies: namely, apparel, barrel, bevel , bias, bowel, and its compounds, cancel, carburet, and all similar words ending in uret, cavil, carol, channel, chisel, compromit, counsel, cud¬ gel, dial, dishevel, dowe'l, drivel, duel, empanel, enamel, equal, funnel, gambol, gravel, grovel, handsel, hatchet, im¬ peril, jewel, kennel, kidnap, label, laurel, level, libel, mar¬ shal, marvel , medal, metal, model, panel, parallel, parcel, pencil, peril, pistol, pommel, quarrel, ravel, revel, rival, rowel , shovel, shrivel, snivel , tassel, tinsel, trammel , travel, tunnel, unravel, vial, victual, worship. Worcester doubles the final letters of all these words, except parallel, in form¬ ing derivatives by the addition of terminations beginning with vowels, though he remarks, with respect to those end¬ ing in l, that “ it better accords with the analogy of the language” to spell their derivatives with but one l. Smart retains the double consonant in this class of words solely on the ground that usage favors it, but remarks that “ the double p in worshipped, worshipper, &c., the second l in travelling, traveller, &c., are quite unnecessary on any other score than to satisfy the prejudices of the eye.” Cooley doubles the consonant in a majority of the deriva¬ tives of words of this class, but writes a single consonant in many, as in those of apparel, barrel, bevel, channel, drivel, gambol, &c. Perry wrote the derivatives of these words with but one l, according to the rule, and the same prac¬ tice was advocated by Walker. Conformity to the regular rule has been advocated also by Lowth and other eminent scholars. § 138 (9). Derivatives formed from words ending in a double consonant, by adding one or more syllables, com¬ monly retain both consonants : as, ebb, ebbing; odd, oddly ; stiff, stiffness; fell, fellable; skill, skillful, skillfulness; will, willful, willfulness ; dull, dullness; full, fullness. So also the double l is retained in the words installment , inthrall- ment, thralldom, and enrollment (from install, inthrall, thrall, and enroll), in order to prevent the false pronuncia¬ tion they might receive if spelled with one l. Many writers and lexicographers, especially in England, omit ono l in these words, as also in the derivatives of skill, will, dull, and full, formed by adding the syllables ly and ness. The derivatives of pontiff are exceptions to the rule, be¬ ing written with only one f; as, pontific, pontifical, ponti- ficial, and the like. One l also is dropped in a few words formed by adding the termination ly to words ending in ll, in order to prevent the concurrence of three Vs: as, ill, illy ; dull, dully ; full, fully. Words similarly formed by adding the termination less, however, are written either with three Vs, a hyphen being inserted before the termina¬ tion, or with two Vs and without the hyphen : as, bell-less, or belless, skill-less or skilless, smell-less or smelless. $ 139 (10). In derivatives formed from words ending with silent e, the e is generally retained when the termina¬ tion begins with a consonant: as, pale, paleness; hate, hate¬ ful; incite, incitement; chaste, chastely, chasteness; move, movement. When, however, the e is immediately preceded RULES FOR SPELLING. xxiv by another vowel (except el), it is often di'opped from the derivative: as, due, duly; argue, argument; true, truly; awe, awful; and the derivatives and compounds of these words. The words wholly, nursling, wisdom, abridgment, ac¬ knowledgment, lodgment, judgment, and the compounds of some of these, are exceptions. The last four, however, are written, by many authors, abridgement, acknowledgement, lodgement, judgement. § 140 (11)- In derivatives formed from words ending with silent e, when the termination begins with a vowel, the e is generally omitted, except in the cases mentioned in the next paragraph : as, bride, bridal; guide, guidance; plume, plumage; use, usage; grieve, grievance; come, com¬ ing ; shape, shaping; move, movable ; sale, salable ; fleece, fleecy; force, forcible; true, truism. The e is retained in the word hoeing, shoeing, and toeing (from hoe, shoe, and toe), in order to prevent a doubt as to the pronunciation, that might arise in case it were omitted. Jt is retained, also, in the words dyeing, singeing, springe- vug, swingeing, tingeing (from dye, singe, springe, swinge, tinge), to distinguish them from dying, singing, springing , swinging, tinging (from die, sing, spring, swing, ting.) The word mileage, as commonly written, does not omit the e, though it is sometimes, and more correctly, spelled mil¬ age. The words lineage, lineal, and pineal , though appar¬ ently exceptions, are not really such, since they are derived not directly from line and pine, but from the Latin linea (through the French), linealis, and pine a. The e, standing, in a derivative, before a termination beginning with a or o, and immediately after c or g, is retained in order to pre¬ serve the soft sounds of these consonants: as, peace, peaceable; notice, noticeable; manage, manageable; change, changeable ; advantage, advantageous; outrage, outrage¬ ous ; mortgage, mortgageor. The latter word is sometimes very improperly written mortgagor , and pronounced mor'- ga-jor. § 141 (12). In derivatives formed from words ending in ie, by adding the termination ing, the e is dropped, and the i changed to y, in order to prevent two i's from coming together : as, die, dying; hie, hying ; lie, lying; tie, tying; vie, vying. § 142 (13). In derivatives of words ending in y pre¬ ceded by a consonant, and formed by appending any ter¬ mination except one beginning with i, the y is usually changed into i: as, icy, iciest, icily ; mercy, merciless; tidy, tidiness; modify, modifies ; foggy, fogginess; earthy, earth¬ iness ; pity, pitiful. The derivatives of adjectives of one syllable ending in y preceded by a consonant, are exceptions, and usually re¬ tain the y: as, shy, shyness; sly, slyest; dry, dryly; spry, spryer, spryest; wry, wryness. But the adjectives drier and driest, from dry, are commonly written with i instead of y. Derivatives formed by adding the termination ship, as secretaryship, suretyship, ladyship, and the like, also re¬ tain the y, though some authors write them with i, ac¬ cording to the rule. The words babyhood and ladykin are likewise exceptions. The y is also retained in the possessive case singular of nouns, when formed by adding s with the apostrophe : as, country's, everybody's. § 143 (11)- Derivatives formed by affixing a termina¬ tion to words ending in y preceded by a vowel, generally retain the y unchanged : as, gay, gayety, gayly; play, player, plays; sway, swayed,; obey, obeying ; joy, joyful; enjoy, enjoyed; buy, buying; gluey, glueyness. The words daily, laid, paid, said, saith, slain, and staid (from day, lay, pay, say, slay, and stay), with their com¬ pounds, are exceptions. Staid, however, is sometimes written stayed. Derivatives from words ending in uy, as colloquies, from colloquy , are not exceptions to the rule, as u, in such cases, is not strictly a vowel, but stands for the consonant w. § 144 (15)- Derivatives formed by appending a syllable beginning with a vowel to words ending with a vowel sound, generally retain the letter or letters representing such sound : as, huzza, huzzaed; agree, agreeable, agree¬ ing ; weigh, weighing; dough, doughy; echo, echoed; woo, wooes ; bow, bowed ; beau, beauish. Derivatives of words of this class ending in silent e, as also those formed from words ending in double e by adding a termination beginning with e, drop the final e : as, hoe, hoed ; sue, sued ; owe, owed ; free, freer, freest; agree, agreed. The cases mentioned in sections 11, 12, and 13 are also exceptions. § 145 (16). Derivatives formed by prefixing one or more syllables to words ending in a double consonant com¬ monly retain both consonants : as, tipstaff, rebuff , befall, inthrall, disinthrall, foretell, undersell, fulfill, enroll, emboss, (from staff, buff, fall, thrall, tell, sell, fill, roll , boss). The word until is an exception, being always written with one l. Those words of this class which end in ll are written by some authors, especially in England, with one l: as, befal, inthral, foretel, fulfi 1 , enrol. The words distill and instill should be written with the l doubled, though they are often written distil and instil , with only one l. § 146 (17). Compound words formed by joining two or more words commonly retain all the letters of the simple words: as, stiff-necked, well-bred, dull-eyed, save-all, wide¬ mouthed. There are numerous exceptions to this rule, many of them compounds which by long use have acquired the force of single words. They are the following : namely, some compounds of all and well; as, almighty , almost, alone , already, also, although, altogether, always, withal, there¬ withal, wherewithal, welcome, welfare ; — compounds of mass; as, Candlemas, Christmas, Lammas, Michaelmas. &c. ; — words of which the second part is the adjective full; as, artful, hateful, rueful, woeful; —also, the words chilblain, fulfill, namesake, neckerchief, numskull,pastime, standish, and wherever. § 147 (18). The plural of nouns regularly ends in s, or, in certain classes of words, in es. When the noun in the singular ends with such a sound that the sound of s can unite with it and be pronounced without forming a separate syllable, s only is added in form¬ ing the plural: as, sea, seas ; tree, trees; woe, woes; canto, cantos; virtue, virtues: purlieu, purlieus; claiv, claws; cab, cabs; panic, panics ; bead, beads ; chief, chiefs; bag, bags ; path, paths; lock, locks ; bell, bells; gem, gems; fan, fans; cup, cups; car, ears; act, acts. A few plurals from nouns ending in o preceded by a consonant, end in es: as, echo, echoes; cargo, cargoes; embargo, embargoes; motto, mot¬ toes ; potato, potatoes. Other nouns of this class gener¬ ally form their plurals regularly, though usage differs with regard to some of them. Those in which final o is pre¬ ceded by a vowel form their plurals regularly. The plural of alkali is written alkalis or alkalies ; that of rabbi, either rabbis or rabbies. With regard to other nouns ending in i usage differs, though they are more properly written with the termination is. When the noun in the singular „nds with such a sound (as that of ch, sh, j, s, x, or z) that the sound of s can not unite with it in pronunciation, but must form a separate syllable, e is inserted before s in forming the plural, unless RULES FOR SPELLING. the word ends with silent e, in which case the latter serves to form a separate syllable with s: as, church, churches; rush, rusi.es; age, ages; lace, laces; gas, gases :; box, boxes ; maze, mazes. To express the plural of a letter, figure, or any character or sign, or of a word mentioned without regard to its meaning, the letter s, generally preceded by the apostrophe, is appended, as in the phrases, " The two Vs in all; " Two *’s in Orion ; ” " The why's and wherefore's of the question.” Some writers, however, omit the apostrophe in such cases, joining the 5 immediately to the letter, character, or word, as in the phrases •' The two Is in all; ” ” Two *s in Orion ; ” Others still write the names of the letters with their proper plural endings, instead of the letters themselves : as, the two ees, efs, ells, esses , and the like. The plurals of letters are also rarely expressed by simply doubling them, without adding any plural sign : as, the two ee in bee , the two U in all; but this practice is not to be commended, as ee, ll, &c., are properly read double e, double l, &c. § 148 (19)* Nounsending in y preceded by a consonant form their plural by adding es and changing y into i: as, mercy, mercies; lady, ladies; sky, skies; army, armies; pity, pities. This rule includes words ending in quy, in which u, being pronounced like w , is strictly a consonant: as, colloquy, colloquies. The plural of proper nouns ending in y preceded by a consonant, is formed by changing y into ies, according to the rule : as, " The three Maries." Many writers, however, form the plural of such words by simply adding s: as, " The three Marys." When the singular of a noun ends in y preceded by a vowel (except u having the power of w), the plural is regu¬ larly formed by adding s only : as, day, days; key, keys ; ■ money, moneys; attorney, attorneys; alloy, alloys; guy, guys. Smne plurals of the latter class are often inaccu¬ rately written with the termination ies: as, monies, attor- nies, and the like. § 149 (20). The plurals of a few nouns ending in for fe are irregularly formed by changing jf or./e into ves. The following words, with their compounds, are the principal examples: namely, life, lives; knife, knives; wife, wives ; leaf leaves ; sheaf, sheaves ; loaf, loaves; beef, beeves ; thief thieves ; calf, calves; half, halves ; elf, elves; shelf, shelves; self, selves; wolf, wolves. The plural of staff is, sometimes written staffs, but more commonly staves, ex¬ cept when it means a corps of o'deers, either military or civil, in which sense it is always written staffs. The plural of wharf is generally written wharfs in England; in the United States it is more commonly, but improperly, written wharves, as it is also by some recent English writers. The plurals of hoof and turf \ formerly written hooves and turves, are now written hoofs and turfs. The plurals of other nouns ending in f fe, or ff, are formed regularly by the addition of w only. § 150 (21). In the following nouns, the plural is dis¬ tinguished from the singular only by a change of the vowel or vowel sound of the word : namely, man, men; woman, women ; goose, geese; foot, feet; tooth, teeth ; brother, brethren; louse, lice; mouse, mice. Compounds ending with these words form their plurals in the same manner: as, foeman, foemen; dormouse, dormice. AVords which end in the syllable man, and are not compounds, form their plurals regularly, by adding s only : as, cayman, cay¬ mans; desman,' desmans; firman, firmans ; talisman, talismans; German, Germans; Mussulman, Mussulmans. The plurals of talisman and Mussulman are sometimes, by a gross blunder, written talismen and Mussulmen. § 151 (22). A few plurals end in en : namely, brother, brethren; child, children; ox, oxen. To these may be added the obsolete forms eyne, kine, shoon, hosen, housen, (from eye, cow, shoe, hose, house), the first three of which, though they have received a slightly different form, end, as pro¬ nounced, with the sound of n. § 152 (23). Tire words brother, die, pea, and penny, have each two plurals of different forms and with different significations : as, brothers, male children of the same parent, also, members of the same society, association, class, or profession; brethren, members of the same religious or ec¬ clesiastical body, the word in this form being rarely used except in religious writings, or in scriptural language, where it also has the same meaning that brother has j in ordinary language ; dies, implements for making im- | pressions by stamping, or for making screws, also the cubical parts of pedestals ; dice, the cubical blocks used in games of chance ; peas, seeds of the pea-plant, when a defi¬ nite number is mentioned; pease, the same in bulk, or spoken of collectively ; pennies, the coins, especially when a definite number is mentioned ; pence, the amount reckoned by these coins. § 153 (24). A few words, mostly names of animals, ave the same form in the plural as in the singular: as, deer, sheep, trout, and the like. § 154 (25). Many words adopted from foreign languages retain their original plurals: as, datum, data; criterion, criteria; genus, genera; larva, lame ; crisis, crises ; mat¬ rix, matrices ; focus, foci; monsieur, messieurs. Many words of this class, while retaining the original plurals, have also a second, formed after the analogy of English words of similar termination : as, formula, form¬ ula or formulas; beau, beaux or beaus ; index, indices or indexes; stratum, strata or slratums; bandit, banditti or bandits; cherub, cherubim or cherubs; seraph, seraphim or seraphs. The plurals of the last two words are sometimes incorrectly written cherubims and seraphims, with double plural terminations, from ignorance or forgetfulness of the fact that, in Hebrew words, ini is a plural ending. § 155 (26). In certain loose compounds consisting of a noun followed by an adjective or other qualifying expres¬ sion, the plural is commonly formed by making the same change in the noun as when it stands alone : as, court- martial, courts-martial; cousin-german, cousins-german ; son-in-law, sons-in-law. 4\ T hen, however, the adjective is so closely joined to the noun that the compound has the force of a simple word, the plural of the compound is com¬ monly formed like that of any other word of the same termination : as, cupful, cupfuls; handful, handfuls. § 156 (27). There are many words, besides those men¬ tioned in the preceding paragraphs, in respect to which usage, even that of the best authors, is variable. The most important of these words are mentioned in this and the succeeding sections. The derivatives of the word villain, as villainous, vil¬ lainy, &c., though often written villanous, villany, See., properly retain the i, according to the practice of many writers, like those of other words similarly ending in ain : as, mountainous, from mountain; captaincy, from captain; and the like. The words connection, deflection, inflection , and reflec¬ tion follow the spelling of the words connect, deflect, inflect, and reflect, though often written, especially in England, con¬ nexion, deflexion, inflexion , and reflexion. The word woe, though often written without the final e, should retain it, like most other nouns of one syllable and of similar form : as, doe, floe, foe, hoe, sloe, toe, and the like. Monosyllables other than nouns, and words of more xxvi RULES FOR SPELLING. than one syllable, having a similar termination, omit the e; as, do, go, no, so, canto, motto, potato. The words defense, expense, offense, and pretense are properly written thus, though often spelled with c instead of s, for the 5 belongs to the words from which they are derived, and is also used in all their derivatives. The words drought and height were formerly written drouth and /light, and are still very often thus written in America. The verb practice is thus written like the noun, in preference to the form practise, though the latter spell¬ ing is used by many writers, especially in England. The difference in spelling between the noun and the verb is properly observed, in words of this kind, only in such as are accented on the last syllable, as device, devise. Derivatives of the Greek eSpa (seat, base, side ; pro¬ nounced hsd'ra ), as polyhedron, tetrahedron, octahedral, and the like, are properly thus written with h before the e of the termination, but are sometimes written polyedron, tetracdron, octacdral, See., without the h. § 157 (28). There is a class of adjectives ending either in able or in ible, of which a large majority have the termina¬ tion able; as, blamable, laudable, legible, mutable, naviga¬ ble, vendible. Many of them are from Latin words ending in abilis or ibilis; some are from the French ; and not a few are formed by adding the termination to English words. Those from Latin words end respectively in able or ible, according as they are derived from words ending in abilis or ibilis : as, mutable (Lat. mutabilis ); credible (Lat. credibilis). Those formed from English words generally end in able; as, avoidable, eatable , laughable, liable, salable, serviceable. There are a few words respecting which usage is variable : as, addible or addable; conversable or conversible; infer¬ able or infer'rible; referable or refer 1 rible. § 158 (29). There is a class of words beginning with en or in, as enclose or inclose, enquire or inquire, ensure or in¬ sure, and the like, many of which take either form of the prefix indifferently. They are chiefly derived from the Latin, either directly or through the French, the prefix in belonging to the former language, and en to the latter. In some of these words, en is to be preferred ; in others, in; in many of them, either may be used indifferently. § 159 (30). There was formerly considerable diversity of usage in respect to the terminations ant and ent, both of which were in certain cases used almost indifferently; as in the words confidant or confident, dependant or dependent, and the like. Present usage, however, is definitely settled in favor of one or the other form, in nearly or quite every word of this class, though not always upon uniform princi¬ ples. In the few words in which both these terminations are retained, it is the more general practice to write the adjective with ent, and the common noun with ant, while the corresponding abstract noun ends in ence, as in the adjectives confident and dependent, the common nouns con¬ fidant and dependant, and the abstract nouns confidence and dependence. In the case of very many words, however, the adjective ends in ant, as also the common noun ; while the abstract noun ends in ance, as in the adjectives attend¬ ant and repentant; the common nouns attendant and re¬ pentant ; and the abstract nouns attendance and repent¬ ance. It may be remarked that the terminations ant and ance belong properly to words derived from the French or from Latin verbs of the first conjugation ; ent and ence to words derived from Latin verbs of the other three conjugations. § 160 (31). There is a class of words ending in er, some of which are written by most authors with the termination re; as, center, meter, theater, &c., which are often written centre, metre, theatre, See. Acre, chancre, lucre, nacre, mas¬ sacre, and ogre, retain the termination re, in order to preserve the hard sound of the c and g. § 161 (32). There are two classes of chemical words end¬ ing respectively, as more commonly written, in ide and ine, in regard to which usage has been variable. Most of them were formerly written without the final e; but it is now the almost universal practice to retain it: as, bromide, iodide , chlorine,fluorine, &c. The word tannin is always written without the final e. Oxide is now generally written with the termination ide, though formerly by many written oxyd, from the supposition that the y of the last syllable repre¬ sented the v of the Greek ofvs, from which the word is de¬ rived ; whereas the last syllable is simply the same as the termination of the words bromide, sulphide, and the like. § 162 (33). There is a class of words ending, as pro¬ nounced, with the sound of long i, followed by z, some of which are differently written, by different authors, with either ise or ize to represent this sound: as. criticize or criticise; civilize or civilise; naturalize or naturalise; patronize or patronise. These words are mostly verbs, and are chiefly derived from Greek words ending in or from French words ending in iser or ise. There are a few from other sources, but formed in analogy with those derived from these languages. Those formed from Greek words have the termination ize; as, anathematize, char- acteiize, dramatize, tantalize. The words catechise and exorcise are exceptions. Those formed in an analogous manner from English words are likewise written with ize: as, albumenize, bastardize, memorize, sensitize. Those derived from the French verb prendre (participle pris or prise) end in ise: as, apprise, comprise, emprise, enterprise, surprise. Of those formed from French words other than prendre , or which have corresponding foims in the French, a majority end in ize, though in respect to some of them usage is variable : as, civilize, formalize, organize, satirize. The following are the principal English verbs ending in ise: namely, advertise, advise, affranchise, apprise, cate¬ chise, chastise, circumcise, comprise , compromise , criticise, demise, despise, devise, disenfranchise, disfranchise, dis¬ guise, divertise, emprise, enfranchise, enterprise, exercise, exorcise, franchise, manumise, misprise, premise, reprise, revise, supervise, surmise, surprise. It may be remarked that most of those in respect to which usage varies are more frequently written in England with the termination ise, and in the United States with the termination ize. § 163 (34). The words mold and molt, and their com¬ pounds and derivatives, are written in this Dictionary with o instead of ou, in analogy with the words bold, bolt, colt, gold, & c.. from which the u has been dropped. Mast authors, however, write these words mould and moult, and their derivatives in like manner. § 164. (35). There is a numerous class of words almost universally written, in the United States, with the termina¬ tion or, many of which are written, in England, with the termination our: as, candor, favor, honor, labor, rumor, vigor. English usage, however, is not uniform with respect to these words, many of them being written with or in English books. § 165 (36). There is a small class of words ending with the syllable ped (from Lat. pes, pedis, foot), the termination of some of which was formerly, and is still frequently, written pede : as, biped, centiped, milliped, quadruped, soli- ped, &c. The words biped and quadruped are universally written without the final e, and the others, according to the best usage, should be written in the same manner. PREFIXES AND SUFFIXES. The £t Exercises ” given below are designed to furnish material for instruction and practice in the etymological analysis of English words. For some remarks as to the mode of using them, see the Preface, p. iv. PREFIXES. A, a prefix to many English words, is in some cases a contraction of on, in, at, of, to, for; as, ablaze for in a blaze, aboard for on board , afoot for on foot, aground for on the ground, ado for to do, await for wait for. In other cases, it is con¬ tracted from the A.-S. inseparable particle ge-, which forms verbs from _ verbs, substantives, adjectives, and is a sort of augment to the past par¬ ticiple. In some cases, it only in¬ creases the force of the word, with¬ out any essential addition of mean¬ ing. — Iu some words of Greek orig¬ in, a gives them a negative sense ; be¬ fore a vowel it becomes an. In a few words of Latin origin, it is an¬ other form of the prefix ab. Exercise. — Awake, asleep, ahead, aside, afar, aweary; apathetic, amorph¬ ous, atheist, abyss, aorist, anonymous, anomaly, anecdote, anarchy; abate, avert. Ab, a prefix to words of Latin origin, and a Latin preposition, is the same as the Greek airo. Goth, af, A.-S. and Eng. of. It denotes from, .sepa¬ ration, or departure. Before c and t, it is generally changed into abs. See A. Exercise. — Abduct, abject, abjure, abrupt, abrogate, absurd, abuse, abrade, absolve; abscess, abscond, abstemious, abstain. Ad. [Cf. W. at, to, toward. Goth, and Eng. at.] A Latin preposition, signifying to. In composition, the last letter is usually changed into the first letter of tlW word to which it is prefixed. Exercise. — Adhere, adjoin, addict, adjure, admit, admonish, adorn, ad¬ vent, acclaim, ai/gravute, a/hrm, allege, applaud, arrogate, ascribe, attain. Al. 1. In Arabic, an article or insep¬ arable prefix, answering to the Ital¬ ian il, and the Sp. el. Its use is to render nouns definite, like the Eng¬ lish the. Exercise. — Alcove, alchemy, alem¬ bic, almanac, alcohol, alkali. 2. A form of the prefix ad. See Ad. Ambi. [Lat. ambi, amb, am, an (as ambideus, ambages, amicire, anhe- lare), Gr. d ( at, A.-S. emb, ymb.] About; around; — a prefix used in composition in words derived from the Latin. Exercise. — Ambidexter, ambient, ambition, ambiguous; anhelation. Am/phi, n. [See supra.] A prefix in words of Greek origin, signifying about, around, on both sides, on all- sides, &c. Exercise. — Amphibious, amphithe¬ ater, amphibology, amphibrach. A'nA. [Gr. avd.] A prefix in words from the Greek, denoting on, up¬ ward, up to, throughout, backward , back to, again, previously, or against. Exercise. — Analogy, analytic, an¬ atomy, anabaptist, anachronism, an¬ agram, awapest, anathema. ANT-, 1 [Gr. avri, against.] A prefix AN'Tl-. I in words from the Greek, meaning against , over against , or opposed to. Exercise. — Antarctic, anthelmintic, antidote, antipathy, antithesis, antife¬ brile, antipodes, ajdichristian,antiseptic, antitype. An'te. A Latin preposition, the Gr. avri, A.-S. & Goth. and. (cf. AN¬ SWER) ; used in the composition of English words, esp. in words from the Latin and Greek. It signifies before in place, in front; and figura¬ tively, before in time. Exercise. — Antechamber, anteced¬ ent, antediluvian, antemundane, ante¬ date, antepenult. A'po. [Gr. airo. See Ab.] A Greek preposition used in composition, and signifying from, away from, off, or asunder. It sometimes has the con¬ tracted form ap. Exercise. — Apoplexy, apothecary, apologue, apostacy, apostrophe, apostle; aphelion, aphorism. Be, is originally the same word as by, A.-S. be and bi or big, Goth. 61. It denotes nearness, closeness, about, on, at, and generally has an intensive force. Exercise. — .Beset, bedeck, become, bestow, bedim, becalm, becloud, befriend, because, before, betimes. BI. [From Lat. bis, twice, which in composition drops the s.] In most branches of science, bi in composi¬ tion denotes two, twice, doubly. In chemistry, it denotes that the com¬ pound contains two parts of the first-mentioned ingredient to one of the other ; thus, a bichromate of potash contains two parts of chromic acid to one of potash. Exercise. — Bidentate, bitornate, bi- axal, blcapsular. bicephalous, bicipitous, bifoliate, bisect, biweekly, binominal. Bis, adv. [Lat. bis, twice, for duis, from duo, two, like bellum from duel- lum.] Twice. See Bi. Exercise. — .Bissextile. fy’A'TA. [Gr. Kara.] The Latin and English form of a Greek preposition used in composition to signify down, downward, down upon, downright, completely, &c. It sometimes drops the final vowel, and is sometimes changed to cath. Exercise. — Cataclysm, catacomb, catalogue, cataract, catarrh, catacaus- tic, catalepsy, catastrophe; catoptric, category; cathartic, catholic, eat/iedral. (^IR'EtiM. [Accusative of circus, a circle, Gr. xlp/cos.] A Latin prepo¬ sition, used as a prefix in many Eng¬ lish words. In a few words the m is dropped. Exercise. — Circumscribe, circum¬ spect, circumvent, circumjacent, circum¬ navigate, circumlocution; circuit, cir¬ cuitous, circulate. ■Com- or -Bon-. [The same as cum, which is akin to Gr. ervv.] A Latin preposition signify ing with or against, used iu composition as an inseparable prefix. The form com is used before b, p, and???., and con before the other consonants. Before l, however, con or com is changed into col; before r into cor; while before a vowel or h, the n or m is dropped. Exercise. — Compose, commotion, commerce, command, compact, connect, concur, construct, convoke, contract, col¬ lect, corrupt, coalesce, cohabit, co-oper¬ ate, coheir, cohere. •Con'tra. A Latin preposition, sig¬ nifying against, in opposition, en¬ tering into the composition of some English words. In old English, it took the form counter. Exercise. — Contradict, contravene, contrail istin g u ish, contra vallation; coun¬ teract, countermarch, counterpart, coun¬ tercharm, counterbalance. €o. See Con. Eoun'ter. See Contra. De. A Latin prefix denoting a mov¬ ing from, separation. Hence, it often expresses a negative. Sometimes it augments the sense. It coincides nearly in sense with the French des and Latin dis. Exercise. — Debark, _ decline, de¬ cease, deduct, decamp, deject, deter, de¬ scend, detain, depart, detract, denude, denominate, denounce, derange, de¬ prave, despoil. Dl. 1. [Gr. fits, twice.] In chemistry, a prefix denoting two equivalents of the substance indicated by the noun following that of which the prefix forms a part; as, di’chloride of mer¬ cury ; i. e., a compound formed of (xxvii) PREFIXES AND SUFFIXES. xxviii two equivalents of mercury and one of chlorine. 2. See Dis BI'A [Gr. Sid, akin to Lat. dis.] A pre¬ fix denoting through, right through. Exercise.— .Diameter, (/digram, di¬ alogue, diagonal, diacritical, diatribe, dialect. Bis. An inseparable prefix, from the Latin (whence Fr. des), denoting separation, a parting from; hence it generally has the force of a nega¬ tive. It sometimes passes into the forms di and dif. Exeucise. — .Distribute, disconnect, disarm, disoblige, disagree, disorder, dis¬ pel, discover; divert; differ, diffuse. BYS-. An inseparable prefix, from the Greek Sva--, hard, ill, and signi¬ fying ill. bad, hard, unlucky, dan¬ gerous, &c. Exeucise. — Dysentery, dyspepsy. E. A Latin prefix ; the same as Ex. EM. See En. £n. A prefix to many English words, chiefly borrowed from the French ; it coincides with the Latin in, Gr. lv. For ease of pronunciation, it is changed to em, particularly before a labial. Exeucise. — Enchant, enamor, en¬ core, encamp, engrave, enjoy, enlarge, ennoble, enrich; employ, empower, em¬ boss, embrace. F, p, ) [Gr. eiri'. See Ob.] A prefix, } signifying on, above, toward, by, to, among, near, &c. Exercise. — Epilogue, epithet, epi¬ demic, epitaph, epidermis, epitomize, ephemeral. Eu. A prefix from the Gr. ev, well, signifying well , easy, advantageous, good, and the like. Exercise.—E ulogy, euphony", eu- charist, euphemism. Ex. A Latin preposition or prefix (Gr. e£ or eu), signifying out of, out , proceeding from. Hence, in compo¬ sition, it signifies sometimes out of; sometimes off, from, or out; some¬ times beyond. In some words, it in¬ tensifies the meaning. The x regu¬ larly remains only before the vowels and before c, h, p, q, s, t; it is as¬ similated to a following/, and drops away altogether before the other con¬ sonants. In a few words it changes into ec. Prefixed to names of office, it denotes that a person has held that office, but has resigned it, or been left out, or dismissed. Exercise. — Exhale, exclude, ex¬ scind, excess, exceed, excel, exact, exert, exist, exonerate, exult, excel, exhaust, expend, exquisite, exsiccant, extort, ef- flux, effect, e/'fusion, elect, event, edi¬ tion, emigrate, eject, eccentric; ex-chau- cellor, ex-governor, ex-president. Ex'TRA. [Contr. from extern (parte), from exter, being on the outside, from ex, out of, from.] A Latin preposi¬ tion, denoting beyond or excess, often used iu composition as a prefix sig¬ nifying outside of,, or beyond the lim¬ its or jurisdiction of that denoted by the word to which it is joined. Exercise. — Extradition, extrava¬ gant, extraneous, extraordinary, extra¬ judicial. FOR. [A.-S. for, allied to Goth, fair, Ger. ver.) As a prefix to verbs, for has usually the force of a negative or privative, denoting forth, away, out, without. Exercise. — Forbid, /orsake, for¬ swear, forego. Fore. [A.-S. fore, kindred with for, prep.] An adjective used in compo¬ sition, to denote advancement in place or time. Exercise. — forebode, fore father, foreshorten, foreground, foresee, fore- tell,. foreordain, /oreshow,, forearm, fore¬ warn, .foreknowledge, forerunner, fore¬ stall. IlY'PER. [Gr. vnep, allied to Lat. su¬ per, Skr. upare, Eng. over.] A prefix used in composition to denote excess, or something over or beyond. Exercise. — .Hyperbolical, hypertro¬ phy, hyperborean, Ziypercritical, hyper¬ bole. IlY'PO. A prefix from the Greek preposition ui to [allied to Lat. sub, Skr. upar], tinder, beneath, frequent¬ ly used in composition to signify a less quantity, or a low state or degree of that denoted by the word with wdiich it is joined, position beneath it, &c. In chemistry", prefixed to the name of a compound containing oxy¬ gen, it designates another compound containing less oxygen; as hypo-ni¬ trous acid, which contains less oxygen than nitrous acid. Exercise. — Hypochondriac, hypo¬ static, hypothesis, hypotenuse, hyphen. IL. The form of in when used before words beginning with l. SeelN IM. A prefix from the Lat. in, n being changed to m, before a labial, for the sake of easy utterance. The same prefix is sometimes used in compounds not of Latin origin. For im, the French write em, which is used in words introduced into Eng¬ lish from the French language. See Em. Exercise. — /mbibe, immense, im- artial, immoral, import, imprint, im- ank, imbitter, imprison. IN. 1. [Allied to Gr. iu, Skr. ina.] A prefix from the Latin in, often used in composition, and signifying with¬ in, into, or among, or serving to render emphatic the sense of the word to which it is prefixed. — In before l is changed into il; before r, into ir ; before a labial, into im. 2. [Allied to Eng. un. See UN.] A Latin particle of negation. Before b and p, it becomes im ; before l, m, r, the n assimilates itself to these con¬ sonants. In a few words in is changed into ig. Exercise. — 1. /nbred, incase, inject, inspect, induce, infuse, inclose, increase; illegal, illumine, illusion; irradiate, ir ra¬ tional, irregular; imbitter, immaterial, impatient.—2. Inactive, incapable, in¬ vincible, intolerable, infirm, impassable; i/licit, illimitable, immortal, irrepressi¬ ble, irresolute, iynoble, iynorant. In'ter. [From in, with an adverbial ending.] A Latin preposition, sig¬ nifying among or between; — used as a prefix. Exercise. — Intercept, interfere, in¬ terrupt, intercede, interpose, inter¬ change, inter mingle, interview, inter¬ pose, intervene, intersperse. IN'TRO. [Lat., contr. from intero (loco).] A prefix signifying within, into, in, and the like. Exercise. — Introduce, intromission, introvert, introit, introspection. Met'a. [Gr. pera, allied to pe'eros, Lat. medius , Eng. mid, middle.] A prefix in words of Greek origin, sig- fiifying in the midst of; also, beyond, over, after, behind, with, between, reversely. Exercise. — Metaphor, metaphysics, metamorphose, metaphrase. Mis. [A.-S., having the same origin with the verb to miss.] A prefix de¬ noting error, wrong, defect, unlike¬ ness, &c. Exercise. — Histake, mismanage, mispronounce, mistrust, misbehave, mis-: believer, miscreant, misdemeanor. Non, adv. [Lat. non, 0. Lat. noenum. nenum, from ne-cenum, or neunum, not one.] Not; — used in English as a prefix, generally and properly to substantives and verbs only, giving them a negative sense, ordering and varying their meaning, as do the prefixes un and in those of adjec¬ tives ; also, in some cases, prefixed to adjectives. Exercise. — Aon-residenco, von- per¬ formance, non-arrival, non-intercourse, non-intervention, non-conductor, non¬ acid. non-electric, non-existent, non- com¬ missioned. Ob. [Kindred with Gr. eiri.] A Latin preposition, signifying, primarily, in front , before, and hence against, to¬ ward. In composition the b is often changed into the first letter of the word to which it is prefixed. In a few cases the b becomes s. 11 means re¬ versed or back in o&ovate, occiput, &c. Exercise.— Object, objmgatory,occa¬ sion, offer, oppose, ostentation. Pa'ra. [Gr., prob. akin to Lat. prx and prseler.] A preposition, used in com¬ position, and signifying beside, to the side of, to, amiss, wrong, beyond, contrary to, &c. It is sometimes contracted into par. Exercise. — Paradox, paragon, paralysis,parasito, parallel, paragraph, paraclete, paraphrase; parody", par¬ oxysm, parhelion. Per. A Latin preposition often used in composition as a prefix denoting through, passing, or over the whole extent. The r is sometimes assimi¬ lated. In chemistry, it signifies very , fully, or to the utmost extent; as in peroxide, a substance oxidated to the utmost degree. Exercise. — Perambulate, perfunc¬ tory, persecute, perforate, permanent, permit, percussion, pervade, peruse, perfection, perd i tion, pe/luc id; per on ide. PfiR'I. [Gr. wept, Skr. pari.] A pre¬ fix used in many words derived from PREFIXES AND SUFFIXES XXIX the Greek, and signifying with, around, about, near, and the like. Exercise. — Pericarp, period, peri- phrase, peripatetic, periphery, periheli¬ on, perimeter. Post. A Latin preposition, used in composition as a prefix, signifying after. Exercise. — /’oslpone, postscript, posterior, posthumous, postobit. Pre. 4^1 English form of the Latin prefix, pree, before. It expresses pri¬ ority of time, place, or rank. Exercise. — Preclude, predict, pre¬ fer, preponderate, p? - ecursor, precede, prefix, prelude, premonition, pre-emi¬ nent. Pre'ter. A prefix, from the Lat. prseter (from prse, with the adverbial termination ter), used in the compo¬ sition of some English words, and having the signification of past, be¬ yond; hence, beside, more. Exercise. — Preterit, pretermit, pre¬ ternatural. Pro. [Orig. neuter dative for proi, Gr. wpo.] A Latin preposition, used in composition as a prefix, and denoting fore, forth, forward, in front of, in favor of, for, in the place of. Exercise. — Produce, project, pro¬ fess, promise, protract, pronoun, pro¬ ceed, provoke, promote, protrude. Pros. [Gr. n-pos. Cf. Skr. prati.] A Greek preposition, used in composi¬ tion, and signifying motion towards, a being on, at, by, or beside, a re¬ maining beside, and hence connec¬ tion and engagement with any thing. Exercise. — Proselyte, prosody. Pseu'do (su'do). [From Gr. i/zevSifc, lying, false, from xjjevSeiv, to belie.] A prefix used in words from the Greek, and signifying false, counter¬ feit, pretended, or spurious. Exercise. — Pseudo-martyr, pseudo- philosophy, pseudonym. Ra. An inseparable prefix or preposi¬ tion in words from the French and Italian, coming from the Lat. re and ad combined. See Re and Ad. Exercise.— Pally, ramble. Re. [Lat.] A prefix or inseparable par¬ ticle in the composition of words, de¬ noting return, repetition, iteration. It is abbreviated from red, which the Latins retained in words beginning with a vowel. Exercise. — Pecitr, reduce, refrain, re tract, revert, rebuild, reform, restore, resound, resist, renew, recall, remove, resume, revolve; redeem, redintegrate. Re'TRO. [Lat., from re, and the ad¬ verbial termination ter.] A prefix in words from the Latin, signifying back or backward. Exercise. — Retrocede, retrospect, retrograde, retroact. Se. [Orig. form of sine.] An insepa¬ rable preposition used in some words from the Latin, and signifying with¬ out, aside, by itself. Exercise. — Secure, seduce, seclude, secede, sequester, separate, sedition, se¬ gregate. SI'NE. A Latin preposition signifying without, and used in composition. It drops the final e in sincere, and also changes the n into m in simple. Exercise. — Sinecure. Step. [A.-S. steop, fr. steopan, stepan, to bereave.] A prefix used in compo¬ sition before father, mother, brother, &c., to indicate that the person thus spoken of is not a blood-relative, but is a relative by the marriage of a pa¬ rent. Exercise. — Stepson, stepsister, step¬ child. SftB. [Allied to Gr. vi ro.] A Latin preposition, denoting under or below, used in English as a prefix, to express an inferior position, or intention, and also a subordinate degree, or imper¬ fect state of a quality. Before e,f g, p, r, and m, the b is changed into those letters. Exercise. — Subscribe, subsequent, submarine, submerge, submit, subtract, subacid, substitute, subside, subordinate, subterranean; succeed, sif/Ter, suggest, suppose, surrogate, summon. When prefixed to the name of a chemical compound, sub denotes that this, if an oxysalt, contains a less number of equivalents of the acid than of the base, or that the base is a sub-oxide; or, if it is a haloid salt, or analogous com¬ pound, that the electro-negative is in a smaller proportion than the electro-posi¬ tive constituent, or is combined with it in the smallest proportion possible; as in sub-bromide, sub-iodide, &c. Sub'ter. [From sub, and the adverbial termination ter.] A Latin preposi¬ tion, signifying . under, used as a prefix in English with the same meaning as sub; but it is less general in its application. Exercise. — Subterfuge. Su'per. A Latin preposition (same as Gr. vnep ), used as a prefix, and sig¬ nifying above, over, or in excess. Exercise. — Supei-fine, superintend, svperv ise, supernumerary, superadd, su¬ perhuman, superfluous, superlative, su¬ perstructure. SU'PRA. [Orig. supera, from super.] A Latin preposition, signifying above, over, or beyond, and used in composi¬ tion. Exercise. — S'upralapsarian. SBr. A prefix, from the French, con¬ tracted from the Latin super, supra, and signifying over, above, beyond, upon. Exercise. — Surcharge, surmount, surprise, surfeit, surmise, surcoat, sur¬ face, surplus. S?N. A prefix from the Greek prepo¬ sition avv [Lat. cum, akin to Lat. simul, Skr. sa-, sam], with, along with, together with, at the same time. Before b, m, p, ph, it changes into sym; before l, into syl ; and sometimes the n is dropped. Exercise. — Synonym, syntax, syn¬ thesis, synod, synopsis, synchronous, synovial; symbol, symmetry, sympathy, symphony, syllogism, system. Trans. A Latin preposition, used in English as a prefix, signifying over, beyond, through, on the other side. Hence, in a moral sense, it denotes a complete change. It sometimes drops the last consonant, and sometimes the two last consonants. Exercise. — Transalpine, trans- At¬ lantic, transport, transfer, transmit, transit, transgress, transform, transcend; tradition, traduce. TrI,. A prefix, signifying three, thrive, from Gr. rpt?, thrice, rpets, rpia, Lat, tres, tria, three. Exercise. — TViangle, trident, tri¬ ennial, tricennial, tricuspid, triune. UL'TRA. [Lat., orig. fem, of ulter, being beyond.] A prefix from the Latin, having in composition the sig¬ nification beyond, on the other side, chiefly when joined with words ex¬ pressing relations of place. In other relations, it has the sense of excess¬ ively, exceedingly, beyond what is common, natural, right, ox proper. Exercise. — Ultramarine, ultramon* tane, ultramundane, ullratropical; uL tra-conservative, ultra-despotic. t?N. [A.-S un, and sometimes on, aL lied to Gr. av, a, Skr. an, a, Lat. in.] A negative prefix attached at will to almost any English adjective, or par¬ ticiple used adjectively, and to less numerous classes of nounsand verbs. See UN in the Dictionary. Exercise. — Unable, unfriendly, un¬ certain, undo, unbar, untruth, unworthy. WITH. [A.-S. widh, wid, with, at, against, Icel. vidh, against. Com¬ pare A.-S. mid, midh, Goth, mith, Ger. mit, with.] An English prepo¬ sition, used in composition, and sig¬ nifying opposition, privation, sepa¬ ration, ox departure. Exercise. — IFtl/tdraw, withstand, withhold. SUFFIXES. A€. [Gr. -a/ros.] A suffix signifying of or pertaining to. Exercise.—D emoniac, hypochon¬ driac, cardiac, elegiac, prosodiac. Age. [Fr.] A termination of nouns having a collective or abstract mean¬ ing. Exercise. — Advantage, average, herbage, foliage, pillage, vassalage, ap¬ panage, homage, parentage, fruitage. Al. [Lat. -alis.] A termination of words from the Latin, denoting of, or pertaining to. See CAL. Exercise. — Annual, cordial, final, legal, martial, regal, frugal, filial, car¬ nal, casual, floral, manual, judicial, lo¬ cal, decennial. AN. [Lat. -anus.] A termination of some nouns and adjectives from the Latin, denoting office,profession, ox character. Exercise. — Christian, comedian, tragedian, elysian, tertian, hyperborean, sylvan, republican, pagan, Roman. Xn^e, 1 [Lat. -antia.] Terminations Xn-£Y. j of some nouns having an abstract signification. Exercise. —Elegance, abundance, brilliancy, vacancy, dissonance, toler¬ ance, ignorance, circumstance, repent¬ ance, infancy, necromancy. XXX PREFIXES AND SUFFIXES. Ant. [Lat. -ans, -antis.] A termina¬ tion of adjectives from the Latin, ex¬ pressing quality or habit; and of nouns denoting the doer of a thing. Exercise. — Vagrawf, abundant, ver- d ant, extravagant, triumphant, vigilant, dominant, exorbitant, - assistant, com¬ mandant, dependant, intendant, lieu¬ tenant. ,\.R. [Lat. -arts.] A termination of adjectives derived from the Latin, and denoting of, or pertaining to. Exercise. — Angular, jocular, per¬ pendicular, similar, linear, familiar, solar, secular, regular. ARD, the termination of many English words, is taken from the Goth, har- dus , A.-S. heard , Icel. & Eng. hard , and appears in proper names: as, Ren ard, strong in counsel; Goddard, strong in, or through, God, &c. We find it also in appellatives, usually with a bad signification. Exercise. — Drunkard, dotard, bas¬ tard, niggard, sluggard, dullard, cow¬ ard, wizard, laggard, dastard. A-RY. [Lat. -arius.] A termination of adjectives from the Latin, denot¬ ing of, or pertaining to; and of nouns, denoting the doer of a thing. Exercise. — Auxiliary, _ military, biliary, stipendiary, pecuniary, pri¬ mary, plenary, ordinary, sublunary, adversary, mercenary, vocabulary, lap¬ idary, boundary, granary. ATE. [Lat. -atus.] A termination; — 1. Of verbs. 2. Of adjectives, implying nature, likeness, quality , agreement, effect, &c. 3. Of nouns, denoting (a.) office or dignity; (b.) the possessor o f an office or dignity; (c. ) salts containing one degree or more of oxygen. Exercise. — 1. Deliberate, initiate, extricate, permeate, suffocate, navigate, ventilate, fascinate, anticipate, vener¬ ate. 2. Moderate, ultimate, temperate, obdurate, fortunate, insensate, passion¬ ate, effeminate, immaculate. 3. Pontif¬ icate, electorate, palatinate; magistrate, delegate, legate, candidate, advocate, laureate, surrogate; sulphate, phos¬ phate. Ble. [Lat. -bilis.] A termination of adjectives derived from the Latin, or formed on the same model, and sig¬ nifying capable of being, or worthy to be. Exercise. — Flexible, muta&le, sensi¬ ble, warrantable, capable, curable, blam- able, commendable, incredible, accessi¬ ble, excusable. ■Gal. [Lat. -cus ] A termination of adjectives derived from the Latin or following the analogy of such, and signifying of or pertaining to. Exercise. — Anatomical, comical, magical, practical, technical, classical, analytical, botanical, practical, dogmat¬ ical, periodical. BOM. A termination denoting juris¬ diction, or property and jurisdiction. It was originally doom, judgment. Hence it is used to denote state, con¬ dition, or quality. Exercise. — Kingdom, sheriffdom, dukedom, earlrlom, Christendom, wis¬ dom, freedom, thralldom. E-AN. [Gr. -aios, or -eios, Lat. -xus, -eus.] A termination of adjectives derived from Greek adjectives, or formed on the pattern of such ad¬ jectives, and denoting of or pertain¬ ing to. Exercise. — Cerulean, herculean hyperborean, subterranean, epicurean, adamantean, tartarean, empyrean. Ee. A termination of nouns, denoting one on or to whom something is done. Exercise. — Appellee, donee, referee, trustee, lessee, grantee, legatee, patentee. Eer. See IER. En. A plural termination of nouns and of verbs formerly in use, as in housen, escapen, and retained in oxen and children. It is also still used as the termination of some verbs, as in hearken, from the Anglo-Saxon in¬ finitive. It is also used to form from nouns adjectives expressing the ma¬ terial of which a thing is made. Exercise. — Glisten, listen; leaden, wooden, golden, birchen, earthen, oaken, hempen, oaten, flaxen, waxen. ENCE, 1 [Lat. -entia.] A termination En-9 Y. } of abstract nouns from the Latin, or of nouns that follow the analogy of nouns so derived. Exercise. — Abstinence, circumfer¬ ence, reticence, agency, contingency, in¬ nocence, coalescence, diffidence, provi¬ dence, intelligence, prudence, presidency, tendency, despondency, exigency, clem¬ ency, transparency, solvency. Ent. [Lat. -ens, -entis.] A termina¬ tion of nouns from the Latin, denot¬ ing the doer of a thing; or of par¬ ticipial adjectives expressing quality or habit. Exercise. — Dependent, recipient, student, president, agent, adherent; fer¬ vent, ardent, indolent, esculent, reful¬ gent, incumbent, evanescent, evident, omnipotent. Er. A termination of many English words, and the Teutonic form of the Latin or. It denotes an agent , and was originally of the masculine gen¬ der, but is now applied to men or things indifferently. At the end of names of places, er signifies a man of the place; thus, Londoner is the same as London man. Exercise. — Hater, farmer, heater, grater, builder, waiter, lover, doer, mak¬ er, strainer, poker, ruler, pointer, paint¬ er, voter. Es'^ENT. [Lat. -escens, -escentis.] A termination of participial adjectives from the Latin, denoting progression, growing, or becoming. Exercise. — Convalescent, putres¬ cent, quiescent, effervescent, phosphor¬ escent, incandescent. Ess. [Fr., from Lat. -ix.] A termina¬ tion of nouns feminine, distinguish¬ ing them from correspondent nouns masculine. Exercise. — Authoress, lioness, ne- gress, shepherdess, actress, giantess, sor¬ ceress, tigress, huntress, countess, priest¬ ess, hostess, poetess. FyL. [The same as full.] A termina¬ tion of adjectives denoting plenitude or abundance, and generally formed from substantives. Exercise. — Artful, beauti/wl, peace- ful, grateful, care/wi, useful, bashful, fan¬ ciful, pain/ul, po’wer/ul, doubtful. Fy. [Lat . facere, fieri, Fr -fier.] A ter¬ mination of verbs, denoting to make, to become. Exercise. — Amplify, deify, gratify, lique/y, rarefy, stupefy, pacify, qualify, signify, glorify, ratify, testify, rectify, puri/y. IIcfOD. [A.-S. held, from held, state, sex, order, degree, person, form, manner, Goth, haidus.] A termina¬ tion denoting slate or f redness, con¬ dition, quality, character, totality. Sometimes it is written head. Exercise. — Manhood, childhood, knighthood, brotherhood, boyhood, wid¬ owhood, neighborhood, priesthood; god¬ head. Ie. [Gr. -lkos, Lat. - icus .] A termi¬ nation of adjectives denoting of, or pertaining to. Exercise. — Authentic, concentric, magnetic, seraphic, academic, dogmatic, per odlc, theoretic, botanic, cubic, pro¬ saic, apostolic. l€S. A termination of nouns, plural in form but singular in signification, applied to certain arts or sciences. Exercise. — Optics, mathematics, hydraulics, mechanics, physics, acous¬ tics, statics, hermeneutics. Id. [Lat. -idus.] A termination of adjectives denoting quality. Exercise. — Acid, liquid, rigid, sor¬ did, arid, fervid, fluid, horrid, humid, torpid, timid, rancid, torrid, vivid. Ter, 1 [Fr. -ier, -iere.] A termination Eer. ) of nouns denoting men from their occupations or employment. Exercise. — Brigadie?-, grenadier, cavalier, mountaineer, volunteer, finan¬ cier, engineer, auctioneer, buccaneer. Ile. [Lat. -ilis.] A termination of adjectives from the Latin, denoting of, or pertaining to. Exercise. — Agile, docile, fragile, versatile, facile, puerile, volatile, fertile, hostile, futile, mercantile. INE. [Lat. -inus.] A termination of adjectives from the Latin, denoting of, or pertaining to. Exercise. — Adamantine, feminine, pristine, aquiline, canine, clandestine, alpine, serpentine, genuine, equine. Ion. [Lat. -io, genitive -ionis.] A ter¬ mination of abstract nouns derived from the Latin, or formed after the same analogy. Exercise. — Ambition, conception, probation, evasion, version, crucifixion, union, action, addition, compassion, ex¬ tension, opinion, vermilion. Ish. [A.-S. -isc, Goth, -isk, N. H. Ger. -isc/i ] A termination of English words denoting diminution, or a small degree of the quality. Ish an¬ nexed to proper names forms a pos¬ sessive adjective. Annexed to com¬ mon nouns, it forms an adjective de¬ noting a participation of the quali¬ ties expressed by the noun. Exercise. —Whitish,yellowish; Swe¬ dish, Danish, English, Spanish, Scottish; foolish, roguish, brutish, childish, doltish, boorish, slavish, feverish, knavish, girl¬ ish, womanish. PREFIXES AND SUFFIXES. I§M. [Gr. -lo-ftos.] A termination of nouns from the Greek, or of nouns formed on the same model as these, denoting tenets, doctrines , or princi¬ ples. Exercise. — Atheism, catechism, he¬ roism, mechanism, sophism, skepticism, archaism, barbarism, heathenism, ego¬ tism, magnetism. 1st. [Gr. -lorps.] A termination of nouns denoting men from their occu¬ pations, pursuits, or principles. Exercise. — Baptist, chemist, eulo¬ gist, the/st, oculist, moralist, novelist, philologist, sophist, annalist, chemist, botanist. Ite. [Lat. -?tws.] A termination of nouns and adjectives. It is often used to form collective or gentile names. Exercise Appetite, exquisite, fa¬ vorite, recondite, definite, opposite, requisite, bedlamite. Jacobite. I-TY. See Ty. ]ve. [Lat. -tints.] A termination of nouns and adjectives from the Latin, denoting ability, power, or activity. Exercise. — Au thoritatire, in cen tire, persuasire, vindictive, convulsive, delu¬ sive, negative, formative, conducive, furtive, derisive. Tze, [ [Gr. -tfetv.] A termination of I§E. ) verbs from the Greek, or of verbs formed on the same model, and denoting to make, to cause to be, to become. Exercise. — Agonize, characterize, tantalize, criticise, exercise, equalize, civilize, enfranchise, exorcise, memorize, organize, satirize. KIN. [A.-S. cyn, cynd, kin, kind, off¬ spring, race; allied to Lat. genus, Gr. yeVo?, y 61/09 ] A diminutive ter¬ mination, denoting small, from the sense of child. Exercise. — Lambfcin, manifcm, nap- kin, pipkin, bodhiu. Le. A diminutive termination. Exercise. — CrumbZe, bundie, girdle, joggfe, fond/e, dimple, throttle, thimble, canticle, ruffle, speckle, suckle, sparkle, stopple. L£ss. A terminating syllable of many nouns and some adjectives. It is the A.-S. leas , allied to Eng. loose , from A.-S. leosan, to lose. Hence, it is a privative word, denoting destitution ; as, a witless man, a man destitute of wit; childless, without children. Exercise. — Fatherless, faithless, penniless, lawless, boundless, needless, lifeless, nameless, careless, hopeless, nerveless, worthless, pitiless. LfiT. [French dim. termination et, as in islet, eaglet, circlet , goblet, floweret, baronet: with 1 inserted, as in stream¬ let, branchlet.] A termination of di¬ minutives ; as, hamlet, a little house ; rivulet, a small stream. Exercise.—E yelet, front let, tab let, ring let. IAngt. [A.-S.] A termination denoting condition, offspring, or progeny. Exercise. — Hireling, earthling, worldling, foundling, darling, firstling, under ling, star ling, groundling, gosling, sapling, cliang cling, failing, nest ling. Ly. [0. Eng. lich, being an abbrevia¬ tion of A.-S. lie , Goth, leiks, Eng. like.] A termination of adjectives, as in lovely, man ly, that is, love- like, man -like. It is also a termina¬ tion of adverbs [0. Eng. liche, A.-S. lice]. Exercise. — Courtly, costly, priestly, portly, gristly, hilly, shelly, bravely, coarsely, purely, chiefly, rashly, tardily, sillily, angrily, meekly. Ment. A termination of nouns (formed often from verbs), denoting con¬ dition, state, or act. Exercise. — Engagement, manage¬ ment, impediment, embarrassment, judg¬ ment, amusement, investment, arbitra¬ ment, infringement. Mo-ny. [Lat. -monium, -monia.] A termination of nouns from the Latin, signifying action, or an active faculty, being, or a slate of being, viewed ab¬ stractly. Exercise. — Alimony, matrimony, testimony, ceremony, parsimony, acri¬ mony, sanctimony, patrimony. Ness. [A.-S. -ness, -niss, Goth, -nas- sw.w] A termination of abstract names, denoting state, or quality. Exercise. — Blindness, goodness, greatness, sweetness, godliness, weariness, stiffness, rashness, boyishness, blackness, usefulness, zealousness. OCK. [A.-S. -ca or -uca.] A diminutive termination of nouns. Exercise. — Bullocfc, hillocfc, mat- t ock, paddoc/j, pollock. Or. A termination of Latin nouns, denoting an agent. It is annexed to many words of English origiu ; as in lessor. In general, or is annexed to words of Latin, and er to those of English, origin. See Er. Exercise. — Actor, creditor, editor, captor, conductor, pastor, inspector, pretor, orator, dictator, professor. 0-RY. [Lat. -orius.] A termination of words from the Latin, denoting of, or pertaining to. Exercise. — Amatory, consolatory, promissory, satisfactory, compulsory, cursory, prefatory, nugatory, valedic¬ tory. Ose, I [Lat. -osus, -ms.] A termina- 00s. J tion of English adjectives (many of which are derived directly from the Latin), denoting quality or property). Exercise. — Dubious, conscious, atro¬ cious, conspicuous, onerous, generous, dangerous, populous, morose, comatose, operose, verbose. life. [A.-S. rice, ric ; fr. the same root as Lat. regere, to rule, and regio, re¬ gion.] A termination signifying juris¬ diction, or a district over which gov¬ ernment is exercised. Exercise. — Bishopric. Sh'Ip. [A.-S. scipe, scype, fr. scyppan , to mold, form, shape.] A termina¬ tion denoting state, office, dignity, profession, or art. Exercise. — Lordship, friendship, chancellorship, stewardship, horseman¬ xxxi ship, copartnership, hardship, clerkship, worship, scholarship, censor ship. Sion. See Ion. Some. [A.-S. sum, Goth, sama, like, the same.] A termination of certain adjectives. It indicates a considera¬ ble degree of the thing or quantity; as, mettlesome, full of mettle or spirit; gladsome, very glad or joy- ous. Exercise. — Blithesome, wearisome loathsome, troublesome, wholesome, lone¬ some. Ster. [A.-S. -estre, -istre.] A termi¬ nation denoting skill or occupation. It was originally applied to denote the female agent in an action. Thus, song ster signified, at first, a female who sings; but the ending ster having at length, in a measure, lost its peculiar force, the feminine termination ess was appended to it; thus, songster became songstress, or songstress, with a double ending. Exercise. — Gamester, songster, spinster, youngster, punster, maltster, tapster. T, 1 [A.-S.] A termination of abstract Th. j nouns of Anglo-Saxon origiu. Exercise. — Depth, growth, strength, wealth, width, warmth, birth, breadth, depth, mirth, health, truth ; draft, joint, flight, height, drift, gift, theft. Tion. See Ion. Tube. [Lat. -tudo.] A termination of abstract nouns from the Latin, signifying action or an active fac¬ ulty, being, or a state of being. Exercise. — Amplitude, fortitude, gratitude, solitude, infinitude, turpitude, altitude, rectitude, servitude, aptitude, magnitude. Ty. [Lat. -tas, -tatis, Fr. - tc.] A ter¬ mination of words denoting action or an active faculty, being, or a slate of being, viewed abstractly. Exercise. — Antiquity, difficulty, humility, necessity, probability, laxity, impiety, society, modesty, majesty, lib¬ erty, fatuity. URE. [Lat. -ura.] A termination of words derived from the Latin (often through the Italian or French), and denoting action or an active faculty, being, or a state of being, viewed ab¬ stractly. Exercise. — Creature, fracture, legis¬ lature, nature, superstructure, lecture, fissure, flexure, exposure, tenure, junc¬ ture, verdure. Ward, or WARDjj. [A.-S. - weard -weardes; Goth, -vairths, allied to Lat. vertere, to turn, versus, toward/ A suffix used in the composition of* large class of words, and denoting direction, or tendency to, motion to¬ ward, and the like. Exercise. — Up word, onwards, west- ivard, backwards, forward, homeward, down wards, in ward. Wise. [A.-S. wise, allied to guise.] A termination of adverbs implying in the direction or manner of Exercise. — Endwise, lengthwise, sidewise, likewise. ABBREVIATIONS AND EXPLANATIONS. a. . .stands for adjective. Goth, .stands for Gothic. peril .. stands for perhaps. Gr . pers . adv . adverb. Gram . Peruv . Alg . Algebra. Pg . Am ., Amer... America, American. H. . . High. Pi . Anat . Anatomy. Heb . Poet . Anc . .Ancient. Her . Pol . Anliq . .Antiquities. Hind . v-p . Ar . .Arabic. Hist . p. pr . Arch . .Architecture. hypoth. ... Pref, pref... Arith . Arithmetic. prep . Armor . Armorican. Icel . pret . A.-S . .Anglo-Saxon. i. e . Prin . Astrol . .Astrology. imp . prin . Astron . • Astronomy. impers .... Print . augm . • augmentative. Ind . priv . infra . Prob., prob.. Bisc . .Biscayan. intens. ... 1 Pronunciation, pro- Bot . .Botany. inter j. ... JL/Ofl.j p) Oil* • ' ( nounced ; pronoun. Braz . . Brazilian. Ir . prop . It.,Ilal. .. Pros . Cf. . Confer (compare). Prov . Chald . .Chaldee. Japan. ... Chem . Chemistry. Rhet . Chin . .Chinese. L . Rom . Colloq . .Colloquial, colloquially. Lat . Rom. Calh... Com . .Commence, common. Russ . comp . .compound, compound- compar . .comparative. [ed. M. . Sax . corn . .conjunction. 7)1.... r » . . sc . contr . . contracted.con traction. Mach. . ». Scot . corrupt . .corrupted, corruption. Malay. . . Malayan. Script . Math . sing . D . .Dutch. Mech . Skr . Dan . .Danish. Med . Sp . dat . .dative. Mil . superl . Dun., dim. .. .diminutive. Min . supra . modif. .... Sw . Eccl . .Ecclesiastical. Mus . Syn . Eng . .England, English. Myth . Syr.. . . esp . .especiallv. N. . term . f. . .feminine. n . T/ieol . Far . . Farriery. Naut . Turk . fig . .figuratively. neut . Fort . .Fortification. Norm. Fr. U. S . fr . . from . Fr . French. 0 . V . fat . .future. Obs . vb. n . orig . v. i . Gael . .Gaelic. V. t . gen . genitive P . Geol . .Geology. p. a . W. . Geom . .Geometry. Paint. ... Ger . .German. Per . Zool . *#* In this Dictionary, words from foreign languages, both ancient and modern, are usually printed in Italics, though many of them are not ordinarily so printed in other works ; as, ADOBE. ADDENDUM, ALIBI. %* Compound words, which in ordinary writing and printing have their constituent parts separated by a hy- phen, are here distinguished from those which are usually and properly written and printed without one, by the use of a longer hyphen than that employed for the mere division of words into syllables ; as, Ale- -HOUSE. Words having prefixes or initial syllables which are commonly separated from other syllables by a hyphen, are distinguished in tho same way ; as, Re-enforce, Electro-magnetic. *#'* The syllables -ed ; -ING, inclosed within brackets (see Abandon), represent respectively the imperfect tense and past participle and the present participle — which may in all cases be used as a verbal noun — of regular verbs. In like manner, the syllables -ER; -est (see Dark) represent the comparative and superlative degrees of regular adjectives. The principal parts of irregular verbs (as Make) and the comparative and superlative of irregular adjectives (as Good) are given in full. *** The figures which immediately follow certain words in the Vocabulary refer to corresponding sections in the Principles of Pronunciation on pp. vii.- xxii., or in the Rules for Spelling, on pp xxii.-xxvi. *#* For the “KEY TO TIIE PRONUNCIATION,” see page vi. It is desirable that those who use this Dictionary should make themselves familiar with the Key, as they will then find it easy to understand the notation by which the pronunciation of every word is expressed. (xxxii) A DICTIONARY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. A ABECEDARIAN A (2-8, 44,45), an adjective, com¬ monly called the indefinite arti¬ cle, and signifying one or any, but less emphatically. It is a contrac¬ tion of an, and is substituted for it before all words beginning with a consonant sound, except words be¬ ginning with the sound of h and hav¬ ing the accent on any other syllable than the first. A-bXck/, ad u. Backward, against the mast; — said of the sails when pressed by' the wind. XB'A-eus, n. [Lat.] 1. The upper plate upon the capital of a col¬ umn. 2. An in¬ strument for per¬ forming a r i t h- Abacus, metical calculations by means of sliding balls. A-bAft' (6), prep. Towards the stern from ; back of. A-bXn'don, v. t. [-ed ; -ing, 137.] [Lat. ad, and Low Lat. bandum.] To give up wholly and finally, or with a view never to resume. Syn. — To relinquish; forsake; desert; surrender; leave; forego. — We abandon what we give up finally, as vice ; we re¬ linquish what we have prized or sought, as a claim or hopes; we desert what we ought to adhere to, as duty; we surren¬ der (usually under a necessity) what we have held as our own or in trust, as a fortress; we renounce a thing publicly or as a duty, as allegiance or the world. A-bXn'doned, p. a. Given up en¬ tirely, as to a vice. A-Ban'don-ment, n. Entire deser¬ tion or relinquishment. A-base', f . t. [-ed ; -ing, 140.] [Fr. abaisser.] To bring low, as to the ground ; to cast down. Syn. — To depress; degrade; reduce; humiliate; humble. A-base'ment, n. Act of abasing, or bringing very low. Syn. — Humiliation; depression; deg¬ radation. — Abasement is a humbling, as of the proud ; debasement is a corrupting, as of coin; depression is a sinking down, as of spirits; degradation is a bringing down from a higher rank or grade, as of a peer. A-bXsh', v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [Fr. abaisser.] To destroy the self-pos¬ session of; to strike with sudden shame or fear. Syn. — To confuse ; confound. — We are confused when we lose our self-pos¬ session ; we are confounded when our faculties are overwhelmed and brought toji stand. A-bat'a-ble, a. Capable of being abated. A-bate', V. t. [-ED ; -ing.] [Lat. ah and batuere.] To bringdown or reduce from a higher to a lower state, num¬ ber, degree, or the like ; specifically, (Law.), (a.) to cause to fail as a writ; (b ) to destroy as a nuisance. — v. i. 1. To decrease ; to become less in strength or violence. 2. To be defeated ; to fail, as a writ. Syn. — To decline ; subside ; dimin¬ ish.— Lessen, decrease, diminish, refer to quantity or size ; decline is to fall off; abate supposes previous violence, as, the. storm abates; subside, previous com¬ motion, as, the tumult subsides. A-bate'ME NT, n. Act of abating, or state of being abated ; decrease ; spe¬ cifically, (a.) a remitting, as of a tax; (b.) failure, as of a writ; (c.) removal, as of a nuisance. Ab'a-tIs, In. [Fr. See Abate.] AB'AT-TIS, [ A row of sharpened branches of trees turned outward for w defense. Ab’ba, n. A Syriac word meaning father, used to denote a religious superior. , . . Ab'ba-CY, n. The condition or priv¬ ileges of an abbot. [abbey. Ab-ba'TIAL, a. Pertaining to an AbbLZ (ab'ba), n. - r [Fr.] Originally, an abbot; but now, an ecclesiastic w devoted to teaching, literature, &c. Xb'bess, n. Governess of a nunnery. Ab'bey, n .; pi. XB'BEYg. 1. A res¬ idence of monks or nuns. 2. The dwelling of an abbot. 3. A church attached to a monastery. Ab'bot, n. [Lat. abba. See ABBA.] Head of a society of monks. Ab'bot-ship, n. The state or office of an abbot. Ab-bre'vi-ate, v. t. [-ed; ing.] [Lat. ab and breviare .] To bring with¬ in less space. Syn. — To abridge; contract; curtail; compress ; condense. Ab-bre'vi-a'tion, n. 1. Act of ab¬ breviating. 2. The form to which a word or ph'rase is reduced by con¬ traction or omission; as, Gen. for Genesis. Ab-bre'vi-a'tor, n. One who ab¬ breviates. Ab-bre'vi-a-to-ry (50), a. Abbrevi- w ating;_shortening. AB'DI-EATE, t\ t. [-ED; -ING.] [Lat. abdicare.] To give up right or claim to; to withdraw from (as an office) with or without formal resignation. — v. i. To relinquish an office, right, trust, &c., with, or without resign¬ ing. Syn. — To relinquish; renounce; for¬ sake ; quit. Xb'di-ea'tion, n. Abandonment of a public office or of a right or trust, with or without a formal surrender. Xb'di-EA'tIve, a. Causing, or im¬ plying, abdication. Ab-d6'men, n. [Lat.] The belly, or the upper part of the belly. Ab-dom'i-nal, a. Pertaining to the abdomen. [belly; pursy. Ab-dom'I-noPs, a. Having a big Ab-du^e', v. t. [-ed; -ING.] [Lat. abducere .] To draw away; to draw to a different part. Ab-dOet', v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. abductus.] To take away by stealth or by unlawful force. Ab-dOe'tion, n. A drawing or car¬ rying away, especially of a person, by fraud, or stealth, or force. Ab-dOe'tor, n. 1. A person guilty of abduction. 2. A muscle which serves to draw a part out. A'BE-^E-DA'RI-AN, n. One who X, E, 1,5, f], Y, long; X, £, Y, 6, 6r, DO, WQLF, TOO, TOOK ; U ft,¥, short; cARE, FAR, Ask, ALL, WHAT ; Ere, VEIL, TERM; PIQUE, FIRM ; s6n, rn,rue,pvll; e,i, o, silent’; q,(i,soft; E,G ,hard; A§; E^IST; n as^NG ; this. ABED teaches or who learns the a, b, c, or letters of the alphabet. A-bed', adv. In bed ; on the bed. A-bele', or A'bel-tree, n. The white poplar. [or Syrian mallow. A'BEL-MOSK, n. The musk-mallow, Ab-ER'RAN^E, n. [Lat. aberrans .] w Deviation trom rectitude. Ab'er-ra'tion, n. 1. Deviation, es¬ pecially from truth or moral recti¬ tude, or from the natural state. 2. Alienation of mind. 3. A small pe¬ riodical change of position in a star. A-bet', v. t. [-ted; -ting, 136.] [From the root of buit.] 1. To encour¬ age or incite by aid or countenance ;— used chiefly in a bad sense. 2. To en¬ courage or assist in a criminal act. Syr.— To aid; support; sustain; help ; assist ; favor ; further ; succor ; promote. A-bet'ter, 1 n. One who abets, aids, A-Bet'tor, ) or encourages ; an in¬ stigator. Syn. — Accomplice; accessary. — An abettor incites to a crime ; an accomplice takes partin it; an accessary is involved in it by giving countenance or aid. A-bey'an^e, n. [0. Fr. baer, beer.] 1. A state of suspension or temporary extinction, with the expectation of a revival. 2. Expectation or contem¬ plation of law. Ab-h6r', v. t. [-red; -ring, 136.] [Lat abhorrere.] To regard with hor¬ ror, detestation, or extreme dislike. Syn. — To detest ; loathe ; abomi¬ nate ; hate. Ab-iior'ren^e, n. Detestation; great hatred. Ab-iior'rent, a. 1. Abhorring; de¬ testing. 2. Contrary ; repugnant. A-bide', v. i. [imp. & p. p. abode ; p>. pr. & vb. n. ABIDING.] [See Hide.] 1. To continue in a place. 2. To continue firm or stable. — v. t. 1. To endure or bear without shrink¬ ing, or patiently. 2. To await firmly. Syn.— To sojourn ; reside ; dwe[l ; stay ; tarry ; remain ; hold to ; persist. A-BII/I-TY, n. [Lat. habilitas.] Pow¬ er to act, whether bodily, moral, in¬ tellectual, conventional, or legal ; — in the plural, intellectual capacity. Syn. — Force; might; potency; capa¬ bility; faculty; talent; skill: dexterity; efficiency; address. — As to mental pow¬ ers, ability is tire generic term; capacity is the power of easily gaining or retain¬ ing knowledge ; talent is tire power of executing ; dexterity , skill, and address relate to ease of execution. Xb'tn-tEs'tate, a. Inheriting the estate of one dying without a will. Xb'JEET, a. [Lat. abjectus.] Sunk to a low condition ; hence, low in estimation. Syn. — Mean: worthless; base; grov¬ eling; debased; despicable. Ab-j£g'tion,«. Meanness of spirit ; baseness. XbMe-gt-ly, adv. Meanly ; wretched¬ ly ; basely. Ab'JE€T-ness, n. State of being ab¬ ject; baseness. 2 Xb'JU-rA'TION, n. Act of abjuring. Ab-ju'ra-to-ry, a. Containing, or relating to, abjuration. Ab-jure', V. t. [ ED ; -ING.] [Lat. abjurare.] To renounce under oath, or with great solemnity. Xb'lau-ta'tion, n. [Lat. ab and lac, milk.] 1. A weaning of a child. 2. A method of grafting. Ab-LA'QUE-A'TION, n. [Lat. ablaque- atio.] A laying bare the roots of trees. AB'LA-TlVE, a. [Lat. ablativus .] Taking away or removing ; — applied to the sixth case of Latin nouns. — n. The sixth case of Latin nouns. A-blaze', adv. 1. On fire ; in a blaze. 2. Highly excited. A'BLE (a/bl), a. [Lat. liahilis.] Hav¬ ing ability or competency of any or every kind. Syn. — Strong ; powerful ; efficient ; effective; mighty; skillful; dexterous. Ab-LU'TION, n. [Lat. ablutio.] 1. Act of cleansing or washing. 2. Re¬ ligious purification. A'bly, adv. With ability or skill. AB'ne-GA'TION, n. [Lat. abnegatio.] Denial and renunciation. Ab-norm'AL, a. [Lat. ab and norma.] Contrary to rule ; irregular. A-eoard', adv. In a vessel ; on board. — prep. On board of. A-bode', imp. & p. p. of abide. — n. [From abide.] State or place of resi¬ dence. Syn. — Dwelling; continuance; hab¬ itation; domicile. A-BOL'ISH, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. abolescere.] To do away with utterly ; to put an end to ; hence, to make void. Syn.—T o subvert; overturn; de¬ stroy; nullify; abrogate; annul; repeal. —Abolish, subvert, overturn, and destroy express under different images the same idea, that of doing wholly away with. We abrogate and annul by an authorita¬ tive act, as customs or a treaty, &c. ; we repeal by a legislative^ act, as laws; we nullify when we set la ws, &c., aside, with¬ out their being repealed. A-bol'ish-a-ble, a. Capable of be¬ ing abolished. [ing. A-bol'ish-ment, n. Act of abolish- AB'O-lI'TION (-lish'un), «. A doing away with finally and for ever ; — ap¬ plied particularly to slavery. Xb'o-li'tion-Yrm(- lish'un-), n. Prin¬ ciples or measures of an abolitionist. Xb / o-lI , tion-ist, n. One who favors abolition, especially the abolition of slavery. A-bom'i-NA-ble, a. Odious in the highest degree. Syn. — Execrable : detestable; loath¬ some; hateful; shocking. A-b5m'i-na-bly, adv. Detestably ; execrably. A-bom'i-nate, v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. abominare, abominari.] To turn from ns ominous of evil; to hate in the highest degree. Syn. — To hate ; detest ; loathe ; ab¬ hor. A-bom'i-na'tion, n. 1. Strong aver¬ sion. 2. An object of hatred. ABRUPT Xb'o-rID'i-nal, a. First, or primi¬ tive. — n. A first or original inhab¬ itant. Xb / o-r'ig'i-ne 2 , n.pl. [Lat.] Theorig- inal inhabitants of a country. ! A-bor'tion, n. [Lat. abortio.] 1. An immature product of conception. 2. Any thing which fails to come to maturity. ‘ [its effect. A-bor'tive, a. Immature; failingin A-BOUND', V. i. [-ED ; -ING,] [Lat. abundare .] 1. To be in great plenty; to be prevalent. 2. To b,e copiously supplied. ; A-BOUT', prep. [A.-S . abutan.] 1. All over or around. 2. Through or over in various directions. '3. Near, in place, time, quantity, &c. 4. Ready to; relating to.— adv. 1. On all sides; around. 2. Here and there. 3. Nearly. 4. In the opposite direc¬ tion. | A-bOve' (a-bhv'); prep. [A.-S. abu- fan.] 1. Higher in place than. 2. Superior to in any respect.— adv. Overhead; higher; before. Xb'ra-ua-dab'rA, n. A combination bf letters abracadabra without A*B RACADABR sense, form- ^.Y/cV’nV erly used as ^bracad a charm abraca against fe- r a o vers, and ar-. ® K A ranged as in B the margin ; *■ a hence, unmeaning babble. Ab-rade', v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [Lat. abradere.] To rub or wear off. Ab-ra'^ion, n. 1. A rubbing off. 2. Substance worn off. [line. A-breast', adv. Side by side ; on a A-brid6e', v. t. [-ED ; -ing.] [Fr. abreger ] 1. To bring within less space. 2. To deprive; to cut off. Syn. — To contract; shorten ; con¬ dense; compress; curtail; lessen; re¬ duce ; diminish. A-brIdg'ment, n. 1. A cutting off; contraction or diminution. 2. A work abridged. Syn. — Reduction ; restriction ; re¬ straint ; compend ; compendium ; epit¬ ome; summary; abstract; synopsis. — A compendium or epitome is a condensed abridgment; an abstract or summary is a brief statement of a thing in its main points: a synopsis is a bird’s-eye view of a subject or work in its several parts. A-broach', adv. Letting out liquor, or in a condition to do so. A-BROAD', adv. 1. At large ; out of any inclosure. 2. In foreign coun¬ tries. Xb'RO-GATE, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. abrogare.] To annul by an authori¬ tative act. Syn.—T o abolish ; repeal; revoke; rescind ; cancel ; annul. Xb'ro-ga'tion. n. Act of annulling or setting aside. Ab-rApt', a. [Lat. abrvptus , p. p. of abrumpere.] 1. Broken, steep, and craggy ; precipitous. 2. Without notice ; sudden. 3. Having sudden transitions. A, E, I, o, u, Y, long; A, E,I, 6 ( 0,1?, short; cAre, far, Ask, all, WHAT ; Ere. VEIL, TERM; PIQUE, FIRM; s6n, ABRUPTION ACCEPT Syn. — Bold ; broken ; unconnected 5 unceremonious. Ab-rOp'tion, n. A violent separa¬ tion of bodies. [ner. Ab-RUPT'LY, adv. In an abrupt man- Ab-rOpt'ness, n Steepness; sud¬ denness ; great haste. Ab's^ess (149), n. [Lat. abscess us.] A collection of pus in an accidental cavity of the body. AB-syls'sA, n.; pLLat. AB-spis' s^e, Eng. AB-scis'SAg. [Lat. absci-ssus.] (Geom.) One of the elements of reference by which a point, as of a curve, is referred to a system of fixed rectilineal co-ordinate axes. AB-se5nd', v. i. [-ED; -ING.] [Lat. absrondere.\ To secrete one’s self, in order to avoid a legal process. Ab-seond'er, n. One who absconds. AB'SEN^E, n. [Lat. absentia.] 1. A being absent. 2. Want; destitution. 3. Heedlessness. i Xb'sent, a. 1. Not present in a place. 2. Inattentive to what is passing. Ab-sent', v. t. [-ed ; -ING.] To take to such 'a distance as to prevent in¬ tercourse. , Xb'sen-Tee', n. One who absents himself from his country, office, post, or duty, and the like. Xb'sen-tee'ism, n. State or habit of an absentee. Ab'so-lute, a. [Lat. absolutus , p. p. of absolvere.] 1. Freed or loosed from any limitation or condition. 2. .Fin¬ ished ; perfect; total. 3. Capable of being conceived by itself alone. Syn.— Unlimited ; arbitrary; despot¬ ic; tyrannical; unconditional; positive; peremptory; certain. Ab'so-lute-ly, adv. Positively ; ar¬ bitrarily. Xb'so-lute-ness, n. Completeness; arbitrary power. Xb'so-lu'tion, n. 1. An acquittal. 2. A remission of sin. Xb'so -LU / TigM, n. Absolute govern¬ ment or its principles. Ab-sol'u-to-ry, a. Absolving; that absolves. Ab solv'A-to-RY, a. Containing ab¬ solution ; having power to absolve. Ab-solve', v. t. [-Ed ; -ING.] [Lat. ahsolvere .] To set free or release from, as from some obligation, debt, or responsibility, &c. Syn.— To exonerate; acquit.—We speak of a man as absolved from some¬ thing that binds conscience, as guilt or its consequences ; exonerated from some load, as an imputation or debt; acquitted with reference to a trial and a decision thereon. Ab-sorb', v. t. [-ed ; ing.] [Lat. ahsorbere .] 1. To drink in; to suck up ; to imbibe, as a sponge. 2. Hence, to overwhelm ; to engage wholly. Ab-sorb'a-ble, a. Capable of being absorbed. Ab-sorb'ent, a. Sucking up; im¬ bibing. — n. A substance or a bodi¬ ly organ which absorbs. Ab-sorb'tion (-sorp'shun), n. 1. Act or process of being absoi’bed. 2. En- 3 tire engrossment or occupation of mind. [absorb. Ab-sorp'tive, a. Having power to Ab-stain', v. i. [-ED ; -ing.] [Lat. abstinere .] To forbear, or refrain, voluntarily. Ab-STE'mi-oOs, a. [Lat. abstemius.] Sparing in diet; temperate; absti¬ nent. [ly. Ab-ste'mi-oijs-ly, adv. Temporate- Ab-ste'mi-ous-ness, n. A sparing use of food or strong drink. Ab-STJErge' (14), v. t. [-ED ; ING.] [Lat. abstergere.] To make clean by wiping. Ab-st£r'gent, a. Serving to cleanse. Ab'sti-nen^e, n. [See Abstain.] Act or practice of abstaining. Syn. — Temperance. — Abstinence is shown in refraining, temperance in a moderate and guarded use. Xb'sti-nent, a. Refraining from in¬ dulgence ; temperatel Ab-straet', v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. abslractus.] 1. To draw from or separate. 2. To consider by itself. 3. w To epitomize or reduce. 4. To purloin. Xb'STRAET, a. 1. Distinct from some¬ thing else. 2. Withdrawn from the concrete ; separate ; hence, difficult; abstruse. — n. 1. A summary, or epitome. 2. State of separation from other things. Ab-straet'ed-ly, ) adv. By itself; Ab'straet-LY, J separately. Ab-strae'tion, n. 1. Act of sepa¬ rating. or state of being separated. 2. Analysis. 3. An abstract or the¬ oretical notion. 4. Absence of mind. Ab-straet'ive, a. Having the pow¬ er of abstracting. [abstract. Xb'straet-ness, n. State of being Ab-struse' (32), a. [Lat. abstrusus .] Literally , thrust away ; hidden ; hence, hard to be understood. Ab-struse'ly, adv. Not plainly. Ab-struse'ness, n. State or quality of being abstruse. Ab-sUrd', a. [Lat. absurdus .] Op¬ posed to manifest .truth, reason, or sound judgment. Syn. — Foolish; irrational; preposter¬ ous; ridiculous.— Absurd is strongerthan foolish or irrational , but not so strong as preposterous , which supposes a total in¬ version of the order of things. Ab-sOrd'I-ty, n. 1. Quality of being absurd. 2. That which is absurd. Ab sBrd'ly, adv. Preposterously. Ab-sOrd'ness, n. Absurdity. A-bGn'DANCE, n. [Lat. abundantia.] An overflowing fullness; great plenty. Syn. — Exuberance ; plenteousness ; riches; wealth ; affluence. — We have a plenty when we have enough; but abun¬ dance is more than enough , it is an over¬ flowing. Exuberance is still stronger, it is a bursting forth. A-bOn'dant, a. Fully sufficient ; plen¬ tiful ; copious ; ample. [amply. A-bIjn'dant-ly, adv. Plentifully ; A-BUgE', v. t. [-E D ; -ING.] [Lat. abusus.] 1. To use ill ; to misuse. 2. To treat rudely; to revile. 3. To deceive. A-buse', n. 1. Ill use ; improper treatment. 2. A corrupt practice. 3. Rude or reproachful language. A-bu'sive, a. 1. Marked by abuse. 2. Perverted; .misapplied; improper. Syn.—S currilous; insulting; reproach¬ ful; opprobrious. A-bu'sive-ly, adv. In an abusive manner. A-bu'sIve-ness, n. Ill usage. A-bijt',«\ i. [-ted ; -ting, 136.] [Fr. aboutir.] To terminate or border. A-b&t'ment, n. That on which c, thing abuts, or that which abuts on any thing solid. [ary of land. A-BUT'TAL, n. The butting or bound- A-byss', n. [Gr. d/3ucrao?.] A bot¬ tomless depth ; a gulf; hell. A-ea/CI-A (-ka / shi-), n. [Gr. dxa/cia.] A genus of leguminous trees and ^ shrubs. Xe'a-dem'ie, ) a. Belonging to Ae / A-dem , IE-AL, } an academy or w other institution of learning. Xe'a-dem'IE, n. 1. A Platonic phi¬ losopher. 2. A member of an acad¬ emy or university. Xe'a-de-mi'cian (-mlslFan), n. A member of an academy, or society for promoting arts and sciences. A-ead'e-my, n. 1. The school of philosophy of which Plato was the head. 2. A place of education of high or of middle rank. 3. A soci¬ ety for the promotion of arts and sciences. A-E.Xn'THUS, n. [Gr. aKav0os.] 1. An ornament resembling the foliage or leaves of the acanthus. 2. A prickly plant. A-EAT'A-LEE'TIE, n. [Gr. aKara\r\n- to;.] A verse which has the com¬ plete number of syllables. Ae-£ede', v. i. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. accedere .] To agree or assent; to become a party. AE-^ELi'ER-ATE, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. accelerate.] To quicken the motion or action of; to hasten; to expedite. Ae-^el/er-a'tion, n. Increase of motion or action. Ae-^el'er-a-tive, ) a. Accelerat- Ae-^el'er-a-to-ry, } ing ; quick¬ ening motion. Xe'^ent, n. [Lat. accentus.] 1. A superior force of voice on some par¬ ticular syllable of a word. (See Prin. of Pron. § 110.) 2. A mark in writ¬ ing to regulate the pronunciation. 3. A peculiar modulation of the voice. r Ae-^ent', v. t. [-ed; -ing.] To pronounce, utter, or mark with ac¬ cent. [cent. Ae-eent'u-ae, a. Relating to ac- AE-^ENT'U-ATE, V. t. [-ED; -ING.J To mark or pronounce with an ac¬ cent. Ae-£ENT / u-a'tion, n. Act of writ¬ ing or of pronouncing accents. Ae-^ept', v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. acceptare.] 1. To receive with a con¬ senting mind. 2. To admit and agree to. 3. To receive as obligatory and promise to pay. G, hard ; A§; ejist ; N as NG ; this. or, do, wqTjF, too, to'ok-, Orn, rue, pyuL,; e, /, o, silent; y, g, soft; ACCEPTABLE ACCUSATORY 4 AE-9EPT'A-BLE, a. Worthy or sure of being accepted; hence, pleasing to a receiver. Syn.— Agreeable; welcome. Ae-9EPT'a-ble-ness, 1 n. Quality of Ae-^ept'a-bil'i-ty, j being ac¬ ceptable or agreeable. Ae-^EPT'A-BLY, adv. In an accept¬ able manner. Ae-9fiPT'AN9E, n. 1. Favorable re¬ ception. 2. (a.) An assent and en¬ gagement to pay a bill of exchange when due. (b.) The bill itself when accepted. [2. Meaning. Xe^EP-TA'TION, n. 1. Acceptance. Ae-^ept'er, n. One who accepts. AE- 9 ESS' or AE'9ESS, n. [Lat. acces- sus. See Accede.] 1. Near ap¬ proach, admittance. 2. Means or way of approach. 3. Increase. Ac-^ES'SA-RY, a. 1. Additional; ac¬ cessory. 2. Uniting in, or con¬ tributing to, a crime.— n. One who in some way becomes concerned in a crime, either before or after the deed is committed. Ae^es'si-bil'i-ty, n. Quality of being approachable. [approach. A€- 9 ES'si-ble, a. Easy of access or Ac-^es'sion (-sesh / un), n. 1. Act of acceding. 2. Increase by something added; that which is added. Syn. —_Addition; augmentation. Xc^es-so'ri-al, a. Pertaining to an accessory. Ac-^ES'SO-RY, a. 1. Contributing; — used in a bad sense. 2. Additional; accompanying.— n. 1. One guilty of a felonious offense, though not present at its perpetration. 2. An accompaniment. Xg'CI-den^e, n. A book containing _ the rudiments of grammar. Xe' 91 -DENT, n. 1. A chance event; casualty; contingency. 2. A property or quality of a being which is not _ essential to it. Ae'91-DENT'AL, a. 1. Happening by chance. 2. Not necessarily belonging. Syn. — Casual; fortuitous; contingent; incidental. — A thing is accidental when it comes without being planned or sought, as a meeting; it is incidental when it comes in as secondary or out of the gen¬ eral course, as a remark; it is casual or fortuitous as opposed to what is constant and regular, as an occurrence ; it is con¬ tingent as opposed to what is settled and fixed, as an event. Xc^i-DENT'AL-LYjCrrft’. By chance ; unexpectedly. Ae-elaim', ) n. A shout of as- Ae'ela-ma'tion, j sent, or appro¬ bation. [plause. Ae-elXM'A-TO-EY, a. Expressing ap- Ac-GLI'mate, v. t. [-ed; -ing.] To habituate to a climate not native. Xe'GLI-MA'TION, n. Process of be¬ coming, or state of being, acclimated. Ae-ELIV'I-TY, n. [Lat. acclivitas.] A slope considered as ascending ; rising ground. Ae-GLPvofJS, a. Rising with a slope. AE-e5m'MO-DATE, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. accommodate .] 1. To render lit, suitable, or correspondent. 2. To furnish with something desired, needed, or convenient. 3. To recon¬ cile. Syn. — To suit; adapt; conform; har¬ monize; compose; adjust; furnish. Ae-eom'mo-dat'ing, a. Affording, or disposed to afford, accommoda¬ tion ; kind. Ae-eom'mo-da'tion, n. 1. Act of fitting, or state of being fitted. 2. pi. Whatever supplies a want or af¬ fords ease, refreshment, or conve¬ nience. 3. Reconciliation. Af-eOM'PA-Nl-MENT, n. Something that attends as a circumstance, or is added by way of ornament to the principal thing. Ae-eom'pa-nist, n. The performer in music who takes the accompany¬ ing part. AE-e6m'PA-NY, V. t. [-ED ; -ING, 142.] [See Company.] To go with or attend as a companion or associate. Ag-gom'PLI9E, n. An associate in a crime. Ag-gom'plish.u. t. [-ed ; -ING.] [Fr. accomplir.] 1. To finish entirely in time. 2. To bring to pass. Syn. — To execute; fulfill; effect; re¬ alize. AG-GOM'PLlsiijED (-kom'plisht), p. a. Complete and perfected. Ae-eom'plish-ment, n. 1. Act of accomplishing. 2. Acquirement; at¬ tainment. Ae-eompt'ant (-kount'-), n. See Accountant. Ae-GORD', n. [From Lat. cor, cordis, heart.] 1. Concurrence of opinion, will, or action; agreement. 2. Har¬ mony of sounds.— v. t. [-ED ; -ing.] 1. To make to agree or correspond. 2. To grant; to concede. — v. i. To be in accordance; to agree, [formity. Ag-€ORD'AN9E, n. Agreement; con- Ae-GORD'ANT, a. Corresponding; consonant; agreeing; agreeable. Ae-GORD'ING-LY, adv. In accordance with. [wind-instrument. Ae-eor'di-on, n. A small keyed Ae-eost' (21), v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. ad and costa.] To speak first to. Ae-eost'a-ble, a. Easy of access; affable. Acco uchement (ak'kooslffmSng') n. [Fr.] Delivery in child-bed. Accoucheur (ak'koosh'fir'), n. [Fr.] A man who assists women in childbirth ; a man-midwife. Ag-gount', n. 1. A reckoning; a computation. 2. A statement in general. 3. Importance ; value ; ad¬ vantage. 4. Reason; consideration. Syn. — Narrative ; narration ; recital; description ; detail. — In giving an ac¬ count of a thing, if we make it a contin¬ uous story, it is a narrative or narration ; if we dwell on minute particulars, it is a recital or detail; if we picture a thing out, it is a description. — v. t. [-ed ; -ING ] [Lat. ad and computare.] 1. To reckon. 2. To hold in opinion ; to estimate. — v. i. 1. To render an account. 2. To constitute a reason. 3. To render reasons or answer. Ae-eount'a-bIl'i-ty, n . Liability to give account, and to suffer pun¬ ishment. Ag-gount'a-ble, a . Liable to be called to account, and to suffer pun¬ ishment or pay damages. Syn. — Amenable ; responsible. Ag-gount'ant, n. One who keeps, or is skilled in, accounts. Ag-gou'ter 1 (160), v. 1 . [-ed ; -ing.] Ag-cou'tre j [Fr. aacoutrer.] To furnish with dress or equipments. Ag-gou'ter-ments, I n. pi. Dress; Ag-gou'tre-ments, j equipage ; trappings. Ag-gred'it, v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. accreditus.] 1. To receive, as an en¬ voy, in his public character. 2. To send with credentials, as an envoy. Ag-gre'TION, n. [Lat. accretio.] 1. An increase by natural growth. 2. A growing together. Ae-erue'' (32), v. i. [-ed; -ing.] [Fr. accrue, increase.] To increase ; to be added, as increase, profit, or damage. Syn. —To spring up; follow; arise. Xe'EU-BA'TlON, n. A reclining on a couch, as practiced by the ancients at their meals. Ae-eum'ben-9Y, n . State of being accumbent. Ae-eum'bent, a. Reclining, as the ancients did at their meals. Ae-eu'mu-late, v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. accumulatus.] To heap up; to collect or bring together. — v. i. To increase greatly. Ae-eu'mu-la'tion, n. Act of accu¬ mulating, state of being accumulat¬ ed, or that which is accumulated. Syn. — Pde; mass; heap. Ae-eu'mu-la-tive, a. Causing ac¬ cumulation ; accumulating. Ae'eu-ra- 9 Y, )n. State of be- Xg'eu-rate-ness, J ing accurate ; exactness ; correctness. Xe'EU-RATE, a. [Lat. accuratus.] In careful conformity to truth, or to a standard or rule. Syn. — Correct; precise; just; nice.— A man is accurate or correct when he avoids faults ; exact when he attends to all the minutise, leaving nothing neglect¬ ed ; precise w T hen he does any thing ac¬ cording to a certain rule or measure. Ae'eu-rate-ly, adv. In an accurate manner. Ae-eOrse', V. t. [-ed; -ing.] To de¬ vote to destruction ; to curse. Ae-eOrs'ed, p. p. or a. (part, pro¬ nounced ak-karst', a. ak-kQrs'ed). 1. Doomed to destruction or misery. 2. Detestable ; execrable. Xe''eu-§a'tion, n. 1. Act of accus¬ ing^ 2. That of w'hich one is accused. Ae-eu'§a-tIve, a. ( Gram .) Applied to the case on which the action of a verb terminates or falls. — n. The fourth case of Greek and Latin nouns, corresponding to the objective in English. Ae-eu'sa-tIve-LY, adv. In relation to the accusative case. AE-EU'gA-TO-RY, a. Pertaining to, or containing, an accusation. A, e, 1 , o, u, y, long; A,e,I, 6, 0, ¥, short; cAre, far, Ask, all, what ; £re, veil, t£rm; pique, fIrm; s6n. ACCUSE AE-EUSE', V. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [Lat. accusare .] To charge with a crime, offense, or fault. Syn. — To arraign; censure; impeach. — We censure or accuse a man for what is wrong ; we arraign him for trial ; we impeach him for maladministration or impropriety. Ae-eu§'er, n. One who accuses. I AE-EUS'TOM, V. t. f-ED ; -ING.] To make familiar by use ; to habituate _ or inure. A 9 E,n. [Lat. as.] 1. A single point on a card or die ; or the card or die so marked. 2. A particle; anatom. A-^eph'A-loDs, a. [Gr. A-EHRO'MA-TlgM, j being ach¬ romatic. A- 9 I€'U-LAR, a. Slender, like a needle. X^'id, a. Sour, sharp, or biting to the taste ; tart. — n. A sour substance. A-CID'I-fFA-ble , a. Capable of being acidified. [iug. A^YdG-fi-EA'TION, n. Act of acidifi- A- 91 WI-FY, v. t.ori. [-ED; -ING,142.] w To make or become acid. XcG-dim'e-ter, n. An instrument for ascertaining the strength of acids. A-cTd'i-ty, 1 n. Quality of being acid Ac'id-NESS, j or sour ; sharpness ; sourness. 5 A-91d'u-late, v. t. [-ed; -ing.] To make slightly acid. A-oid'u-lous, a. [Lat. acidulur.] slightly sour; sourish. Ao-knowl'edge (-noFej), v. t. [-ed; -ING.] [From prefix a and knowl¬ edge .] To own, avow, or admit; to recognize as a fact, truth, or benefit. Syn. — To concede ; confess ; allow ; recognize. — We acknowledge what we feel bound to make known, as & fault or a favor ; we concede and allow what is claimed or asked ; we recognize when at first we were doubtful ; we confess what is wrong or may appear so. Ac-knowl’edg-ment (-noF-, 137), 11. 1. Act of acknowledging. 2. Some¬ thing given or done in return for a favor. Ae'me, n. [Gr. d/cp. 77 .] Height, top, or highest point, of a thing. X-e'o-LYTE, 1 n. [Gr. d.KoAoi/0o?.] An Ae'o-lyth, j inferior church serv¬ ant. Ae'o-nIte, n. Wolf’s-bane, a poison. A'eorn, n. [A.-S. secern.] The seed or fruit of an oak. A-eot'y-le'don, n. [Gr. a priv. and /cotuAtjScov.] A plant in which the seed-lobes are not present. A-eot'y-led'o-noOs, a. Having either no seed-lobes, or such as are indistinct. A-EOU'STIE (-kow'stik), a. [Gr. oncov- ctti/cos.] Pertaining to hearing, or to the doctrine of sounds. A-EOU'STIES, n. sing. The science of sounds. AE-QUAINT', V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [0. Fr. accointer.] 1. To make familiar. 2. To communicate notice to. Syn. — To apprise; to inform. Ac-quaint'an 9 e, n. 1. Familiar knowledge. 2. A person or persons well known. Syn. — Familiarity ; fellowship ; inti¬ macy. — Intimacy is the result of close connection, and hence is the stronger word; familiarity springs from frequent intercourse. Ac / qui-es 9 E', v. i. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. acquiescere.] To rest satisfied, or apparently satisfied. Syn. — To accede ; assent; consent; comply; concur. Ac / QUI-ES'9EN9E, n. A silent assent or submission. Ae'QUI-ES^ENT, a. Submitting; dis¬ posed to submit. [acquired. Ae-quir'a-ble. a. Capable of being AE-QUIRE', v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. acquirere.] To gain, usually by one’s own labor or exertions. Syn. — To attain ; obtain ; procure ; earn; win; secure; Ae-QUIRE'MENT, n. Act of acquiring, or that which is acquired. Syn.—A ttainment; gain; acquisition. Ae'QUI-gl'TlON (-zish'un), n. 1. Act of acquiring. 2. The thing acquired. Ae-QUIs'i-tive, a. Disposed to make acquisitions. AE-QUlg'l-TiVE-NESS, n. State or quality of being acquisitive. AE-QUYt', V. t. [-TED ; -TING.] [Fr. ac.quitter.] 1. To set free; to release ACTIONABLE or discharge, especially from an obli¬ gation, accusation, suspicion, &c. 2 . Rffiexively, to bear or conduct one’s self. . Syn. — To clear; absolve. A€-QUIT'TAL, n. Formal deliverance from the charge of an offense. Ae-QUIT'tan9E, n. Discharge from debt. A'ERE (a/ker, 160), n. [A.-S. acer, secer.] A piece of land containing 160 square rods or perches, or 4840 square yards. [pungent. AE'RID, a. Of a biting taste ; sharp ; Ae'rid-ness, n. A sharp, harsh qual¬ ity ; pungency. Ae'ri-mo'ni-oOs, a. 1. Abounding with acrimony. 2. Sarcastic. Syn. — Sharp; severe; bitter; caustic. Ae'RI-MO-NY, n. 1. Quality of cor¬ roding or dissolving. 2. Sharpness or severity, as of language or temper. Syn. — Asperity; harshness; tartness. — Acrimony springs from an embittered spirit; tartness from an irritable temper; asperity and harshness from disregard for the feelings of others. Ae'ri-tude (53), n. [Lat. acritudo .] An acrid quality. Ae'ro-at'ie,^ [Gr. axpoaTiKos.] De- w signed only to be heard ; oral. Ae'ro-bXt, n. [Gr. a/epo?. and fiaC- veiv.] One who practices high vault- w ing, rope-dancing, & c. [acrobat. Ae'ro-bXt'IE, a. Belonging to an A-ERON'ye-AL, a. [Gr. aKpovu/cTos.] ( Astron .) Rising at sunset and set¬ ting at sunrise, as a star. A-erop'o-lYs, n. Upper or higher part of a Grecian city ; hence, the w citadel or castle. Ae'RO-SPIRE , n. [Gr. dxpo? and o" 7 rei- pa.] A sprout at the end of a seed. A-ER5SS' (21), prep. From side to side of; crosswise of. — adv. From side to side ; crosswise. A-EROS'TIE, n. [Gr. aKpvaTtxou.] A composition, in which the first or the last letter of every line, or of every word, read collectively, form a name or sentence. Aet, v. i. [-ed; -ing, 137.] [Lat. actus.] 1. To exert power. 2. To be in action or motion. 3. To behave or conduct. — v. t. 1. To perform, especially on the stage. 2. Hence, to feign or counterfeit. 3. To assume the office or character of. — n. 1 . That which is done or doing; per¬ formance ; deed. 2. A decree, edict, law, judgment, or award. 3. One of the principal divisions of a play. 4. A state of reality, or real existence. 5. A state of preparation. Ae'tin-ism, n. A property in the so¬ lar rays which produces chemical changes, as in photography. Ae'TION, n. 1. Exertion of power; or the effect of power exerted ; agen¬ cy. 2. An act or thing done ; a deed; hence, conduct ; behavior. 3. A le¬ gal suit or process. 4. An engage¬ ment between troops. Ae'tion-a-ble , a. Admitting a suit, or an action at law. I OR, DO, WOLF, Too, took ; Orn,rue, pull ; E, I, o, silent ; 9 , 4, soft; e, G, hard; Ag; e>cist; n as NG ; THIS- ACTIVE ADJURATION Xct'ive , n. 1. Having the power or quality of acting. 2. Constantly en¬ gaged in action ; hence, energetic ; busy. 3. Practical; operative; pro¬ ducing real effects. 4. Expressing the passing of an action from an agent to an object, as certain verbs do; transitive. Syn. — Brisk ; alert ; agile ; nimble ; sprightly; prompt. Act'ive-ly, ado. In an active man- ^ ner; nimbly. Act'Ive-ness, ( n. Quality of being Ao-tiv'i-ty, j active; nimble- ness; agility. ACT'OR, n. One who acts ; one who w plays on the stage. [plays. Act'ress, n. A female who acts or ACT'U-al, a. 1. Existing in act; re¬ ally acted or acting. 2. Existing at the present time. Aet'u-al-ly, adv. In act or fact; really; truly. Xct'u-A-ry, n. 1. A registrar or clerk. 2. Manager of a joint-stock company. ACT'U-ATE, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To put into action ; to incite to action. Syn. — To move; impel; instigate; in¬ duce; rouse; animate. A-CU'LE-ATE,a. Having prickles, or sharp points. A-cu'men, n. Penetration of mind; nice discrimination. Syn. —Acuteness; astuteness; shrewd¬ ness; perspicuity; discernment. A-cu'mi-nate, a. Having a long, tapering point. A-C'U'mi-na'TION, n. A sharpening; termination _in a sharp point. A-C'U-PUNCT'URE, n. Introduction of needles into the living tissues for remedial purposes. A-euTE',n. 1. Sharp at the end ; point¬ ed. 2. Penetrating; shrewd. 3. Sus¬ ceptible of slight impressions. 4. High, or shrill, in respect to some other sound. 5. Coming speedily to a crisis. Sy^n.—P enetrating; piercing; pointed; shrewd: subtle. A-cute'ly, adv. Sharply ; shrewdly ; keenly. AD'AGE, n. [Lat. adagiuiv.] An old saying, which has obtained credit by long use. Syn. — Maxim ; proverb ; aphorism ; axiom; saw. A-da'gio (-jo), a. [It.] ( Mus .) Mov¬ ing slowly, leisurely, and gracefully. Xd'A-mXnt, n. [Gr. dfid.ju.as.] A stone imagined to be of impenetrable hardness; — a name given to the diamond and other very hard sub¬ stances. [mant. Id'A-MAN-te'AN. a. Hard as ada- Ad'A-mXnt'Ine, a. Made of, or hav¬ ing the qualities of, adamant. Ad'am' 2 -Xp'ple, n. The projection formed by the thyroid cartilage in the neck. A-dXpt', v. t. [-ET); -ING.] [Lat. adaptare .] To make fit or suitable. Syn.—T o suit; accommodate; adjust; apply; attune. 6 A-dXpt'a-bil'i-ty. 1 n. Quality of A-dXpt'a ble-ness, j being adapt¬ able : suitableness. [adapted. A-dXpt'A-ble, a. Capable of being AD'AP-TA'TION, n. Act of adapting, or fitting ; the state of being adapted ; fitness. ADD, v. t. [-ed; -ING.] [Lat. addere.] To join or unite, as one thing or sum to another. Syn. —To subjoin; to annex. — We add numbers, &c. ; we subjoin an after¬ thought; we annex some adjunct, as ter¬ ritory. Ad-den'dum, n.; pi. a d-den' da. [Lat.] A thing to be added. AD'der, n. [A.-S. setter.] A venom¬ ous serpent; a viper. Ad-dIct', v. t. [-ED; -ING.] [Lat. addictus.] To apply habitually; to accustom; to habituate. Syn. —To devote; to dedicate to.— Ad¬ dict is commonly used in a bad sense, the other two in a good one; addicted to vice; devoted to literature; dedicated to religion. Ad-dict'ed-ness, n. Devotedness. Ad-di'tion (-dlsh'un), n. 1. Act of adding. 2. Any thing added; in¬ crease. 3. A branch of arithmetic. 4. A title annexed to a man’s name. Syn. — Accession; augmentation. Ad-di'tion-al (-dlsh'un-), a. Added. Ad-dI'tion-al-LY, adv. By way of _ addition. AD'dle, a. [A.-S. adl.] Putrid ; cor¬ rupt ; hence, unfruitful or barren, as brains. Ad-dress', v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. directus.] 1. To direct words or dis¬ course to. 2. To direct in writing, as a letter. 3. To court; to woo. 4. To consign to the care of another. — n. 1. A formal application, speech, discourse, petition, &c. 2. Manner of speaking to another. 3. pi. At- ention in the way of courtship. 4. Skill; dexterity. 5. Direction or superscription of a letter. Ad-du^e' (30), v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. adducere.] To present or offer; to bring forward by-way of proof. Syn. — To allege; cite; quote ; ad¬ vance; introduce. Ad-du'^ent, a. Bringing forward. AD-DU'(tl-BLE, a. Capable of being adduced. [ward. Ad-due'tion, n. Act of bringing for- Ad-due'tive, a. Bringing forward. Ad'e-nol'o-gy, n. [Gr. dfipv and Aoyo?.] The doctrine of the glands, their nature, and their uses. A-dept', n. One well skilled in any art. — a. [Lat. adeptus .] Well skilled ; _ skillful. Ad'e-QUA-<^y, n. State or quality of being adequate. Ad'e-quate, a. [Lat. adsequatus.] Equal, proportionate, or correspond- ent; fully sufficient. [fitly. Ad'e-QUATE-ly, adv. In proportion ; AD'E-QUATE-NESS, n. Adequacy; sufficiency. Ab-HERE'.’r. i. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. adhxrere.] 1. To stick fast or cleave. 2. To hold, be attached, or devoted. Ad-her'envtov.] A plant deriving its support from the air alone. A'ER-O-STAT', n. [Gr. drip andararo?.] A machine or vessel sustaining _ weights in the air ; — an air balloon. A/er-o-stat'ie, a. Pertaining to _ aerostatics or aerostation. A'E R-O-STA T'ICS, n. sing. The sci¬ ence that treats of the equilibrium of elastic fluids, or that of bodies sus- _ tained in them. [tion. A'er-os-ta'tion, v. Aerial naviga- iE-RU'Gl-NOUS, a. [Lat. xruginosus .] Pertaining to copper-rust. iEs-THET'IG, ( a. Pertaining to ass- Es-thet'ig, J thetics. iEs-THET'lGS, ( n. sing. [Gr. aia and /S^to., the first two Gr. let¬ ters.] The letters of a language in the customary order. — v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To arrange in the order of an alphabet. Ax/pha-bet'IU, 1 a. Pertaining Xl'pha-bet'ig-al, ( to, furnished with, or in the order of, the letters of the alphabet. Xz/PHA-BET'IU-AL-LY, adv. Accord¬ ing to the alphabet. Al'pine (-pin or -pin), a. Pertain¬ ing to the Alps, or to any lofty moun¬ tain. [now. Al-read'y, adv. Before this time ; Al'so (146), adv. or conj. [all and so.j w In like manner ; likewise ; too. Alt, a. or n. [Lat. altus, high.] The higher part of the scale. Al'tar, n. [Lat. altare, from altus , high.] 1. A table or elevated place on which gifts and sacrifices are of¬ fered to some de¬ ity. 2. A com¬ munion table. Al'tar-fie^e, n. A painting placed over the altar. AL'TERjt'. l. [-ed ; -ING.] [Low Lat. alterare, from Lat. alter, another.] 1. To make some change in. 2. To change entirely or materially. — v. i. To become, in some respects, different. Al'ter-a-ble, a. Capable of being altered. [manner. Al'TER-a-BLY, adv. In an alterable Al'TER-a'TION, n. 1. Act of alter¬ ing or state of being altered. 2. The change made. Al'ter-a-tIve, a. Having power to " restore the healthy functions of the body without sensible evacuations.— n. A medicine having this power. Altar. ALVEARY Xl'TER~€ATE, V. i. [-ED; -ING.] [Lat. alter care, altercari, from Lat. al¬ ter, another.] To contend in words ; to wrangle. Xl'ter-ua'tion, n. Warm conten¬ tion in words ; controversy. Syn.— Wrangle ; dispute.—An alter¬ cation is an angry dispute between two parties ; a wrangle is a noisy altercation. Al-tLr'NATE (14), a. [Lat. alter- natus.] Being by turns ; reciprocal. — n. That which happens by turns ; vicissitude. XL'TER-NATE,or AL-TER'n!TE, t. [-ED ; -ING.] To perform by turns, or in succession ; to change reciprocally. — v. i. To happen or to act bv turns. Al-tEr'nate-LY, adv. In recipro¬ cal succession; by turns. Xl'ter-na'tion, n. 1. Reciprocal succession of things in time or place. 2. (Math.) The different changes of orders in numbers ; permutation. Al-tEr'na-tive , a. Offering a choice of two things. — n. A choice of two things. Al-t£r'na-tIve-ly, adv. In an al¬ ternative manner. Al-though' (awl-thoO, conj. [ all and though.] Grant all this; be it so; sup¬ pose that; notwithstanding. Al-tIl'o-quen^e, n. [Lat. altus, lofty, and loquentia , a speaking.] Pompous language. Al-tim'e-ter, n. [Lat. altus, high, and metrum, measure.] An instru¬ ment for taking altitudes by geomet¬ rical principles. Al-tIm'e-try, n. Art of ascertaining altitudes by means of a proper in¬ strument. Al-tIs'o-nant, ) a. [Lat. altus, Al-tTs'o-noDs, ) high, and sonans, sounding.] High-sounding; pomp¬ ous. Al'ti-tude (53), n. [Lat. altitudo, fr. altus, high.] 1. Space extended up¬ ward ; height. 2. (As ron.) Eleva¬ tion of a celestial object above the horizon. 3. Highest point. Al'to, n. The part sung by the low¬ est female voices. In instrumental music, the tenor. Al'to-geth'er (146), adv. [all and " together.] 1. Conjointly. 2. Without exception ; wholly ; completely. Xl'to-re-lie'vo, n. [It. alto rilie- vo.] High relief. [each end. Xl'u-del, n. A chemical pot open at Al'UM, n. [Lat. alumen.] A double sulphate of alumina and potassa. It is very astringent. A-lu'mi-nA, ) n. (Min.) One of tho Al'u-mIne, ) earths. Al'u-mIn'i-um, ) n. A very light, A-lu'mi-num, j white metal, with a bluish tinge. A-lu'mi-noi)s, a. Pertaining to, or containing, alum, or alumina. A-l&m'nits, n. pi.; A-LtdM'm. A graduate of a college, or other semi¬ nary. Il'VE-A-RY, n. [Lat. alvearium, al- veare, from alvus, belly, bee-hive.] 1. Al lilt/ IIlui8l~Ilt3(lU } dUO Vc lilt/ UcLn>i A IHvUlvlLlv lidVlug Hilo pUWcr» uf cj IlOLIl (.It l tto ^ OR, DO, WQLF, TOO, TOOK; Orn, RUE, pyLL ; E, I, o, silent; 9, 6, soft; €,5, hard; Ag; EjciST ; ALVEOLATE A bee-hive, or something like one. 2. The hollow of the external ear. Xi/ve-o-late, a. Pitted like a honey-comb. Xl'VINE, a. [Lat. alvus, belly.] Per¬ taining to the lower belly or intes¬ tines. AL'way, ) adv. 1. Perpetually; con- Al/tVAYg, j tinually. 2. Invariably. Xm. First person singular present in¬ dicative of Be. A-main', adv. 1. Violently and sud¬ denly. 2. Suddenly, or at once. A-MAL/GAM, n. [Gr. (j.aAayp.a., any emollient.] 1. A compound of mer¬ cury with another metal. 2. Any mixture. A-MXL'GAM-ItE, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To mix, as quicksilver, with an¬ other metal. 2. To mix, so as to make a compound. — v. i. 1. To unite in an amalgam. 2. To coalesce, as a re¬ sult of growth. A-mXl/ga-ma'tion, n. 1. Act or operation of compounding mercury with another metal. 2. The mixing of different things or races. A-mXn'u-en'sis, n. ,• pi. a-mXnGj- iiN'SEg. [Lat., from ab, from, and mantis, hand.] One who writes w'hat another dictates ; a copyist. Xm'A-RANTH, n. [Gr. djuapahrov, lit., not withering.] 1. A genus of orna¬ mental annual plants of many spe¬ cies. 2. An imaginary flower that never fades. 3. A color inclining to purple. Xm'A-rXnth'Ine, a. 1. Not fading or decaying. 2. Of a purplish color. A-m.ass'(6), v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [L. Lat. amassare, from Lat. massa , mass.] • To collect into a mass or heap. Syn. — To accumulate; gather. A-mAss'ment, n. Aheap; accumu¬ lation. Xm/a-teur', n. [Fr.] One who cul¬ tivates any study or art, without pursuing it professionally. Xm'A-tive, a. Amorous; amatory. Xm'a-tive-ness, n. Propensity to love. Xm'a-to'ri-al, 1 a. Relating to, in- Xm/a-to-ry, j duced by, or ex¬ pressive of, love. Am'A v-ro'sis, n. [Gr. d/xaupcoo-is.] A loss or decay of sight, without any visible defect in the eye. A-MAZE', v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To con¬ found with fear, sudden surprise, or wonder ; to astonish. — n. Aston¬ ishment ; amazement. A-Xiaz'ed-ly, adv. With amazement. A-maze'ment, n. A feeling of sur¬ prise and wonder. Syn. — Astonishment ; admiration ; perplexity; confusion. A-maz'ing-ly, adv. In an amazing degree. Xm'A-zon, n. [Gr. d/xa^tov.] One of a fabulous race of female warriors ; — hence, a warlike or masculine wo¬ man ; a virago. Am-bXs'sa-dor, n. An envoy of the highest rank. See Embassador. 14 Am-bXs'sa-dress, n. A female am¬ bassador. Xm'ber.w. [Ar. ‘‘anbar, anbarum.] A yellowish resin found as a fossil. — a. Consisting of or resembling amber. Xm'ber-gris (-grees), n. A fragrant substance used in perfumery, &c. Xm'bi-dex'ter, n. [Lat. ambo, both, and dexter , right.] 1. One who uses both hands with equal facility. 2. A double-dealer. Xm'bi-dex-ter'i-ty, n. 1. Power of using both hands with equal ease. 2. Double-dealing. Xm'BI-ENT, a. [Lat. ambiens , fr. am- bire, to go around.] Encompassing ; surrounding. Xm'BI-gu'i-ty, n. Doubtfulness or uncertainty, esp. of signification. Am-bIg'u-ous, a. [Lat. ambiguus.] Doubtful or uncertain, particularly in respect to signification. Am-bIg'u-oOs-ly, adv. In an am¬ biguous manner. Am-big'U-ous-ness, n. Ambiguity. Xm'bit, n. [Lat. ambitus .] Circuit or compass. Am-bI'TION (-bishrim), n. [Lat. am- bitio, a going around, esp. to get votes.] An eager desire of preferment, honor, superiority, or power. Am-bY'tioCs (-blshhrs), a. 1. Possess¬ ing, or controlled by, ambition. 2. Springing from, or indicating, am- ^ bition. Xm'ble, v. i. [Lat. ambulare .] 1. To move, as a horse, by lifting together the two legs on one side ; to pace. 2. To move affectedly. — n. A peculiar gait of a horse, in which both legs on w one side are moved at the same time. Xm'bler, n. A horse which ambles. AM-BRO^glA (-bro^zha), n. [Gr. ap.|3po- crta.] The fabled food of the gods. Am-bro'§ial, a. Partaking of the nature of ambrosia; delicious. Xm'bro-type,’ n. [Gr. dp|3poTos, im¬ mortal, and TV7ros, impression.] A photographic picture taken on a pre¬ pared glass. AMBg'ACE (amz'as), n. [0. Fr. ambes, ambs , both, and ace.] A double ace. Xm'bu-ean^e, n. [Lat. ambulare, to walk.] A hos¬ pital wagon, for carrying sick or wounded sol¬ diers. Xm'bu-lant, a. Walking; moving from place to w place. Xm'BU-la'tion, n. Act of walking. AM'bu-la-to-ry, a. 1. Walking. 2. Not fixed in its legal character, but capable of being altered, as a will. — n. Any part of a building in¬ tended for walking in. Xm'bu-ry, ) n. [A.-S. ampre, a crook- Xn'bu-ry, ( ed, swelling vein.] A soft swelling on ahorse, full of blood. Xm'bus-eade', n. [It. imboscata, fr. im, in, and bosco, a wood.] 1. A ly¬ ing concealed, for the purpose of at¬ tacking an enemy by surprise. 2. A AMIABLE concealed place in which troops lie hid; ambush. — v.t. [-ED ; -ing.] To lie in wait. Xm'bush, n. [See Ambuscade.] 1. Act of attacking an enemy from a concealed station. 2. An ambus¬ cade. 3. Troops posted in a con¬ cealed place, for attacking by sur¬ prise.— v. t. [-ed; -ing.] To lie in wait for ; to place in ambush. A-MEL/IO-RATE, V. t. [-ED; -ING.] [Lat. ad and meliorate, to make bet¬ ter.] To make better ; to improve. — v. i. To grow better. A-mel/io-ra'tion, n. Improvement. A-MEN' (in singing , pron. a'men'). [Heb.] An expression used at the end of prayers, meaning, Bo be it. A-me'na-ble, a. [Fr. amener, to bring to account, fr. Lat. minare, to threaten.] 1. Liable to be brought to account; answerable ; responsi¬ ble. 2. Willing to yield ; submissive. A-mend', v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [From Lat. emendare, fr. e, out, and menda, a fault.] To change in any way for the better. Syn.— To correct; reform ; rectify.— To amend is literally to take away blots, and hence to remove faults; to reform is to form over again for the better; to cor¬ rect is to make straight or right; to recti¬ fy is to set right. We rectify abuses, mis¬ takes, &c. ; we correct errors; we reform or amend our lives. — v. i. To grow better ; to improve morally. [amended. A-m£nd'a-ble, a. Capable of being A-mend'a-to-ry, a. Containing amendment; corrective. Amende (arinongd'), n. [Fr.] A pecuniary fine or punishment; rep¬ aration ; retraction. A-mend'ment, n. 1. A change for the better. 2. In public bodies, any alteration in a bill or motion by add¬ ing, changing, or omitting. A-MilNDg', n. sing. & pi. Recom¬ pense ; satisfaction; equivalent. A-MEN'I-TY, n. [Lat. amcenitas.] Quality of being pleasant or agree¬ able, whether in respect to situation, climate, manners, or disposition. A-m£r<^e' (14), v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. merces , wages, penalty.] 1. To punish by a pecuniary penalty. 2. To punish, in general. A-mLr^e'ment, n. A pecuniary pen¬ alty inflicted at the discretion of the court. A-mer'i-can, a. Pertaining to Amer¬ ica;— in a restricted sense, pertain¬ ing to the United States. — n. A native of America ; — applied esp. to the inhabitants of the United States. A-m£r'I-uan-I§m, n. A w ord, phrase, or idiom peculiar to America. Xm'e-th¥st,w. [Gr. apeOvo-Tos, with¬ out drunkenness.] A subspecies of quartz, of a bluish violet color. It was anciently thought to have the power of preventing intoxication. Xm'e-th¥st'Yne, a. Pertaining to, _ or resembling, amethyst. A'mi-A-bTl/i-ty, n. Amiableness. A'MI-A-BLE, a. [Lat. amicabilis, AMIABLENESS ANALEPTIC 15 \ friendly, and amabilis, lovely.] Wor¬ thy of love; lovable. Syn. —Lovely; charming; delightful. X'mi-a-ble-ness, n. The quality of _ deserving love ; loveliness. A'mi-a-bly, adv. In an amiable manner. Xm/I-AN'THUS, n. [Gr. ajuiavTOs Atdos, lit., unsoiled stone.] A mineral sub¬ stance somewhat resembling flax. Xm'1-ea-bil'i-ty, n. Quality of being amicable ; friendliness. Xm'I-€A-ble, a. [Lat. amicabilis.] Harmonious in mutual intercourse. Syn. — Friendly; peaceable; fraternal. — Amicable always supposes two parties; as, an amicable arrangement. We cannot say of a single individual that he was am¬ icable, though we can say he w&sfriend- ly. AM'I-€A-BLE-NESS, n. Friendliness; kindness. [manner. XmM-ca-bly, adv. In an amicable Am'I^E (funds),n. [Lat. amictus.] l.A loose flowing garment formerly worn by pilgrims. 2. An oblong piece of embroidered linen worn by priests. A-mId', 1 prep. In the midst or A-mIdst', | middle ; among. A-M'id'siiips, adv. Half-way between the stem and the stern. A-MISS', a. Wrong; faulty ; improper. _— adv. Wrongly; improperly. Xm'i-ty, n. [Fr. amitie.] Friendship, in a general sense ; harmony. AM-MO'NI-A, n. [From sal ammoniac .] A volatile alkali of a pungent smell; spirit of hartshorn. AM-MO'NI-AC, [ a. Pertaining to Xm/MO-nPAE-AL, j ammonia, or possessing its qualities. AM-mu-nI'tion (-nish'un), n. [Low Lat. admunitio.] Military stores or provisions for attack or defense. Xm'NES-TY, n. [Gr. apvpcrTM, a for¬ getting.] A general pardon of politi¬ cal offenses. A-MONG', 1 prep. [A.-S. amang,on- A-M6NGST', J mang .] 1. Mixed or mingled with. 2. Associated with, or making part of the number of. Xm'O-ROLJS, a. [Low Lat. amorosits.] 1. Having a propensity to sexual en¬ joyment. 2. In love ; enamored. 3. Relating to love. [manner. Xm'o-rous'ly, adv. In an amorous A-mor'phoOs, a. [Gr. dpop(f>o s, fr. d priv.,and popcfrr), form.] 1. Having no determinate form. 2. Of no par¬ ticular kind or character; anomalous. A-mor'ti-za'tion, ) n. 1. Act or A-mor'tIze-ment, ] right of alien¬ ating lands to a corporation. 2. Ex¬ tinction of debt, particularly by means of a sinking fund. A-MOUNT', v. i. [-ED;-ING.] [Lat. ad, to, and mons , mountain.] 1. To come in the aggregate or whole. 2. To beequivalent. — n. 1. The sum total. 2. The effect, substance, or result. A-MOUR', n. [Fr.] A love intrigue. Am-phIb'i-AN, n. An amphibious animal. Am-phib'i-oOs, a. 1. Having the power of living in air and water. 2. Adapted for living on land or water. Am-phIb'i-oOs-ness, n. Ability to live in two elements. Xm'PHI-BOL/O-Gy, n. [Gr. ap.<£i/3o- Aoyta.] A phrase, proposition, or discourse susceptible of two inter- _ pretations. Am/PHI-BRA€H, n. [Gr. ap^Cfipaxw;.] A foot of three syllables, tne middle one long, the first and last short. Am-PHIG'TY-on'IG, n. Pertaining to the council of the Amphictyons. AM-PHle'TY-ONg, n. pi. [Gr. ’’Aptyiic- Tuovt?.] ( Gr. Hist.) An assembly or council of deputies from the different states of Greece. Am-phYs'ci-I (-fTshG-I), In. pi. AM-PHls'ci-ANg (-fish'i-anz), J [Gr. aijjfiLaKLOs, from apfyi, on both sides, and cnaa, shadow.] The inhabitants between the tropics, whose shadows in one part of the year are cast to the north, and in the other to the south. Xm/phi-the'a-ter, ) n. [Gr. dp^n- Xm'PHI-THE'A-TRE, j Oearpov, from apcfri, about, and Oearpov, theater ] An oval or circular edifice having rows of seats one above another, around an open space, called the arena, and used for combats of gladi¬ ators and of wild beasts, and other public sports. Xm/piii-the- a T'RIC-AL, a. Pertain¬ ing to, or exhibited in, an amphithe¬ ater. Xm'ple, a. [Lat, amplus .] 1. Of large dimensions. 2. Fully sufficient. 3. Extended; diffusive. Syn. — Spacious; capacious; exten¬ sive; abundant; plenteous. — When we mean by ample large in extent, we say spacious or extensive; large in size, capa¬ cious; large in quantity, abundant or plenteous. Xm/pli-FI-€A'tion, n. 1. Enlarge¬ ment. 2. Exaggerated description or diffuse narration. Xm'PLI-fi-ga'tive, 1 a. Serving or Xm'PEI-FI-CA'TO-ry, j tending to amplify _or enlarge. Xm'pli-fPer, n. One who amplifies. Am/pli-fy, y. t. [-ed; -1NG, 142.] [Lat. amplificare, fr. amplus , ample, and facere, to make.] 1. To render larger, more extended, or more in¬ tense, and the like. 2. To treat copi¬ ously.— v. i. 1. To grow or be¬ come large. 2. To be diffuse. Xm'pli-tude (53), n. 1. State of being ample; largeness of dimen¬ sions. 2. Largeness, in a figurative sense. 3. An arc of the horizon in¬ tercepted between the true east or west point and the center of the sun or a star at its rising or setting. Xm'ply, adv. Largely ; liberally ; fully. Xm/pu-tate ,V. t. [-ED ; -ing.] [Lat. amputare , from amb, about, and pu- tare, to prune.] To cut off, as a limb. Xm/pu-ta'tion, n. Act or operation of cutting off a limb*or other part. A-mOck/, n. [Malay.] Act of killing. To run amuck, to rush out frantically, attacking all that come in the way, as is done by fanatics in the East. Xm/U-LET, n. [Ar. hamhlat, himctlat , anything worn.] Something worn to prevent evil. A-MU§E', v. t. [-ED; -ING.] [Fr. amuser.] 1. To entertain agreeably. 2. To keep in expectation. Syn. — To divert; entertain.—We are amused by that which occupies us lightly and pleasantly; entertained by that which brings our minds into agree¬ able contact with others, as conversation or a book ; diverted by that which draws off our thoughts to something of livelier interest, especially of a sportive nature, as a humorous story or a laughable in¬ cident. A-MfigE'MENT, n. That which amuses. Syn. — Diversion; pastime; entertain¬ ment; sport. A-mu'sIve, a. Entertaining; divert¬ ing ; pleasing. A-MYG'DA-LATE, n. [Gr. dpvySakov, almond.] An emulsion made of al¬ monds. [almonds. A-m^G'da-lIne, a. Pertaining to XM/Y-LA'CEOlis, a. [Gr. dpv\ov, starch.] Pertaining to starch. An, a., commonly called the indefinite article. [A.-S. an, ane .] It signifies one or any, but somewhat less em¬ phatically. Xn / A-BXp'TIST, n. [Gr. dva^anri^eiv, from ava, again, and fiaTni^eiv, to baptize.] One who denies the validi¬ ty of infant baptism. AN-X-GH'RO-NlgM, n. [Gr. ava\povca¬ pos, from ava, against, and time.] An error in chronology. Xn'A-con'da, n. A large snake which lives in South America. A-nXc're-on'ttg, a. Pertaining to, or after the manner of, the Greek poet Anacreon ; amatory ; convivial. — n. A little poem in praise of love ^ and wine. Xn'A-deM, n. [Gr. avdSppa.] A gar¬ land or fillet. Xn'jes-thLt'k:, a. [Gr. dv priv., and olaQria-v;, feeling.] 1. Capable of rendering insensible by being in¬ haled. 2. Characterized by insensi¬ bility.— n. That which produces insensibility, as chloroform, &c. Xn'A-GL^PH, n. [Gr. dvdy\vcf>ov,fi’om ava, up, and y\veiv, to engrave.] An embossed or chased ornament, worked in relief, as a cameo. Xn^A-gl^P^TKI, a. Relating to the art of carving, engraving, enchasing, or embossing plate. XnA-GoGGE-AL, a. [Gr. dvaymyrj, from ava, up, and ayeiv, to lead.] Mysterious; mystical; spiritual. Xn'A-GRXm, n. [Gr. dvdypappa, from ava, back, again, and ypdppa, letter.] A transposition of the letters of a name, by tvhich a new word is formed. Thus, astronomers may bo turned into moon-starers. Xn'A-GRAM-mXt'K!, a. Pertaining to, or making, an anagram. Xn / a-lL€ , tI€, a. Collecting or se¬ lecting ; made up of selections. AN'A-LE€TS, )n. pi. [Gy. dvd-Acura.] An'a-lep'tA, j A collection of lit¬ erary fragments. XN'A-LfiP'TIE, a. [Gr. dva\r}mLKo s-] 6r,do, wolf, too, TCK3K ; pRN, RTiE.pyEL; e, I, o, silent; q,&,soft; €,&,hard; A§; E>asT; n as ng ; this. ANALOGICAL 16 ANGLE Corroborating; invigorating.— n. Restorative medicine. An'a-l56'I€-al, a. According to, or founded on, analogy. An'A-LOG'IG-AL-LY, a'dv. By way of analogy. [or consider by analog}". A-nXl'o-6Ize (162), v. t. To explain A-nXl'O-go0s, a. [Gr. avaAoyos, pro¬ portionate, fr. and, according to, and | Aoyo?, proportion.] Having analogy ; correspondent, [to some other thing. Xn'A-loGUE, n. A thing analogous A-nXl'o-GY, n. 1. Likeness between things in some circumstances or ef¬ fects , when the things are otherwise entirely different. 2. Equality, pro¬ portion, or similarity of ratios. A-nXl'y-sIs, n.; pi., A-NXi/Y-SEg. [Gr. dvaAvms, from ava, again, and Aveiv, to loose.] A resolution of any thing, whether an object of the senses or of the intellect, into its constituent or original elements. An'a-l?st, n. One who analyzes. An'A-lyt'ig, ( a. Pertaining to AN'A-LifT'lE-AL, j analysis; resolv¬ ing into component parts. [alysis. Xn / A-ly'T'I€S, n. sing. Science of an- An'a-lyze (162),t'. t. [-ed; -ing.] To separate into the component parts ; to resolve into first principles or ele¬ ments. [which, analyzes. An'a-lyz'er, n. One who, or that AN'A-MdR'JPHO-SIS,or An'a-mor- PIIO'SIS , n. [Gr. avapdp^cooas.] A distorted representation of an image on a plane or curved surface, which, . viewed in a certain way, appears reg¬ ular and in proportion. An'A-PjEST, n . [Gr. avojraicrnx;.] A metrical foot consisting of three sylla¬ bles, the first two short, the last long, or the first two accented and the last unaccented. Xn'AREH, n. [Gr. avap^os, from av priv., and apxv, beginning.] Author of anarchy. A-nar€H'I€, 1 a. Being without A-naR€H'I€-ae, ) government; law¬ less ; confused. [disorder. Xn'arch-Kst, n. One who promotes An'arch-Y, n. 1. Want of govern¬ ment in society ; lawlessness. 2. Con¬ fusion. Xn/A-sXre'oOs, a. [Gr. ava, and crap£.] Dropsical. A-nXth'e-MA (147), n. [Gr. avadepa, anything devoted, esp. to evil.] A ban or curse pronounced by ecclesi¬ astical authority, and accompanied by excommunication. An-Xth'e-ma-tIze (162), v. t. [-ed ; -ING.] To denounce with curses. Xn'a-toM'ic, 1 a. Belonging to An'A-tom'ic-AL, j anatomy or dis¬ section. [of dissection. An'a-tom'ig-al-ly, adv. By means A-nXt'o-mKst, n. One who dissects bodies, or is skilled in anatomy. A-nXt'o-mi-za'tion, n. The act of anatomizing. A-nXt'o-mIze (162), v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] 1. To dissect. 2. To lay open the interior structure of; to analyze. A-nXt'o-MY, n. [Gr. ava.T 0 p. 7 j, from ava, up, and to prj, a cutting.] 1. Art of dissection. 2. Science of the struct¬ ure of animal bodies. 3. A skeleton. iN'gES-TOR, n. [From Lat. anteces¬ sor, one who goes before.] One from whom a person is descended at any distance of time. Syx. — Forefather; progenitor. Xn-^es'TRAL, a. Relating to, or de¬ scending from, ancestors. AN'9ES-TRY,n. 1. A series of ancestors; lineage. 2. Birth or honorable descent. Aneh'or, n. [Gr. ay Kvpa..] An iron instrument for hold- Anchor ing a vessel at rest a stock '. b in water; any firm P hank ; c c, support.—ii. (. [-ED ; flukes; d d, -ING.] 1. To place arms, at anchor. 2. To fasten ; to fix. — v. i. 1. To come to anchor. 2. To stop; to rest. Aneh'or-AGE, n. 1. A place where a ship can anchor. 2. The anchor and all necessary tackle. 3. A duty on ships for anchoring in a harbor. Ancii'or-ess, n. A female hermit. Xngh'or-ET, 1 n. [Gr. avaxa>p7jr>js.] An€H'or-Ite, ) A hermit; a re¬ cluse ; a monk. An-ch5'vy, n. [Bisc. antzua, anchn- va, dry.] A small sea-fish of the herring family. AN'CIENT (aWshent), a. [L. Lat. anti¬ anus, anteanus, fr. Lat. antea, ante, before.] 1. Old ; that happened or existed in former times. 2. Of great age. Syx.— Primitive ; pristine ; antiqua¬ ted ; obsolete. — A thing is ancient when it is old; it is antiquated, antique , or obso- Zefewhen it is gone out of use or fashion. — n. 1. pi. Those who lived in former ages. 2. pi. Very old men. 3. Bear¬ er of a flag ; — now called an ensign. AN'cient-ly, adv. In old times; formerly. [lineage. Xn'cient-ry, n. Honor of ancient Xn'cie-LA-ry, a. [Lat. ancillaris, fr. ancilla, a female servant.] Subservi¬ ent or subordinate, like a handmaid. An-^IP'I-tal, a. [Lat. anc.eps , two- headed.] Compressed, and forming ^ two opposite angles. AN'EO-NY, n. [Gr. ay»ccov,abentarm.] A piece of half-wrought iron, in the shape of a bar in the middle, but rude and unwrought at the ends. And, conj. [A.-S.] A particle which expresses the relation of addition. AN-daN'TE, a. [It.] Rather slow. And'I-ron (-I-urn),* n. [A corrupt, of brand-iron, or of hand-iron, or of end-iron.] A utensil for supporting wood in a fire-place. An-DRO&'Y-NAL, 1 a. [Gr. avSpoyv- An-dro6'y-no0s, j vos, from dvijp, avSpos, man, and yvvrj, woman.] Having both sexes, or the mental characteristics of both sexes. An'DROID, 1 n. [Gr. dvrjp, av- An-droi'd E£, j Sp os, and elSos.] A machine in the human form. Xn'eg-do'tal, a. Pertaining to an¬ ecdotes ._ An'ee-dote, n. [Gr. dve/cSoTOs, not published.] A particular or detached incident or fact of an interesting na¬ ture. Syx. — Story; tale; memoir. An'ee-dot'ie-al, a. Pertaining to anecdotes. An''e-mog'ra-phy, n. [Gr. dvepos, wind, and yparj, description.] A description of the winds. An'E-MOM'E-TER, n. [Gr. avepos, wind, and perpov, measure.] An in¬ strument for measuring the force of the wind. A-NEM'O-NE, n. [Gr. avepiavrj, from avepos, wind (which easily strips off its leaves).] A genus of plants of the crowfoot family. A-nem'o-seope, n. [Gr. avepos, wind, and (TKoneLV , to view.] A contrivance for bringing clown the indications of a wind-vane to a dial below. An'e-ROID, n. [Gr. a priv., vijpos, wet, moist, and eiSos, form.] A port¬ able barometer, shaped like a watch. An'EU-rIsm, n. [Gr. avevpverpa, a widening.] A soft tumor, arising from dilatation or rupture of the coats of an artery, [again ; afresh. A-new' (a-niF), adv. Newly ; over AN'gel, n. [Gr. ayyeAos, messenger.] 1. A spirit, or a spiritual being. 2. An ancient gold coin of England, worth about ten shillings.— a. Re¬ sembling, or belonging to, angels. An-gel'IU, 1 a. Belonging to, or AN-&£i/I€-al, j resembling, angels. AN'GEL-OL'O-GY, n. [Gr. ayyeAos, angel, and Aoyos, discourse.] Doc¬ trine of angelic beings. An'ger (82), n. [Lat. angor.] A strong passion or emotion of the mind excited by a real or supposed injury. Syx. — Indignation ; resentment ; wrath; fury; rage. — Anger is a stronger term than resentment, but not so strong as indignation, which is awakened by what is flagitious in character or conduct; nor as wrath, fury, rage, in which anger is wrought up to a still higher point in the order of these words. — v. t. [-ed; -ing.] To excite to an¬ ger ; to rouse to resentment. Syx. -t To provoke ; vex; displease; An / GI-0E'0-6y, n. [Gr. ayyeiov, ves¬ sel, and Aoyos, discourse.] A treatise or discourse on the vessels of the hu¬ man body. An'GI-oT'O-MY, n. [Gr. ayyeiov, ves¬ sel, and Top.7j, a cutting.] A dissec¬ tion of the vessels of the body. An'gle (SLng'gl) C n. [Gr. ay/cvAos.j q 1. A corner. 2. ( Geom .) The difference of di- rection of two E- lines in the A same plane that CAE, right angle; C meet or tend to A D, acute angle; B meet in a point; A obtuse angle, or the difference of direction of two planes intersecting, or tending to in- A, e, I, o,u, y , long X, e, I, 6, 0, short; cAre, far, Ask, all, what; £re, veil, t£rm ; pique, fTrm; s6n, ANGLER ANOINTMENT tersect, each other. 3. Fishing tackle. — v. i. [-ed ; -ing.] 1. To fish with line and hook. 2. To in¬ trigue. Xn'gler, rc. One who fishes with a hook. [to England. Xn'glI-€AN, a. English ; pertaining XN'GLitpIsM, n. An English idiom or expression. Xn'gli-^ize, V. t. [-ed; -ing.] To render conformable to the English idiom, or to English analogies. Xn'glo-. A prefix meaning the same as English; — used in composition. Xn'gor, n. Intense bodily pain. Xn'GRI-ly, adv. In an angry manner. Xn'GRY, a. [See Anger.] 1. In¬ flamed, as a sore. 2. Touched with anger. 3. Showing anger. 4. Stimu¬ lated ; roused. Syn. — Passionate; resentful; irritated; indignant; provoked; furious; wrathful; choleric; inflamed; infuriated. An-guIl'li-form, a. [Lat. anguilla, eel, and forma , form.] In the form of an eel. Xn'guisii, ft. [Lat angustia.] Ex¬ treme pain, either of body or mind. Syn. — Agony; torture; torment; grief; pang; throe. Xn'gu-lar, a. 1. Having an angle or angles; pointed. 2. Consisting of an angle. 3. Sharp and stiff in character. [ing angular. Xn'GU-lar'i-TY, ft. Quality of be- Xn'gu-lar-ly, adv. With angles ; in the direction of the angles. Xn'gu-lat'e d (ang'gu-), a. Formed with angles. Xn'he-la'tion, n. [Lat. anhelatio.] _ Difficult respiration. Xn'il, n. [Ar. an-nil, from Skr. nila, dark blue.] A shrub from whose leaves and stalks indigo is made. Xn'ILE, a. [Lat. anilis, fr. anus, old woman.] Old-womanish; imbecile. A-nIl'i-ty, [ ft. State of being an Xn'ile-ness, ) old woman ; old age of a woman. Xn'I-MAD-v£r'SION. n. Remarks by way of criticism, censure, or reproof. Syn.—S trictures; comment; blame. Xn'i-mad-vert' (14), v. i. [-ed; -ING.] [Lat. animadvertere, from an¬ imus, mind, and vertere, to turn.] 1. To turn the mind with intent to notice. 2. To consider by way of criticism or censure Syn. — To remark; comment. Xn'I-MAL, ft. [Lat.,fr. anima , breath, soul, animus , mind.] 1. An organized living being endowed with sensation and the power of voluntary mo¬ tion. 2. An irrational being, as dis¬ tinguished from man.— a. 1. Of, or relating to, animals. 2. Pertaining to the merely sentient part of a creature. [animalcules. Xn'i-mXl'cu lar, a. Pertaining to Xn'i-mXl'cule , n. [Dim. of animal.} An animal that is invisible, or nearly so, to the naked eye. Xn'i-mXl'€U-lIsT, ft. One versed in the knowledge of animalcules. An'i-mAl'eu-lum, ft.; pi. X'NI- 17 mIVcv-la.} [See Animalcule.] An animalcule. GSf* Animalcules, as if from a Lat. sin¬ gular animalculu, is a gross barbarism. An-i-mal'i-ty, ft. State of animal w existence. Xn'i-MATE, V. t. [-ed ; -ING.] [Lat. animate , fr. anima , breath, soul.] 1. To give natural life to. 2. To give powers to, or to heighten the powers or effect of. 3. To give spirit or vigor w to. [imal life. Xn'i-mate, a. Alive ; possessing an- Xn'i-MAT-ED, p. a. 1. Endowed with w animal life. 2. Spirited; lively. Xn'i-ma'tion, ft. Act of animating, or state of being animated. Syn. — Vivacity; spirit; buoyancy; sprightliness; liveliness; promptness. Xn'i-MOS'i-TY, n. [Lat. animosilas .] Violent hatred ; active enmity. Syn. — Rancor; malevolence; malig¬ nity; rage; wrath. An'i-mus, n. [Lat.] Intention ; pur¬ pose ; spirit; temper. Xn'ise, ft. [Gr. avto’ot'.] A plant w bearing aromatic seeds. Xn'kle, n. [A.-S. anr.leow, dim. of anke, bent, neck.] The joint con¬ necting the foot and leg. Xn'nal-ist, n. A writer of annals. Xn'nals, n. pi. [Lat. annalis, fr. an¬ nus, a year.] 1. A history of events in chronological order. 2. A series of historical events. Xn'NATS, n. pi. [Lat. annus , a year.] First year’s whole profits of a spirit¬ ual preferment. An-neal', v. t. [-ed ; -ING.] [A.-S. anxlan, onxlan, to kindle.] 1. To heat nearly to fluidity, and then cool slowly, to render less brittle. 2. To heat, as glass, in order to fix colors. An-nex', v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [Lat. annectere, annexum, from ad, to, and nectere, to tie.] 1. To unite at the end; to affix. 2. To add, as a smaller thing to a greater. 3. To connect, especially as a consequence. Xn'nex-a'tion, 1 n. Act of annex- An-nex'ion, | ing; addition. An-ni'hi-la-ble, a. Capable of be¬ ing annihilated. An-ni'hi-late, v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. annihilate, fr. ad, to, and nihil, nothing.] 1. To cause to cease to be. 2. To destroy the form or properties of. An-ni'hi-la'tion, n. A reducing to nothing; destruction. Xn'NI-yEr'sa-ry (14), a. [Lat. an- niversatius , fr. annus, year, and ver¬ tere, to turn.] Returning with the year, at a stated time.— n. A day celebrated yearly as it returns. An-nom'I-nX'tion, n. [Lat. annom- inatin.} 1. A pun. 2. Alliteration. An-no'nA, n. [Lat.] A year’s pro¬ duction ; hence, provisions for a year’s use. Xn'no-TATE, v. i. [Lat. annotate, fr. ad, to, and nota, mark.] To make annotations or comments. Xn'no-ta'tion, n. An explanatory remark, note, or commentary. Xn'no-ta'tor, n. A commentator. An-noT'to, n. A species of red or yellowish-red dyeing material. AN-NOUN 9 E', v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. annunciate, fr. ad, to, and nun- cius, messenger.] To give public notice, or first notice cf. Syn. — To proclaim ; publish ; adver¬ tise. — To piihlish is to make publicly known; to announce is to make known for the first time ; to proclaim is to give the widest publicity; to advertise is to make known through the public prints. An-noun^e'ment, n. Act of an¬ nouncing ; proclamation; declaration. An-noy', v. t. [-ed;-ing.] [Fr. en- nuyer, fr. Lat. in odio, in hatred.] To injure or disturb by repeated acts. Syn. — To incommode; vex; disturb; pester ; molest; tease ; bother ; plague. AN-NOY'AN^E, n. 1. Act of annoy¬ ing, or state of being annoyed. 2. That which annoys. Syn.—V exation; disturbance; injury. Xn'nu-al (Xn'yij-al), a. [Lat. annua- lis, fr. annus , year.] 1. Returning or happening every year; yearly. 2. Per¬ formed in a year. 3. Lasting only one year or season. — n. 1. A literary work published once a year. 2. A w plant, living but one year or season. Xn'nu-al-ly, adv. Yearly ; year by year. [an annuity. An-nu'I-tant, n. A person who has An-nu'i-ty, 11 . [L. Lat. annuitas, fr. Lat. annus, a year.] A sum of money, payable yearly, for a term of years. AN-NUL',n. t. [-ED ; -ing, 136.] [Low Lat. annullare, from Lat. ad, to, and nullum, nothing.] To make void or of no effect. Syn. — To repeal ; nullify ; abolish ; abrogate; revoke; cancel; 6 et aside. Xn'nu-LAR, la. 1. Having the form" Xn'nu-la-ry, ) of a ring. 2 . Marked w with circles, dots, &c. Xn'nu-let, n. [Lat. annulus .] 1. A little ring. 2. A small,flat fillet, en¬ circling a column, &c. An-nOl'ment, n. Act of annulling. An-nu'MER-ATE (30), v. t. [Lat. an- numerare, fr. ad, to, and numerate, to number.] To add to a number. An-nu'mer-a'tion, n. Addition to a former number. An-nOn'ci-ate (-shT-at), v. t. [-ed ; -ING.] [Lat. annunciate. See AN¬ NOUNCE.] To announce. An-n&n'gi-a'tion (-shi-a'shun), n. 1. Act of announcing. 2. A festival celebrated (March 25) in memory of the angel’s announcement to the Virgin Mary. Xn'O-DYNE, a. [Gr. avwSwos, fr. av priv., and oSvur], pain.] Serving to assuage pain. — n. Any medicino which allays pain. A-NOiNT',n. t. [-ed;-ing.] [Lat. in- ungere, fr. in,a,rulunguere, to smear.] 1. To rub over with oil or unctuous substances; also to spread over, as oil. 2. To consecrate, by unction. 3. To smear or daub. A-noint'ED, n. The Messiah. A-noint'er, n. One who anoints. A-noint'ment, n. Act of anointing; state of being anointed. OR, do, wqlf, TOO^TOOK ; Orn, rue, PVLL ; E, I, o, silent; 9, 4, soft; €, G, hard; A§ ; exist ; N as NG: 1 ANOMALISM A-NOM'A-LlgM, n. A deviation from rule ; anomaly. A-NOM'A-LOUS, a. [Gr. avu>p.a\o<;, fr. av priv., and ojaaXos, even.] Deviat¬ ing from a general rule or method ; irregular. A-NOM'A-LY,n. Deviation fr. the com¬ mon rule or analogy ; irregularity. A-Non', adv. [0. Eng. anon, onane, lit. in one (moment).] 1. Quickly ; im¬ mediately. 2. At another time ; again. Ever and anon , now and then ; fre¬ quently; often. A-NON'y-moCs, a. [Gr. droivujaos, fr. avpriv., and ovojua,name.] Without the real name of the author ; name¬ less. [name. A-non'y-moOs-ly, adv. Without a An-oth'er, a. 1. Not the same: different. 2. One more. 3. Any other ;_any one else. An'SER-jne, a. [Lat. anserinus, from anser , a goose.] Pertaining to, or like, a goose, or its skin. Xn'swer (Sn'ser), v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [A.-S. andswarjan , fr. and , against, and swarjan , to affirm.] 1. To speak or write in return to. 2. To refute. 3 To be or act in return to. — v. i. 1. To make response. 2. To make a satisfactory response; hence, to be accountable, liable, or responsible. 3. To be or act in return. — n. 1. Something said or written in return. 2. Something done in return for, or in consequence of, something else. 3. A mathematical solution. An'swer-a-ele (an / ser-a-bl), a. 1. Capable of being answered. 2. Obliged to answer, pay, or makegood; amena¬ ble ; responsible. 3. Correspondent; hence, comparable. 4. Suitable; suited; proportionate. 5. Equal ; equivalent. [answers. An'swer-er (an'ser-), n. One who ANT, n. [A contraction of emmet.] An emmet; a pismire. [the stomach. Ant-A(,:'id, n. A remedy for acidity of An-TAG'O-n'ism, n. [Gr. avrl, against, and ayuv, contest.] Counteraction or contrariety of things or principles. An-Tag'o-nIst, n. One who contends with another. Syn.— Enemy; adversary; opponent; foe. AN-tAg / o-nTst , ig, a. Opposing ; act¬ ing in opposition. An-t.Tg'o-nize, v. i. To act in oppo¬ sition ; to contend. AN-tXl'&K , a. [Gr. avrl, against, and dXyos, pain.] Alleviating pain. Xnt'APH-RO-dLs'I-AU, a. [Gr. avrl, against, and (’.^poSitriaKos, venereal.] Having the quality of extinguishing or lessening venereal desire. ANT-AR€'Tie, a. [Gr. avrap/cruco?, fr. avrl, against, ar cl dp/cros, bear, the constellation called Northern Bear.] Opposite to the arctic pole ; relating to the souther/? pole or to the region near it. Xnt'Xr-thrBt'k;, a. [Gr. dvri, against, and apdpms, gout.] Counter¬ acting the gout. - n. A remedy against the gout. 18 AN'te-^ed'en^e, ) n. Act or state Ak'TE-^ed'en-^y, ) of preceding in time ; precedence. An / te*9ED , ent, a. [Lat. antecedent , from ante, before, and cedtre , to go.] Going before in time. Syn. — Prior ; preceding ; foregoing ; previous. — Antecedent is specific, refer¬ ring to something consequent; foregoing , preceding, and previous, are more gen¬ eral, being opposed to subsequent; prior, like priority, implies a preference if there is competition, as, a prior claim. — n. 1 That which goes before in time. 2. The first of two things re¬ lated to each other. 3. pi. The ear¬ lier events of one’s life. 4. The noun to which a relative refers. AN'TE-^ed'ENT-LY, adv. Previously. An'te-^es'sor, n. One who goes be¬ fore ; a leader. AN'TE-CHAM'BER, n. A chamber leading to the chief apartment. AN'TE-eCrR'soR, n. A forerunner. AN'TE-DA TE , ft. A date before the true time. — v. t. [-ed;-ing.] 1. To date before the true time. 2. To anticipate. AN'TE-DI-LU'VI-AN, a. Before the deluge.— n. One who lived before the flood. An'TE-LOPE, n. [Gr. avOdkoxp.] One of a group of quadrupeds be¬ tween the deer and goat. Xn'TE-LU'GAN, a. [Lat. anteluca- nus, fr. ante, be¬ fore, and lux, light.] Being be¬ fore light. AN''TE-ME-RID'IAN, a. noon. An'te-mOn'dane, a. the creation of the world. AN-TEN'NA, n. ; pi. AN-TEN'NA 2 . [Lat.] A movable, ar- a ticulated organ of sen-**- Antelope. Being before Being before sation, attached to the heads of insects and Crustacea. a a Antennas. AN'TE-nCp'TIAL, (-nup / shal), a. Be¬ ing before marriage. AN'te-pas'GIIAL (-pas'kal), a. Being w before Easter. AN'TE-PAST, n. [Lat. ante, before, and pastus, pasture, food.] A fore¬ taste. Xn'te-pe-nult', n. [Lat. antepte- nultimus, fr. ante, before, pxne, al¬ most, and ultimas, last.] The last syllable but two of a word. Xn'te-pe-nBlt'i-mate, a. Of the last syllable but two. — n. The an¬ tepenult. [time or place. An-te'RI-or, a. [Lat.] Before in Syn. — Antecedent; prior ; previous; precedent; preceding; former; foregoing. — Anterior is opposed to, and iniplies, posterior ; the ether words are opposed to subsequent. An-te'ri-Sr'i-ty, n. State of being anterior^ precedence. Xn'te-room, n. A room forming the passage to another. AN'THEL-M'In'TIG, a. [Gr. avTL, against, and eXpuvs, worm.] (Med.) I ANTIFEBRILE Destroying or expelling worms. — «. A medicine which destroys or expels w worms; a vermifuge. AN'TI-IEM, n. [Gr. dvTiifnnva, fr. clvtl, against, and sound.] Church music adapted to passages from the Scriptures, a motet. another, n. [Gr. avOr/pos, flowery, from dvdos, flower.] That part of the stamen containing the pollen. AN'ttier-al, a. Pertaining w to anthers. AN-thol'o-GY, n. [Gr. av- a An- doXoyi'a, from avdos, flower, ther. andXeyeu', to gather.] 1. A collection of flowers. 2. A collection of beau¬ tiful passages from authors. AN'tho-ny’s - FIRE (an'to-niz), n. w The erysipelas. AN'TIIRA-CITE, n. [Gr. dedpa/ctrrjs, fr. avdpatj, coal.] A hard, compact w variety of mineral coal. [thracite. AN / TtiRA-(j’lT'lc, a. Pertaining to an- AN'THRO-POID, a. [Gr. avtipu)nos, man, and e!6os, form.] Resembling man. Xn'thro-pol'o-gy, n. [Gr. drdpw- ttos , man, and Xoyos, description.] 1. Natural history of the human species. 2. The science of man, consideied in his entire nature. Xn'thro-po-m6r'ph1§:m, n. [Gr. dv Optonoi, man, and iJ.opayelv, to eat.] Cannibalism. Xn'TIE, a. [From antique .] Odd; fanciful; fantastic ; ludicrously wild. _ — n. A buffoon or merry-andrew r . AN'Tl-CHRlsT, n. A great adversary of Christ. AN / Tf-€HR'fs'TiAN (-knst'yan), n. An opposer of Christianity. — a. Oppos¬ ing Christianity. An-t!9'i-pate, v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. anticipare, fr. ante, before, and capere , to take.] 1. To take or do before another. 2. To take up be¬ forehand, or before the proper time. 3. To foretaste or foresee. An-tI^VI-pA'tion, n. 1. Act of an¬ ticipating. 2. Previous view or im¬ pression. 3. Preconceived opinion. AN-Tl9'l-PA'T'fVE, a. Anticipating; or containing anticipation. [pates. An-tic , i-pa / tor, n. One who antici- An / ti-€LI 7 max, n. A sentence or ex¬ pression in which the ideas become less important and striking at the close. _ [contagion. Xn'tT-con-ta'GioBs, a. Opposing An'ti-dotal, a. Efficacious against; _ poison or other evil. Xn'tL-DOTE, 7i. [Gr. avr iSotov, from dvri, against, and SiSovac, to give.] That which tends to counteract poi¬ son or other evil. AN''TJ[-FEB'R](LE or X N'TI-FE'BR'fLE, a. Having the quality of abating fever. — n. A medicine having a tendency to cure fever. A, E, I, 0,U, Y .long; x,ii,t,6, 0, Y, short; CARE, FAR, ASK, ALL, WH^T; RrE, VEIL, TfiRMj PIQUE, FIRMJ s6N. ANTIMASON 19 APOCOPATE XN'Tl-MA'SON, n. One opposed to free¬ masonry. [to monarchy. AN'Tf-MO-NAReH'ie-AL, a. Opposed Xn't'I-MO'NI-ALi, a. Of, or pertaining to, antimony. — n. A preparation of antimony. Xn't'I-MO-ny, n. [Ar. al-itnmidun , or al-uthmudun .] A whitish, brittle w metal used in medicine and the arts. Xn'tI-no'mi-an, n. One of a sect charged with maintaining that, un¬ der the gospel dispensation, the moral law is of no use or obligation. — a. Pertaining to the Antinomians. Xn't'I-nO'mi-an-Ism, n. The tenets of Antinomians. Xn'ti-no-my, or An-tIn'o-my, n. [Gr. acTti' 0 /j.ta, fr. avrL, against, and vo/aos, law.] 1. Opposition of one law or rule to another. 2. A law or other thing opposite or contrary. Xn'tI-PA'PAL, a. Opposing popery. Xn'tI-pa-pist'ie, l a. Opposing AN'Ti-PA-pisT'ir-Ai,, j the papacy w or popery ; antipapal. AN'tI-PA-thet'ic, la. Having a Xn'ti-pa-thet'ic-al,, j natural contrariety or aversion. AN-tIp'A-THY, n. [Gr. dvrindOeia, fr. avri, against, and n ados, suffering.] 1. Aversion at the presence of a par¬ ticular object. 2. A contrariety in the properties or affections of matter. Syn. —Dislike; contrariety; repug¬ nance; disgust; distaste. Xn'tI-phlo-GIS'TIG, a. Counter¬ acting inflammation. — n. Any med¬ icine or diet which tends to check inflammation. An-tYph'o-NAL, 1 a. Pertaining to AN / Tl-PHON , i€, v antiphonies, Xn'tI-phon'I€-AE, ) or alternate singing. An-tIph'o-ny, n. [Gr. dvTt^tovos. See Anthem.] An anthem or psalm sung in alternate parts ; a response. An-tYph’RA-sis, n. [Gr.] Use of words in a sense opposite to their proper meaning. An-tIp'o-dal, a. Pertaining to the antipodes; diametrically opposed. Xn'tY-pode, n. ; pi. an / ti-pode§, or AN-TfP'O-OKg. [Gr. avriVovs, from dvrt, opposite, and nous, foot.] One of those who live on opposite sides of the globe. [popedom. Xn'tY-POPE, n. Oue who usurps the Xn'tY-QUA'ri-AN, a. Pertaining to antiquity. — n. An antiquary. Xn'tY-QUX/RI-AN-Y§M, n. Love of an¬ tiquity. [antiquities. Xn'tY-QUA-ry (44), n. One versed in Xn'tY-QUATE, v. t. [Lat . antiquatus.] To make obsolete, old, or void. Xn'tY-quat'ed, p. a. Grown old, or out of fashion ; obsolete. An-TIQUE', a. [Lat. antiquus, fr. ante, before.] 1. Old ; ancient. 2. Of old fashion. 3. Made in imitation of an¬ tiquity.— n. 1. Any thing very old. 2. A relic of antiquity. An-tIq'UI-TY (-tlk / wl-), n. 1. Ancient times. 2. The people of ancient times. 3. Great age. 4. pi. Any or all of the remains of ancient times. AN'tY-sgrYpt'CR-AE, a. Not accord- _ ant with Scripture. Xn'tY-sep'tig, a. Opposing putre¬ faction. — n. A substance which re- w sists or corrects putrefaction. Xn'ti-slav'er-y, ii. Opposition to slavery. [spasm. Xn'tY-spas-mod'ig, a. Opposing AN / t!-SPAS , TI€, a. [Gr. avTicnracm- «6?.] Causing a revulsion of fluids or humors; counteracting spasm. An-Tis’tro-PHE , n. [Gr. ivricr- Tpop.] (Anc. Lyric Poetry.) Part of a song or dance, around the altar, performed by turning from the left to the right, in opposition to the strophe , which was performed by w turning from the right to the left. AN'Ti-STROPH're, a. Pertaining to the antistrophe. AntIth’ E-ais, n.; pi. an-titiP- E-SE£. [Gr. avridecris, a setting against.] 1. An opposition of words or sentiments occurring in the same sentence; contrast. 2. Hence, any thing directly opposed to another. Xn'tY-THET'IG, 1 a. Pertaining An'ti-thet'ie-al, ) to antithesis. Xn'tY-trYn'i-ta'ri-AN, a. Opposing w the doctrine of the Trinity. Xn'tY-type, n. That which is pre¬ figured by the type ; thus the paschal lamb was a type of which Christ is w the antitype. Xn'tY-TYP'ig-AL, a. Relating to an w antitype ; explaining a type. ANT'LER, n. [0. Fr. antoillier, prob. from Lat. ante, before.] A start or branch of a horn of a stag, moose, &c.. AN'viL, n. [A.-S. an fill.\ An iron block, on which metals are ham¬ mered and shaped. Anx-PE-TY (ang-zFe-ty), n. Solici¬ tude about some future or uncertain w event. Xnx'io&s (Snk'shus), a. [Lat. anx- ius.] 1. Greatly concerned respect¬ ing something future or unknown. 2. Accompanied with anxiety. Syn. —Disturbed; distressed; disquiet¬ ed; uneasy. Xnx'io&s-ly, adv. With anxiety. A'NY (eWy), a. [A.-S. anig, senig, fr. an, ein, one.] 1. Oneoutof many, indefinitely. 2. Some ; an indefinite number or quantity. — adv. To any _ extent; at all. A-d'Nl-AN, a. Pertaining to the _ Muses, or to Aonia in Boeotia. A'O-rYst, n. [Gr. abpurro?, from a priv. and opo?, limit.] A tense in Greek, expressing an action as com- _ pletedin indeterminate past time. A-OR'TA, n. [Gr. aopn), from aeipeiv, to lift.] The great artery from the heart. A-pa^E', adv. Quickly ; hastily ; speedily; fast. , Xp'A-g5g'I€-AE, a. [Gr. anayoyf), a leading away.] Proving indirectly by showing the absurdity of the con¬ trary. A-part', adv. 1. Separately; aside. 2. In a state of separation, exclusion, or of distinction. 3. In two or more parts ; asunder. A-part'MEnt, n. [Lat. ab, or a, from, and pars, a part.] A room in a build- w ing or house. Xp / A-THET'I€, a. Void of feeling ; ^ insensible. Xp'a-thist, n. One destitute of feel¬ ing. Xp'A-THY, n. [Gr. anaOeLa, from a priv. and ndd os, suffering.] Want, or a low degree, of feeling ; — applied either to the body or the mind. Syn. — Insensibility ; indifference ; _ unconcern. APE,n. [A.-S.apa, Skr. kapi ,] 1. A kind of monkey having neither a tail nor cheek pouches. 2. One who imitates servilely.— v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To Ape. imitate servilely ; to mimic. A-pe'ri-Ent (89), a. [Lat. aperiens.] Having the quality of opening ; laxa¬ tive. — n. A laxative medicine. Xp'er-tOre (53), /?. [Lat. apertura.] An opening through some solid sub¬ stance ; a hole. A-PET'AL-oOs, a. [Gr. dnera\os, fr. a. priv. and nerahov, leaf.] Hav¬ ing no petals. A'pex, n L ; pi. A'PEX-Eg ; Lat. pi. AP'I-fES. Top, tip, or summit of any thing. A-piiel'ion (-fePyun), n. ; pi. a PIIE'LI-a. [Gr. an6, from, and ij Aioy, sun.] That point of a planet’s or comet’s orbit most distant from the sun. Xpii'o-rism, n. [Gr. d^opurpo?.] A precept or principle expressed in a few words. Syn. —Axiom; maxim; adage. — An axiom is a self-evident proposition of high importance; a maxim expresses some great practical truth; an adage is a saying which has gained credit by long use. XpH'o-rYst, n. A writer of aphorisms. Xpii / o-rIst'I€, a. Having the form of an aphorism. Xpii'tiiong (ilffthong or ap'thong, 85), n. A letter or combination of ^ letters having no sound. XPH'YL-LOtfs, or A-PHYE'LOi?S (117), a. [Gr. au'AAos, fr. a priv. and _ uAAov, leaf.] Destitute of leaves. A'PI-A-RY, n. [Lat. apiarinm, fr. apis, a bee.] A place where bees are kept. A-Pie^e', adv. 1. To each ; to the _ share of each. 2. Each by itself. AP'ISH, a. Having the qualities of an ape ; hence, foolish ; silly ; trifling; insignificant. A-POE'A-LYPSE, n. [Gr. anOKakv^is, disclosure.] Revelation; the last book in the Bible. A-POE'A-LYP'TIG, | a. Containing A-POG'a-lyp'TIG-AL,, J or pertain¬ ing to revelation. A-POC'O-PATE, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.1 To cut off or omit the last letter or syllable of. OR, DO, wpLF, TOO,TOOK ; Crn, RUE, PyLL ; E, I, o, silent; e, 5, hard; A§; EJIST ; N as NG ; THIS. APOCOPE APPETITE A-Poe’ O-PE,n. [Gr.] Omission of the last letter or syllable of a word. A-pog'ry-phA, n.pl. [Gr. anoKpvfios, hidden, spurious.] Books which are not considered a part of the sacred canon of the Scripture. A-PO€'ry-phal, a. 1. Pertaining to the Apocrypha. 2. Of uncertain au¬ thority ; false; spurious. XP r ODE,M. [Gr. arrows, from a priv. and 7rows, foot.] An animal that has no feet._ XP'o-DElE'Tre, 1 a. [Gr. curo- Ap'O-DeYg'TIE-AL, J SetKTCKoi, from a7ro, from, and Konreiv, to cut.] Demonstrative; evident beyond con¬ tradiction. A-pod'o-sis, n. [Gr.] The conse¬ quent clause or conclusion in a con¬ ditional sentence, expressing the result. Ap'O-GEE, 71. [Gr. anoyaios, fr. a7ro, from, and yala, earth.] That point in the orbit of the moon at the greatest distance from the earth. A-POL'o-GET're, I a. Excusatory A-POL'o-GET'be-AL,j or defensive. A-pol / o-get'I€s, n. sing. That branch of theology which defends the Holy Scriptures, and sets forth the evidence of their divine au¬ thority. A-poi/o-gist, n. One who makes an apology. A-POL/O-GIZE, V . i . [-ED ; -ING.] w To make an apology. Xp'O-LOGUE (-log),'/l. [Gr. ano Aoyos. See below.] A moral fable. A-pol'o-GY, 7i. [Gr. anoXoyCa, from ano, from, and Aoyos, speech.] 1. Something said or written by way of defense or justification. 2. Expressed regret of some improper or injurious remark or act. Xp'OPH-tiiegM ) (Sp'o-them), w. [Gr. Jp'O-THEGM j ano(}>6eyp.a,fr. ano, from, and 6eyp.a, saying.] A short, sententious, instructive remark. Ap'o-PLEG'TIE, a. 1. Pertaining to, or consisting in, apoplexy. 2. Pre- ^ disposed to apoplexy. XP r O-PLEX / Y, 71. [Gr. anon\r)£ia, fr. a7ro, from, away, and 7rArjcrcreiv, to strike.] A disease characterized by sudden loss of sense and voluntary motion. A-POS'TA-SY, n. [Gr. anoaracrla, fr. ano, from, and orgeat, to stand.] A total desertion of one’s faith, princi¬ ples, or party. A-pos'tate,w. One who has forsaken his faith, principles, or party. — a. Falling from the faith ; renegade. A-pos'ta-tize, v . i . [-Ed ; -ING.] To abandon one’s faith, party, or profession. A-Pos'te-mate, n. i . To form into an abscess and fill with pus. AP'OS-teme , n. [Gr. anoa-Truxa.] An abscess. A-pos'tle (-pos'l), n. [Gr. ano(T- roAov, sent forth.] A person sent forth on some important business; one of the twelve disciples of Christ sent forth to preach the gospel. 20 A-pos'tle-ship ) (-pos'l-), n. Office A-pos'to-late j of an apostle. Ap'os-tol'ie, ) a. 1. Pertaining Ap^s-tol/ie-ae, j to an apostle, or to the apostles. 2. According to the doctrines of the apostles. A-pos'tro-phe,m. [Gr.] 1. A turn¬ ing away from the real auditory, and addressing an absent or imaginary one. 2. Contraction of a word by the omission of a letter or letters. 3. A mark [ ’ ] used to denote that a word is contracted. A-POS'TRO-PIIIZE (162), v. t. [-ed; -ING.] 1. To address by apostrophe. 2. To contract by omitting a letter or letters. A-POTH'E-EA-RY, n. [Gr. ino6r)Kp, repository.] One who prepares and sells drugs for medicinal purposes. Xp'o-thegm ((Sp'o-them), n. [Gr. Ap'OPH-THEGM j ino^Oeypa.] A short, pithy, and instructive saying ; ^ a sententious precept or maxim. Xp / o-theg-m:at'I€, ( a. In the Ap'o-theg-mat'ig-al, j manner of an apothegm. Xp'o-the'o-sIs, n. [Gr.] The act of placing a mortal among the number of the gods ; deification. Xp'o-the'o-size, v. t. To exalt to the dignity of a deity ; to deify. Ap-pall', v. t. [-ed ; -ING.] [Fr. appalir, lit., to grow or make pale.] To depress or discourage with fear. Syn. —To dismay; daunt; terrify; scare; intimidate. — v. i. To occasion fear or dismay. Xp'PAN-age, n. [Low Lat. appanagi- um, from appanare, to furnish with bread.] 1. Land assigned by a sover¬ eign prince for the subsistence of his younger sons. 2. Means of nour¬ ishing^ Xp'pa-ra'tus, n.; pi. Ap'pa-ra'tus or AP'PA-RA'TUS-Eg. [Lat..] Things provided as means to some end; a full collection or set of scientific im- plem ents. [ing for the b ody. Ap-par'el, n. [Fr. appareil.] Cover- Syn.— Clothing; clothes; dress; rai¬ ment; vesture; vestment. — V. t. [-ED, -ING ; or -LED, -LING, 137 ] 1. To dress or clothe ; to attire. 2. To cover with something orna¬ mental ; to adorn; to embellish. Ap-pAr'ent (4), a. [Lat. apparere, apparens, to appear.] 1. Capable of being seen, or easily seen. 2. Beyond question. 3. Appearing to the eye, but not true or real. Syn. — Visible; distinct; plain; obvi¬ ous; clear; certain; evident; manifest; indubitable; notorious. What is obvious is certain beyond doubt or dispute; what is plain, clear, or evident, has ample proof or illustration. Ap-pAr/ent-ly, adv. Evidently ; in appearance only. Xp'PA-rI'tion (-rlslPun), n. 1. Ap¬ pearance. 2. A visible object; a ghost; a specter. Ap-par'i-tor, n. A messenger or officer who serves the process of a spiritual court. Ap-peal', n. 1. Removal of a cause or suit from an inferior to a superior judge or court for re-examination. 2. Right of appeal. 3. A summons to answer to a charge. 4. A call upon a person for proof or decision, or to grant a favor. 5. Resort; recourse — v. i. [Lat. appellure, from ad, to, and pellere, to drive.] 1. To re¬ move a cause from an inferior to a superior judge or court for re-exam¬ ination. 2. To refer to another; hence, to call on for aid. — v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To remove from an inferior to a superior judge or court. 2. To charge with a crime. Ap-peal'a-ble, a. Capable of being appealed. Ap-pear', v. i. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. apparere.] 1. To come or be in sight. 2. To be obvious or manifest. 3. To seem. Ap-pear'an^e, n. 1. Act of coming into sight. 2. A thing seen; a phenomenon. 3. Apparent likeness. 4. Personal presence. Syn.—C oming; arrival; presence; semblance; pretense; air; look; man¬ ner; mien; figure; aspect. AP-PEAg'A-BLE, a. Capable of being appeased. Ap-pease', V . t . [-ED ; -ING, 144.] [Lat. ad, to, and pax, peace.] To make quiet. Syn. — To pacify; allay; assuage; compose; calm. Ap-pease'ment, n. Act of appeasing. Ap-pel'lant, n. A person whe makes an appeal. Ap-pel'late, 7i. Belonging to, or having cognizance of, appeals. Ap / pel-la , tion, n. Name by whicli a person or thing is called; title. Ap-pel'la-tIve, a. [Lat. appel, lativus.] Pertaining to a common name. — n. A common, as dis¬ tinguished from a proper, name. Xp'pel-lee', n. 1. The defendant in an appeal. 2. One who is prose¬ cuted by a private man for a crime. Xp^el-lor', n. He who prosecutes another for a crime. Ap-pend', v. t. [-ed ; -ING.] [Lat. appendere, from ad, to, and pendere, to hang.] 1. To hang or attach. 2. To add, as an accessory. Ap-pend'age, n. Something added as subordinate or incidental. Ap-pend'ant, n. Any thing append¬ ed.— a. Hanging; annexed. AP-PEND'IX, n. ; pi. AP-PEND / IX-E§ ; Lat. pi. AP-PF.N'Dl-pp £. Some¬ thing appended ; an adjunct; an ad¬ dition. Xp'per-tain', v. i. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. appertinere, from ad, to, and pertinere, to pertain.] To belong ; to relate. Ap'pe-tence, \n. 1. Strong natu- Xp'pe-ten-cy, J ral desire; sen¬ sual appetite. 2. Tendency to seek or select. Xp'pe-tIte , 7i. [Lat. appetitus, from appetere, to seek.] Desire of gratifica¬ tion, especially a desire of food or drink. APPETIZE APSIS Ap'pe-tize, v. i. To create, or whet, an appetite. Xp'pe-TIZ'er, n. Something which creates or whets an appetite. Ap-plaud', v. t. or i. [-ed : -ing.] [Lat. applaudere, from ad, to, and plaudere, to clap the hands.] 1. To praise by clapping the hands, &c. 2. To praise by words ; to commend. Ap-PLAUD'er, n. One who applauds. Ap-plau§e', n. Approbation and praise publicly expressed ; commen¬ dation. Xp'ple (57), n. [A.-S. seppel.] 1. A well-known tree and its fruit. 2. The pupil of the eye. Ap-plI'A-ble, a. Capable of being applied; applicable. Ap-pli'AN^e, n. Act of applying or thing applied ; instrument or means. Xp'pli-oa-bil'i-t y. In. Quality of Xp'pli-€A-ble-ness, j being appli¬ cable or suitable. AP'pli-€A-ble (147), a. Capable of being, or fit to be, applied ; suitable ; ^ fit. [petitioner. AP'PLI-€ANT, n. One who applies ; a Ap'pli-ha'tion, r. [See Apply.] 1 Act of applying. 2. The thing ap¬ plied. 3. Act of making request. 4. Act of fixing the mind; intense¬ ness of thought. Xp'pli-ca-t Y ve , a. Applying. Ap-ply',v. t. [-ed; -ing, 142.] [Lat. applicare, from art, to, and plicate, to fold.] 1. To lay or place ; to put, bring, or carry. 2. To use for a particular purpose. 3. To engage and employ diligently. — v. i. 1. To suit or to agree. 2. To have recourse. AP-POG 1 GIA-TU'R \ (-prid'ji-), n. [It.] (Mas.) A passing tone preced¬ ing an essential tone or an accented part of a measure. Ap-point', v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [L. Lat. appunclare, from art, to, and punctum, a point.] 1. To fix ; to es¬ tablish. 2. To constitute ; to ordain. 3. To allot, assign, or set apart. 4. To provide with every necessary. Ap-point'a-ble, a. Capable of being appointed. Xp'point-ee', n. A person appointed. Ap-point'ment, n. 1. Act of ap¬ pointing. 2. Stipulation ; arrange¬ ment. 3. Decree ; established order. 4. pi. Whatever is appointed for use and management. Ap-por'tion, v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [L. Lat. apportionare, from art, to, and portio. a portion.] To divide and assign in just proportion. Ap-por'tion-ment, n. Act of ap- portioning. AP'po-site, a. [Lat. appositus, from art, to, and ponere, to put, place.] Very applicable ; well adapted. Xp'PO-glTE-LY, artv. Properly ; fitly. Xp'PO-gl'TlON (-zish'un), n. 1. Act of adding. 2. State of two nouns (one of which explains the other) put in the same case, without a con¬ necting word between them. Ap-prai§'al, n. A valuation by au¬ thority. 21 Ap-praise', V . t. [-ED; -ING, 144.] [Lat. appretiare, fr. art, to, and pre- ti.um, value, price.] To estimate the worth of, particularly by persons ap¬ pointed for the purpose. Ap-prai§e'ment, n. Act of apprais¬ ing ; valuation. AP-PRAig'ER, n. One who appraises. Ap-pre'ci-a-ble (-pre'shi-), a. Ca¬ pable of being estimated or appre¬ ciated. Ap-pre'ci-ate (-pre'shY-, 95), v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. appretiare. See Appraise.] To set a price or value on ; to estimate justly. Syn. — To esteem; estimate; value.— We estimate things when we learn by cal¬ culation theirreal amount, as profits, &-c.; we appreciate when we prize them ac¬ cording to their true value or worth, as a man’s services ; we esteem when we regard them with moral approbation. Ap-pre'ci-a'tion (-pre-shi-), n. A just valuation or estimate. Ap-pre'ci-a-tive (-shl-a-tiv), ) Ap-pre'ci-a-to-ry (-shi-a-), ) a ' Having or implying a just apprecia- ^ tion. AP'PRE-HEND', V. t. [-ED; -ING.] [Lat. apprehendcre , from art, to, and prehendere, to seize.] 1. To seize or lay hold of. 2. To understand. 3. To entertain suspicion or fear of. Syn. — To catch; arrest; conceive; imagine; believe; fear; dread. — v. i. To be of opinion ; to believe. Xp'PRE-ijEn'si-ble, a. Capable of w being apprehended. Ap'pre-hen'sion, n. 1. Act of seiz¬ ing. 2. A taking by legal process. 3. Mere contemplation of things. 4. Opinion ; conception ; idea. 5. Dis¬ trust or fear at the prospect of evil. Xp'pre-iien'sYve, a. Tearful; sus- w picious; perceptive. Xp'pre-Hen'sive-ness, n. Quality of being apprehensive; fearfulness. AP-PREN'tY^E, n. [L. Lat. appren- ticius. See Apprehend.] One bound to another to learn a trade or art.— v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To bind out as an apprentice. Ap-pren'tY^e-siiip, n. Condition of an apprentice; time for which he serves. Ap-prIse' (162), v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [Fr. apprise. See Appehend.] To inform; to give notice, verbal or written ; to make known, Syn. — To acquaint; communicate. Ap-prTze', v. t. See Appraise. Ap-proacii', 1 '. i. [-ED; -ing.] [Lat. ad, to, and propiare, to draw near.] 1. To come or go near. 2. To ap¬ proximate. — v. t. To come near to. — n. 1. Act or opportunity of draw¬ ing near; access. 2. A passage by which buildings are approached. 3. pi. (Fori.) Works thrown up to cover an approach. Ap-pr6ach'a-ble, a. Capable of be¬ ing approached ; accessible. AP'PRO-BA'TION, n. Act of approv¬ ing ; consent to a thing on the ground of its propriety ; approval. Syn. — License; liking; attestation. Xp'pro-ba'to-ry, 1 a. Approving. Ap'pro-ba'TIVE, j containing ap. probation. Ap-pro'pri-a-ble, a. Capable of being appropriated. Ap-pro'pri-ate, v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. appropriate , from ad, to, and proprius , one’s own.] To set apart for a particular purpose, or for one’s self, to assign. Ap-pro'pri-ate, a. (45) Set apart for a particular use or person ; hence, belonging peculiarly. Syn.— Fit; suitable; proper; adapted; pertinent; well-timed. Ap-pro'pri-ate-ly, adv. In an ap¬ propriate manner. [ness. Ap-pro'pri-ate-ness, n. Suitable- Ap-pro'pri-A'tion, n. 1. Act of set¬ ting apart for a purpose. 2. Any thing, especially money, thus set apart. Ap-pro'pri-a'tor, n. 1. One who appropriates. 2. One who is pos¬ sessed of an appropriated benefice. Ap-prov'a-ble, «.* Worthy of ap¬ probation. [probation. Ap^proy'AL, n. Act of approving ; ap- Ap-prove', v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [Lat. approbate, from ad, to, and probus, good.] 1. To think well of. 2. To prove. 3. To commend. 4. To sanc¬ tion officially. Ap-prox'i-mXte (45), a. Near to. — v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. approx¬ imate, fr. ad, to, and proximate, to come near.] To carry or advance near; to cause to approach.— v. i. To come near; to approach. Ap-prox'i-ma'tion, n. An ap¬ proach ; a coming near. Ap-prox'i-ma-tive , a. Approxi¬ mating ; approaching. Ap'pulse, or Ap-pIilse', 7i. [Lat. appulsus, from ad, to, and pellere, pulsum, to drive.] 1. Act of striking against. 2. A touching, or very near approach. [a moving body. Ap-pul'sion, n. A striking against by Ap-pOr'te-nance, 7i. That which appertains to something else; ad¬ junct. [by right. Ap-pur'te-nant, a. Belonging to AP'RI-cot, n. [From Lat. prxcoquus or prxcox (early ripe), through the _ Arab.] A fine fruit, allied to the plum. A'pril, 7i. [Lat. aprilis, from aperire , _ to open.] Fourth month of the year. A'PRIL—Fo OL, 7i. One sportively im- _ posed upon on the first of April. A'PRON (a'purn or a'prun), n. 1. Something worn on the fore part of the body, to keep the. clothes clean. 2. A cover ; a boot. 1p'ro-p5s' (ap'ro-po'), adv. [Fr.] 1. Opportunely. 2. By the way ; to tho purpose. A>'sia\ ti. ; pi. 1 p'- si-de£. [Gr.] 1. One of the two points in an ellipti¬ cal orbit which are Apsides, at the greatest and least distance from the central body. 2. Domed part of a church. G, hard; Ag; E^IST; N as NG ; this OR, do, wolf, too, took ; Brn, rue, pull ; E, I, o, silent; 9, 6, soft; €, APT APT, a. [Lat. aptus, from apere , to fasten, fit.] 1. Fit ; suitable. 2. Having a tendency ; liable. 3. Dis¬ posed customarily. 4. Ready; quick ; prompt. Syn. — Appropriate ; qualified ; in¬ clined ; disposed; dexterous; fitted.— One who is disposed or inclined to any thing is apt to do it. lie who is apt at any employment is qualified or dexterous. An apt quotation is one which is appro¬ priate, suitable, or fitted to the case. Zp'TER-AL, a. [Gr. amepos, from a priv. and nrepov, wing.] 1. Des¬ titute of wings. 2. Having columns only in front. Ap'TER-oiJS, a. Destitute of wings. APT'I-TUDE (53 a), n. 1. Natural or acquired disposition or tendency. 2. Readiness in learning ; docility ; aptness. APT'LY ,adv. Properly ; fitly; readily. Apt'ness, n. Fitness ; readiness. AP'TOTE, n. [Gr. aa-Tcoros.] An in- _ declinable noun. A'qua For’tis. [Lat.] Nitric acid. A-QUa'ri-um; n.; pi. a-qua'ri-a. [Lat.] 1. An artificial pond for aquatic plants. 2. A tank of glass for aquatic animals. A-QUat'I€, la. Pertaining to, or A-QUAT'ic-AL, ) inhabiting water. A'QUA-tInt, In. [It. acqua tinta , A/QUA-TINT'A, j dyed water.] Etch¬ ing on copper by means of aqua fortis. Aq'ue-duct (Sk'we-). [Lat. aqux- ductus , fr. aqua, water, and ductus, a leading ] An artificial conduit for _ water. A'QUE-OUS (a'kwe-us), a. Partaking of the nature of water, or abound¬ ing with it; watery. Aq'UI-line (-lin or -lin), a. [Lat. aquilinus , from aquila, eagle.] 1. Belonging to the eagle. 2. Curving ; w hooked; like the beak of an eagle. AR'AB, n. A native of Arabia. AR'A-besque (-besk), n. A species of ornamentation after the Arabian manner, often intricate and fantastic. A-ra'BI-an, ) a. Pertaining to Ara- AR'A-BIC, } bia, or to its inhabit- w ants. ^ [Arabians. Ar'a-bic, n. The language of the Ar'a-bist, n. One versed in Arabic w literature. AR'a-ble, a. [Lat. arabilis, from ar- are, to plow.] Fit for tillage or plow- _ ing; plowed. AR'bi-ter, n. [Lat.] Any person who has the power of judging and de¬ termining, without control. Ar'bi-tra-ble, a. 1. Arbitrary. 2. Determinable. Ar-bit'ra-ment, n. [L. Lat. arbi- tramentum.] 1. Will; determina- e tion. 2. Award of arbitrators. .Xr'bi-tra-ri-ly, adv. By will only. Zr'bi-tra-ry, a [Lat. arbitrarius.\ 1. Depending on will or discretion. 2. Founded on mere will or choice. 3. Despotic; bound by no law. Syn. — Tyrannical ; imperious ; un¬ limited; capricious. — When a ruler has absolute, unlimited, or arbitrary power, he is apt to be capricious, if not imperi¬ ous, tyrannical, and despotic. 22 AR'BI-TRATE, V . 7 . [-ED ; -ING, 144.] 1. To decide; to determine. 2. To judge or act as arbitrator. Ar'bi-tra'tion, n. The hearing and determination of a cause between parties in controversy, by a person or persons chosen by the parties. Ar'bi-tra'tor, n. 1. A person chosen by contending parties to de¬ termine their differences. 2. An umpire. 3. One who has the power of deciding without control. Ar'bor, n. [Lat.] 1. A bower; a seat shaded by trees. 2. A spindle or axis. Ar-bo're-oDs, 1 a. Belonging to, or AR'bor-al, } having the nature of, trees. [blance of a tree. Ar'bo-res'CEN^e, n. The resem- AR'BO-RES'^ENT, a. [Lat. arborescere, arborescens, to become a tree.] Re- m sembling a tree. AR'BO-RET, n. A small tree; a shrub. AR'BOR-l-Cb’LT'URE, n. [Lat. arbor, tree, and outturn,, culture.] Art of __ cultivating trees and shrubs. ARE, n. [Lat. arcus .] Part of the circum¬ ference of a circle or .. cur l' e - Arc. AR-CADE', n. [L. Lat. areata, fr. Lat. arcus, bow, arch.] 1. A series of arches. 2. A walk arched above; a range of shops along an arched passage. Ar-ua’num, u. ; [L;it.] A secret. Arch (68), a. [From Gr. prefix apxi--] Chief; of the first class; principal ; — much used as a prefix; cunning or sly ; mischiev¬ ous in sport; roguish.— 7 i . 1. A curve line or part of a circle. ARDUOUS A princess of pi. AR-RA'NA Arcli. 2. Any work in that form,or covered by an arch. — v. t. or i. [-ED ; -ING.] __ To form an arch. Ar'ehae-o-log'IG-al, a. Relating _ to archaeology. Ar'cHjE-ol'o-gist, n. One versed in archaeology. AR / €HAE-6l , 0-GY, 71. [Gr. apxa io- Aoyi'a, fr. ap^uios, ancient, and Aoyos, discourse.] Science of antiquities ; a treatise on antiquities. Ar-cha'IC, 1 a. Ancient ; anti- Ar-eha'I€-al, ) quated. AR'GHA-IRM,?j. [Gr. apyalo?,ancient.] An ancient or obsolete word, ex¬ pression, or idiom. Arcii-an'gel, 71. highest order. Arch-bIsh'op, n. Xrc h-bish'op-ric or diocese of an archbishop. ARCH-dea'con (-d3'kn), n. An ec¬ clesiastical dignitary next in rank below a bishop. Arch-dea'con-ry, In. Office and ARCh-de A'c on-ship, ) jurisdiction of an archdeacon. An angel of the [a metropolitan. A chief bishop; n. Jurisdiction ARCH-DBcII'ESS, n. _ the house of Austria. Arch-duch'y, n. The territory or jurisdiction of an archduke or arch¬ duchess. ARCH-DUKE', n. A grand duke; a chief prince ; now, strictly, a son of an Emperor of Austria. [bow. ARCH'ER, n. One who shoots with a Arch'er-y, n. Art of shooting with a bow and arrow. Ir'uhe-typ'al, a. Of or pertaining to a model or pattern ; original. AR'CHE-TYPE, 71. [Gr. apxeTVTTOV, fr. apxp, begining, and Tvaos, type ] Original pattern; the model from . which a thing is made. ARCH-FIEND', 7i. The chief of fiends. Arch'i-di-Xc'o-nal, a. Pertaining to an archdeacon. Arch'i-e-pis'co-pal, a. Belonging to an archbishop. Ar-ciiim'e-de'an, a Pertaining to Archimedes. Archimedean screw, or Archimedes' screw, an instrument for raising waiter, formed by winding a flexible tube round a cylinder in the form of a screw. AR'CTII-PEE'A-GO, n. [Gr. apxi-, chief, and 7re'Aayos, sea.] Any water interspersed with many isles, or a group of isles. ARCIl'I-TECT, n. [Gr. op^iTe/CTom, from apx i-, chief, and tcktwv, work¬ man.] 1. One who plans and super¬ intends the construction of a build¬ ing. 2. A contriver. AR'CIII-TECT'IVE, a. Adapted to use in architecture Ar'CHI-tect'UR-AL, a. Of, or per¬ taining to, architecture. AR'cmi-tEct'ure, n. 1. Art or science of building. 2. Frame or structure. AR'chi-trave, n. [Gr. and Lat. ar- chi-, chief, and Lat. trabs, beam.] Lower division of an entablature, or that part which rests immediately on _ the column. AR'chives, n. [Lat. archivum .] 1. Place in which public records are __ kept. 2. Public records and papers. Xrch'ly, adv. With sly humor; shrewdly. [ness! Arch'ness, n. Sly humor ; shrewd- AR(['o-graph, n. [Lat. arcus, bow, and Gr ypd&eip, to v r rite.] An in¬ strument for drawing arcs of circles without the use of a central point. AR€'Tl€,a. [Gr. dp/cTiKos.] Northern; lying far north. ARC'u-ate, 1 a. [Lat.. arcuatus.] Arc'u-a'ted, ) Bent like a bow. ARC'u-A'tton, 7i. A bending; con- __ vexity ; incurvation. [zeal. AR'den^Y, n. Ardor; eagerness; Sr'dent, n. [Lat. ardens, burning.] 1. Hot or burning. 2. Having the quality of fire. 3. Passionate ; af¬ fectionate. Syn. — Fiery; fierce; vehement; eager; zealous; fervid; fervent. AR'DOR, n. [Lat.] 1. Heat. 2. Warmth, or heat of passion or affec¬ tion ; eagerness. ARD'u-oOs (29, 52), a. [Lat. arduus.] 1, E, 1, °, U, Y , long; A, E, 1,6, ft, t, short ; CARE, FAR, ASK, ALL, WHAT ; ERE, VEIL, t£rji ; PIQUE, FIRM ; SON, ARE 1. High or lofty. 2. Attended with _ great labor ; difficult. Are (ar). Present indicative plural of the substantive verb to be. A'RE-A, n. [Lat.] 1. Any plane sur¬ face. 2. The inclosed space on which a building stands; a sunken space around the basement of a building. f 3. Superficial contents of any figure. AR'E-faU'TION, n. [Lat. arefnr.ere.\ Act of dryiug; dryness. A-RE'nA, n. [Lat., sand, a sandy place.] 1. (Rom. Antiq.) The area for gladiators, &c., in the central part of an amphitheater. 2. Any place of public contest. AR / E-NA'CEOlJs, a. [Lat. are.naceus.] Having the properties of sand; fri¬ able. A-RE'O-EA, 71. ; pi. A-RE' O-LJE. [Lat.] The colored ring around the nipple, and around certain vesicles. A-re'o-lar, a. Pertaining to, or like, an areola ; filled with interstices. AR / e-6p , a-gite, n. A member of w the Areopagus. AR / E-OP r A-GUS, n. [Gr. ’ApeiOTrayo?, lit., hill of Ares, or Mars.] A sovereign __ tribunal at Athens. Ar'gal, n. Unrefined or crude tartar. AR'gand Lamp. A lamp in which a hollow wick is surrounded by a glass _ chimney ; — invented by A. Argand. AR'gent, a [Lat. argentum, silver.] Silvery; bright like silver. — n. The white color on a coat of arms. Ar-gent'al, a. Pertaining to, like, or containing, silver. [silver. AR / gen-tiP ; er-ous, a. Containing Ar'gen-tine, a. Pertaining to, or _ like, silver ; silvery. Ar'gil, n. [Gr. dpyv£ i?, throbbing pulse.] Apparent death, or suspended animation As-pTr'ant, a. Aspiring.— n. One who aspires or seeks eagerly. As'pi-RATE, v. t. [-ED; -ing.] [Lat. aspirare, from ad, to, and spirare, to breathe, blow.] To pronounce with a breathing or full emission of breath. AS'PI-RATE (45), n. 1. A letter marked with a note of breathing. 2. A mark of aspiration (') used in Greek. 3. A whispered or non-vocal consonant. — a. Pronounced with a rough breathing. As'PI-RA'tion, n. 1. Pronunciation of a letter with a full emission of breath. 2. Strong wish or desire. As-pire', v. i. [-ed; -ing.] 1. To desire with eagerness; to long. 2. To rise; to ascend. As-PIR'ER, n. One who aspires or seeks earnestly. A-SQUINT', adv. To the corner of the eye; obliquely. Ass, n. [A.-S. as- «a.] 1. A quad¬ ruped of the horse family, having a pecul¬ iarly harsh bray, and long, slouch¬ ing ears. 2. A dull, heavy, stu¬ pid fellow; a dolt. As'sa-fcet'i-dA, n. See Asafcet- IDA. As-sail', v. t. [-ED; -ing.] [Lat. ad, to, on, andsabVe, to leap.] 1. To attack with violence, or in a hostile manner. 2. To attack morally. Syn. — To assault; beset; fall upon. As-sail'a-BLE, a. Capable of being assailed. As-sail'ant, n. One who attacks or assaults.— a. Assaulting; assailing, As-sas'SIN, n. [Ar. ‘/ lashishin , lit., one who is drunk with hashish.] One who kills or attempts to kill by secret assault. AS-SAS'SIN-ATE. V. t. [-ED; -ING.] To murder by secret assault or by sudden violence. [sinating. As-sas'sin-a'tion, n. Act of assas- As-sas'sin-a'tor, n. An assassin. As-sault', n. [Lat. ad, to, on, and salius, a leaping.] 1. A violent attack with blows, weapons, &c. 2. A violent attack with words, ar¬ guments, appeals. &c. 3. [Law.) An attempt to beat another, accom¬ panied by a degree of violence, but without touching his person. Syn. — Attack ; invasion ; incursion; descent; onset; onslaught; charge; storm. — v. t. [-ed; -ing.] 1. To attack with great physical violence. 2. To attack with moral means, or with a view of producing moral effects. Syn. — Assault is the strongest term, being literally to leap upon; to attack is to commence an onset; to invade is to enter upon forcibly or by arms; to assail is nearly the same as assault. As-SAY', n. [Lat. exagium, a weigh¬ ing, a balance.] 1. Determination of the quantity of gold or silver in an ore, or other compound alloy. 2. The substance to be assayed. 3. A trial of weights and measures. — v.t. [-ED ; -ing.] To subject, as an ore or alloy, to chemical examination. — v. i. To attempt, try, or endeavor. As-say'er, n. One who tries or ex¬ amines metals. As-sem'blage, n. A collection of individuals, or of particular things. As-sEm'ble, v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. ad, to, and simul, together.] To bring or call together ; to congregate. — v. i . To meet or come together. As-sem'bly, n. A company of per¬ sons collected together in one place. Syn. — Assemblage; company; meet¬ ing; collection; group. As-sent', n. Act of assenting. Syn. — Consent. — Assent is an act of the understanding, consent of the will or feelings. We assent to a statement ora proposition; we consent to a proposal. — v. i. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. assen- tire, fr. ad, to, and sentire, to feel, w think.] To admit a thing as true. AS'SEN-TA'TION, n. Assent by way of flattery or dissimulation. As-sErt' (14), v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. asserere, assertum, from ad , to, and severe, to join together.] 1. To affirm positively. 2. To defend by words or measures. Syn. — To maintain ; aver ; affirm.— We assert against denial, as a right or claim; we maintain against opposition, as the ground we have taken; we affirm with a great confidence or firmness ; we aver in a peremptory manner. As-sEr'tion, n. 1. Act of asserting, 2. Maintenance; vindication. As-sErt'ive, a. Affirming confi¬ dently. As-sErt'OR, n. An affirmer. G, hard; A§-. EJIST ; N as NG; THIS. or, DO, WOLF, TOO, took; Orn, rue, PULL; e,i, o, silent; q,G,soft; e, ASYMPTOTE ASSESS 26 As-s£ss', v.t. [-ed; -ING.] [Low L at. assessare, fr. Lat. assidere, to sit by.] 1. To tax. 2. To value for the purpose of taxation. 3. To fix or ascertain; to estimate. As-sBss'a-ble, a. Liable to be as¬ sessed. As-sess'ment. n. 1. Act of assess¬ ing. 2. A valuation for the purpose of taxation. 3. Sum charged. As-sess'or, n. One appointed to as¬ sess persons or property. .Xs'SETS, n. pi. [Lat. ad. to, and sat or satis , enough.] Property in pos¬ session or money due. As-sEv'er-ate, v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. asseverate, fr. ad, to, and seve- rus , severe, serious.] To affirm with solemnity. [mation. As-sev'er-a/tion, n. Positive affir- As'si-du'i-ty, n. Constant or close application. As-siu'u-oC;s, a. [Lat. assiduus, fr. ad, to, and sedcre, to sit.] Constant in application or attention. Syn.— Unwearied ; sedulous ; perse¬ vering; indefatigable. As-siD'u-otrs-LY, adv. Diligently. As-sign' (-sin 7 ), v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. assignare, from ad, to, and sig- nare, to mark.] 1. To appoint; to allot. 2. To fix, specify, or designate. 3. To transfer to another. — n. One to whom property or an interest is transferred. As-sign'a-ble (-sln'a-bl), a. Capable of being assigned. As'sig-na/TION, n. An appointment to meet; — used of love meetings. Xs'SIGN-EE' (ds'sT-ne'), n. One to whom something is assigned, [signs. As-sign'er (-sin/-), n. One who as- As-slGN'MENT (-sin'-), n. 1. Act of assigning. 2. Transfer of title or in¬ terest or property. 3. Writing by which an interest is transferred. As'si&N-or' (-si-norQ, n. (Law.) One who assigns an interest. As-SIM/I-LATE, V. t. [-ed; -ING.] [Lat. assimilate , fr. ad, to, and sim- ilis, like.] 1. To cause to resemble. 2. To convert into a like substance. — v. i. To become similar. As-simO-la/tion, n. Act of assim¬ ilating. [of assimilating. As-sIm'i-la-tive, a. Having power As-si'sT', v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. assistere, from ad, to, and sistere, to cause to stand.] To give support to ; to succor. [relief. As-sI'st'ance, n. Help ; aid ; succor; As-sist'ant, a. Helping; auxiliary. — n. One who assists. As-sIze', n. [From Lat. assidere, to sit by. See Assess.] 1. Lit., a sit¬ ting. 2. A regulation, particularly about the weight of bread, &c. 3. Periodical sessions of the superior courts in the counties of England; ■—usually in the pi.— v.t. [-ed ; -ING.] To fix the weight, measure, or price of, by authority. As-so'cia-ble (-sha-), a. 1. Capable of being associated. 2. Sociable; companionable. As-so'ci-ate (-soCshi-, 95),m t. [-ed ; -ING.] [Lat. associate, from ad, to, and socius, companion.] 1. To join in company. 2. To unite in the same mass.— a. Closely connected or joined with some other. — n. A companion ; a mate ; a partner. As-so'CI-A'TION (-shl-a/shun), n. 1. Union; connection. 2. Union of persons in a society for some partic¬ ular purpose. As-scyci-A/TlON-AL (-shi-), a. Per¬ taining to an association. As-s5'ci-A-tive (-shi-), a. Tending or pertaining to association. AS'SO-NANt^E, n. A kind of imperfect rhyme. As-sort', v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [Lat. ad, to, and sots, lot.] To distribute into classes. As-SORT'ment, n. 1. Distribution into classes. 2. Things assorted. As-suage' (-swaj / ), v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [Lat. ad, to, and suavis , sweet.] To allay or lessen, as pain or grief; to appease. Syn. — To relieve ; soothe ; mitigate ; alleviate; pacify. As-suage'ment, n. Abatement; mitigation. [ing; easing. As-sua'sivE, a. Mitigating ; soften- As-sume', v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [Lat. assumere , fr. ad, to, and sumere, to take.] 1. To take on one’s self. 2. To take for granted. 3. To pre¬ tend to possess, —v. i. To be arro¬ gant ; to claim unduly. As-sum'er, ii. An arrogant person. AS-SUMP'SIT, n. [Lat.] (Law.) A promise or an action to recover dam¬ ages for a breach of a contract or promise. As-sijmp'TION (84), n. 1. Act of as¬ suming; supposition. 2. Thing sup¬ posed. [assumed. As-sGmp'tive, a. That is or may be As-sur'an<;e (-shiir'-), n. 1. Act of assuring. 2. Freedom from doubt. 3. Firmness of mind. 4. Impudence. 5. Insurance. As-sure' (a-shijr', 30), v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [L. Lat. assecurate, fr. Lat ad, to, and securus , sure] 1. To make sure or certain. 2. To confirm. 3. To covenant to indemnify for loss. Syn. — To assert; declare; avouch ; protest; insure. As-sur'ed-ly, adv. Without doubt. AS'TER-Isk, n. [Gr. dcrrepicrKos, dim. of aarrrip, star.] The mark [ # ] in printing and writing. A-stLrn', adv. ]. In, at, or toward, the hinder part of a ship. 2. Behind a ship. AS'ter-oid, n. [Gr. acrrepoiSps, star- like.] One of the small planets be- w tween Mars and Jupiter. As / ter-oid'al, a. Pertaining to the asteroids. As-thLn'IG, a. [Gr. dcrdevucd?, from a priv. and crdeVos, strength.] Char¬ acterized by debility. AsTH'MA (iist'ma, its'ma, or Sz'm^, 100), n. [Gr., fr. aeiv, to blow.] A disorder of respiration. Asth-mat'IG ) (ast-, as-, or az-), Astii-mat'ic-AL ) a. Pertaining to, or affected by, asthma. As-ton'ish, v. t. [Lat. altonare, fr. ad, to, and tonare, to thunder. See Astound.] To strike dumb with sudden fear, terror, surprise, or won¬ der ; to amaze. As-ton'ish-ing, a. Of a nature to excite astonishment. As-t6n'ish-ment, n. Confusion of mind from fear or surprise, at an ex¬ traordinary or unexpected event. Syn.—A mazement; wonder; surprise. AS-TOUND', V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [0. Eng. astone, to astonish.] To as- tonish. AS'TRA-GAL, 11 . [Gr. daTpayaAos.] A little round molding around a w column. [starry. /s'tral, a. Belonging to the stars; A-stray', adv. Out of, or from the right way ; wrong. A-stride', adv. With the legs apart. As-tringe', v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. astringere, fr. ad, to, and stringere, to strain.] To bind fast; to constrict. As-trin'gen-£Y, n. Quality of be¬ ing astringent. As-TRIN'GENT, a. Binding; contract¬ ing. — n. A medicine that causes vital contraction in the organic text¬ ures. AS'TRO-LABE, 11 . [Gr acrrpoAd/3os, from acrrpoi', star, and AapjSaveiv, Aa- /3eiv, to take.] An instrument for tak¬ ing the altitude of the sun or stars at sea. Xs-TROL'O-GER, n. Astrolabe. [Gr dcrrpoAoyo?, fr. acrrpov, star, and Aoyos, discourse.] One who pretends to foretell events by the aspects of w the stars. AS'tro-log'ig, 1 a. Pertaining AS'TRO-LOG'IG-AL, j to astrology. As-troe'o-gy, n. The science of predicting events by the aspects or situation of the stars. As-tron'o-MER, ii. [Gr. dcrTpovopos, from dcrrpov, star, and ovopos, law, w rule.] One versed in astronomy. Xs'tro-nom'ig, In. Pertaining AS'tro-nojvi'ig-al, ) to astronomy. As-tron'o-my, ii. The science that teaches the knowledge of the hea¬ venly bodies. As-tute' (29), a. [Lat. astvtus.] Critically examining or discerning. Syn.— Shrewd ; discerning ; subtle ; cunning; sagacious. As-tute'ness, n. Shrewdness; cun¬ ning; subtlety. A-sHn'der, adv. Apart; separately. A-SY'LUIM, it. [Gr. aavkov, fr. dcrvAos, inviolable.] 1. A place of r’efuge. 2. An institution for the deaf and dumb, or the insane. A-sfM'ME-TRY, n. [Gr. atruppeTpia, from a priv. and cruppeTpt'a, symme- w try.] Want of proportion. Xs'YMP-tote (sometimes pron. a- ASYNDETON ATTIRE sj/’m'tot), n. [Gr. dcnJ/x7rra)TOs.] A line which approaches some curve, but, though infinitely extended, would never meet it. A-syn'DE-TON, n. [Gr.] A figure which omits the connective, as, I came, saw, conquered. At , prep. [A.-S. set, Lat. ad.] Prima¬ rily, this word expresses the relations of presence , nearness in place or time, or direction toward. From this original import are derived all the various uses of at, which denotes, — 1. The relation of an external or outward situation, or of attendant circumstances or appendages. 2. The relation of some state or con¬ dition. 3. The relation of some em¬ ployment or action. 4. A relation of degree. 5. The relations of occa- w sion, reason, consequence, or effect. AT'A-BAL, n. [Ar. ‘ at-Habl .] A ket- _ tie-drum; a tabor. Ate, pret. of Eat. See Eat. A'THE-ISM, n. A disbelief in the being of a God. A'the-'ist, n. [Gr. d0eos, without God.] One who denies the existence _ of God. iVTHE-lST're, ] a. Pertaining to A / the-ist , I€-al, f atheism; deny¬ ing a God; impious. ATH'E-NE'UM, ) n. [Gr. 'A.6pvolov, ATH/E-NA^UM, | a temple of Ath¬ ena at Athens.] 1. A literary or scientific association. 2. A public library and reading-room. A-the'ni-an, a. Pertaining to Athens, in Greece. A-thTrst' (18), a. 1. Thirsty. 2. Having a keen desire. Ath'lete, n. [Gr. ddArj-n]?, fr. adAov, aQ\ov, prize.] A contender for vic¬ tory in wrestling, &c. ATH-LET're, «. Belonging to wrest¬ ling, &c. ; hence, strong ; vigorous. A-THWART', prep. Across. — adv. 1. Sidewise. 2. So as to cross and perplex. A-txlt', adv. 1. So as to make a thrust. 2. With one end raised. Xt'lan-te'AN, a. Pertaining to or resembling Atlas. At-lan'TEs, n. pi. Figures of men, ^ used to support an entablature. Xt'las, n.; pi. at'las-es. 1. A col¬ lection of maps. 2. A volume of plates. 3. A kind of large drawing paper. Xt'MOS-PHERE , n. [Gr. arpos, vapor, and aficupa, sphere.] 1. The aeriform fluid surrounding the earth. 2. Pressure of the air on a unit of surface. Xt'MOS-phEr'ID, 1 a. Relating to Xt'mos-phEr'ie-al, j the atmos¬ phere. Xt'om, n. [Gr. d-rop-os, indivisible, fr. a priv. and repveiv, to cut.] 1. An ultimate or a constituent particle of matter. 2. Any thing extremely small. A-S£al, } *■ Relatin S t0 atomfi - Xt'OM-xSM. n. Doctrine of atoms. 27 Xt'om-ist, n. One who holds to the atomical philosophy. A-tone', v. i. [-ed ; -ing.] [From at one , i. e., to be, or cause to be, atone.] To stand as an equivalent; to_expiate. A-tone'ment, n. 1. Reconciliation. 2. Satisfaction by giving an equiva¬ lent for an injury ; expiation. A-top', adv. At or on the top ; above. At^a-bi-la'ri-oBs, a. [Lat. atm bilis, black bile.] Affected with mel- w anclioly. AT/RA-MEN'TAL, la. [Lat. atra- At'ra-men'tous, ) mentum, ink.] Black, like ink ; inky. A-TRO'CIOUS, a. [Lat. atrox, cruel.] Extremely heinous ; very wicked. Syn. — Flagitious ; flagrant. — Flagi¬ tious points to an act as grossly wicked or vile; flagrant, (literally , flaming) marks the vivid impression made upon-us by some great crime; atrocious represents it as springing from a violent and cruel spirit. A-tro'cious-ly, adv. Enormously. A-TltorG-Tv, n. Extreme heinous- ness; enormity, as of guilt. AT'RO-PIIY, n. [Gr. arpotfiLa, from a priv. and rpecjieiv, to nourish.] A wasting away from lack of nourish¬ ment. At-tach', v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Fr. attacker ; Eng. tack, to fasten.] 1. To bind, fasten, or tie. 2. To take by legal authority. 3. To take or seize by force. 4. To connect. Syn.— To fasten; affix; win. Attache (at'ta/sha'), n. [Fr.] One attached to the suite of an embassa¬ dor. At-tach'ment, n. 1. Act of at¬ taching or state of being attached. 2. Any affection that binds a person. 3. That which attaches. 4. An adjunct. 5. Seizure by legal process or a writ for this purpose. At-tack', r. f. [-ed; -ing.] [See Attach.] To fall upon with force. Syn. — To assail; assault. — To attack is to commence the contest; to assail ( lit¬ erally, spring at) is to attack suddenly; to assault ( literally , leap upon) is to at¬ tack violently: to invade is to enter by force on what belongs to another. — n. Assault; onset; inroad; charge. At-TAIN', v. i. [Lat. attinere, to hold to, and attingere, to touch, reach.] To come or arrive, by motion or ef¬ forts; to reach.— v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To reach by efforts; to gain; to compass. 2. To equal. Syn. — Obtain; acquire. — To obtain is generic, viz., to get possession of ; to attain, is to arrive at or reach something aimed at and thus obtained, as knowl¬ edge, or one’s object; to acquire is to make one’s own by progressive advances, ns, property or a language. At-tain'a-ble, a. Capable of being attained. At-tain'der, n. [Fr. atteindre. See Attain.] Act of attainting. At-tain'MENT, n. 1. Act of attain¬ ing, or obtaining. 2. That which is attained, or obtained. At-taint', v. t. [-ed; -ING. See Attainder] 1. To stain; to dis¬ grace. 2. (Law.) (a.) To taint or corrupt, as blood, (b.) To taint, as the credit of jurors. — n. A stain, spot, or taint. AT-TEM'PER, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. attemperare, fr. ad, and temper- are, to temper.] 1. To reduce or qualify, by mixture. 2. To soften. 3. To make suitable ; to adapt. At-t£mpt' (84), v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [Lat. attentare, from ad, to, and ten- tare, to try.] 1. To make trial or experiment of. 2. To make an attack upon. — n. An essay, trial, or endeavor; an effort to gain a point. Syn.— Trial is the generic term; at¬ tempt is specific, being directed to some definite object; an endeavor is a con¬ tinued or repeated attempt; an eflort and exertion is a straining of the facul¬ ties, the latter being the stronger term. At-tend', V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. atlendcrc, fr. ad, to, and te.ndere, to stretch.] To go or stay with ; to wait on; to serve; to accompany; to be united to.—v.i. 1. To pay attention; to heed. 2. To wait or be in waiting. Syn. — To listen; hearken. — We at¬ tend with a view to hear or learn; we listen with a view to hear correctly or. to consider. Hearken is to hear with in¬ terest, and with reference to obeying. At-tend'ance (159), n. 1. Act of attending or being in waiting. 2. Persons attending; a train; a ret¬ inue. At-tend'ANT, a. Accompanying or connected, as consequential. — n. One who, or that which, attends. At-ten'tion, n. 1. Act of attend¬ ing. 2. Act of civility. Syn.— Care; heed; consideration; re¬ spect; regard; notice. At-TENT'ive, a. Full of attention. Syn. — Heedful; intent; regardful; mindful; civil; polite. At-tentOve-ly, adv. Cheerfully; heedfullv; diligently. At-tent'ive-ness, n. State of being attentive ; carefulness. At-ten'u-ANT. a. Making less viscid; thinning. — n. A medicine that thins or dilutes the fluids. AT-TEN'U-ATE, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. attennatus, fr. ad, to, and tenu¬ is, thin.] To make thin, or slender. At-TEN'u-A/TION, n. A making thin, or slender. At-test', v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. attestari, from ad, to, and testis, wit¬ ness.] 1. To bear witness to. 2. To give proof of. 3. To call to wit¬ ness. AT / teST-Action, n. Official testi- ^ mony. AT'TI-G, a. Pertaining to Attica, in Greece.— Attic wit, Attic salt, a poignant, delicate wit. — n. A story in the upper part of a house. AT'TI-^JgM, n. Peculiar style or idiom of the Greek language. At-tire', v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [O.Fr. attirer.] To dress ; to array. — n. 1. Gr, hard; A§; e^ist; NasNG; this. OR,DO,WQLF, too, took; Orn, rue, pyLL ; E,I, o, silent; Q,G,soft; E, ATTITUDE Clothes; ornamental dress. 2. Homs of a buck. Xt'ti-tude (53), n. [For aptitude.] Posture or position of a person. Syx. — An attitude , like a gesture, is suited, and usually designed to express, some mental state, as an attitude of wonder, &e.; a posture is either not ex¬ pressive, as a reclining posture, or is less dignified and artistic. At-TOR'ney (-tur'ny) (148), n. [0. Fr. attornc, fr. Lat. ad, to, and tor- nare, to turn.] One legally appointed by another to transact any business for him. AT-TOR'NEY-SHiP(at-tdr-ny-), n. Of¬ fice of an attorney. AT-TRACT', V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [L. Lat. attractare, from Lat. ad, to, and trahere , to draw.] To draw or cause to tend toward ; to draw to, or cause to adhere or combine. Syn. — To allure; to invite; to engage. At-tr.A€T'A-ble, a. Capable of be¬ ing attracted. At-tract'ile, a. Having power to attract. At-TRA€'tion, n. 1. An invisible power in a body by which it draws any thing to itself. 2. Act of at¬ tracting. 3. Power or act of allur¬ ing, or engaging. At-tract'IVE, a. Llaving the power of attracting. Syx. — Alluring; enticing; inviting. At-tractOve-ly, adv. With the power of attracting. At-tractG VE-NESS, n. Quality of being attractive. At-tr.act'or, n. One who attracts. At'tra-hent, n. That which at¬ tracts. [being attributed. At-trib'u-ta-bre, a. Capable of AT-TRIB'UTE, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. attribuere , attributum, from ad, to, and tribuere, to bestow.] To con¬ sider as belonging to ; to ascribe to. Syn.—T o impute; refer; charge. At'TRI-BUTE (119), n. A thing that may be attributed; inherent quali¬ ty ; necessary property. At'tri-bu'tion, n. L Act of at- w tributing. 2- Quality attributed. At'trib'u-tive, a. Relating to, or expressing, an attribute. — n. A word_denoting an attribute. At-TRITE/, a. [Lat. attritus, from ad, to, and terere, to rub.] Worn by rubbing or friction. At-tri'tion (-tnsh'un), n. 1. Act of wearing by friction. 2. State of being worn. At-tune', v. t. [-ed ; -ING.] [From ad, to, and tune.] 1. To put in tune. 2. To arrange fitly. Au'burn, a. [Low Lat. alburnus.] Reddish brown. Auc'tion, n. [Lat. audio, fr. augere, to increase.] A public sale of property to the highest bidder ; a vendue. Auc'tion-a-ry, a. Belonging to an auction. Auc'tion-eer', n„ One who sells by auction, — v. t. To sell by auction. Au-da'cious, a. [Lat. audax, fr. au- 28 dere, to dare.] Contemning the re¬ straints of law ; bold in wickedness. AU-da'CIoOs-LY, adv. Impudently. AU-DA^'I-TY, n. 1. Daring spirit or resolution. 2. Presumptuous im¬ pudence. Syn. — Hardihood; boldness; impu¬ dence.— Hardihood and boldness may he used either in a good or bad sense, the former indicating a disregard of conse¬ quences, the latter more of spirit and en¬ terprise. Au'di-BLE, a. [L. Lat. audibilis, fr. audire, to hear.] Capable of being heard. Au'di-ble-ness, n. Quality of be¬ ing audible. [heard. Au'di-bly, adv. In a manner to be Au'di-en^e, n. 1. Act of hearing. 2. Admittance to a hearing. 3. As¬ sembly of hearers. Au'dit, n. [Lat.. fr. audire, to hear.] An examination of accounts by pro¬ per officers.— v. t [-ED; -ING.] To examine and adjust, as accounts. Au'dit-or, n. 1. A hearer. 2. One authorized to adjust accounts. Au'di-to'ri-uai, n. The portion of a public building in which the au dience is placed Au'dit-or-ship, n Office of auditor. AU'dit-o-ry, a. Pertaining to the sense of hearing. — n. An audience- Au-GE'an, a. Belonging to Augeas " or his stable, which contained 3000 oxen ; hence filthy ; dirty. Au'ger, n. [A.-S. nafegar, lit., a nave- borer.] A carpenter’s tool to bore holes with. Aught (awt), n. [A.-S. aulit , Goth. vaihts , a thing.] Any thing. AUG-MENT f , r. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. augmentare, fr. augere, to increase.] To enlarge or increase ; to make big¬ ger.— v. i. To grow larger. AUG'ment, n. 1. Enlargement; in¬ crease. 2. ( Gr. Gram.) A sign of past time. Aug'men-ta'tion, n. Act of aug¬ menting, or state of being augment¬ ed ; enlargement. Aug-ment'a-tive, a. Having the quality of augmenting. Au'gur, )i. [Lat.] One who pretend¬ ed to foretell future events by the flight of birds, &c.; a soothsayer. — v. [-ED ; -ING.] To conjecture or foretell by signs or omens. Au'gu-RAL, I a. Pertaining to au- Au-gu'ri-al, I gurs or augury. Au'GU-ry,)i. 1. A foretelling of events by the actions of birds, &c. 2. An omen ; prediction. Au-gust', a. [Lat. augustus, fr. au¬ gere, to increase.] Creating extra¬ ordinary respect and veneration. Syn. — Grand; imposing; majestic. Au'gust, n. Eighth month of the year. Au-gus'tan, a. Pertaining to Au¬ gustus or to his times. Au-gust'ness, n. Dignity ; majesty ; grandeur. Au-LET'IC, a. [Gr. avXprutos, from avAos, flute.] Pertaining to pipes. AUTHENTICITY Au'LIE, a. [Gr. c.vKucos.] Pertain- ing to a royal court. Aunt (tint), n. [Lat. amita. ] A fa¬ ther’s or mother’s sister. AU'RA, n.; pi. AU'ras. [Lat.] Any "subtile, invisible fluid, supposed to flow from a body. Au'ra-ted, a. [Lat. auratus.] Re¬ sembling gold. A u-re'o-la, ( 7i. [Lat. azoYo/i/Sjdim. Au're-ole, ) of aureus, golden.] The circle of rays, with which paint¬ ers surround the body of Christ, saints, See. Au'RI-CLE, 7i. [Lat. auricula, dim. of auris, ear ] 1. The external ear. 2. One of two sacs at the base of the heart. Au-ric'u-lar, a. Pertaining to, or told in, the ear. [ear. Au-ric'u-late, a. Shaped like an Au-rif'er-ous, a. [Lat. aurifer, fr. aurum . gold, and ferre, to bear.] Yielding gold. Au'ri-form, a. [Lat. auris , ear, and forma, form.] Ear-shaped. Au'rist, n. One skilled in disorders of the ear. Au-ro'ra, n. [Lat.] 1. The dawning light. 2. A species of crowfoot. Auro/ra borea/Jis, a luminous meteoric phenomenon, seen only at night; called also nortliei-n lights. Au-rO'ral, a. Belonging to, or re¬ sembling, the aurora. Aus'cul-ta'tion, n. [Lat. auscul. tatio, fr. auris, ear.] Act of listening, especially to sounds in the chest, by means of a stethoscope. Au'spi^e, n.; pi. atj'spi-ce§. [Lat. auspicium.] Omens; augury; fa¬ vor shown ; patronage. Au-SP'PciotJS (-spTsh'us). a. Having omens of success or favorable ap¬ pearances. Syn. — Prosperous; fortunate; lucky; favorable; propitious. Au-sp'PcioDs-ly (-spTsh'us-). adv. With favorable tokens; prosperous¬ ly ; happily. Au-stere', a. [Gr. avo-rr/po?.] 1. Sour with astringency. 2. Severe in modes of judging, living, or acting. Syn. — Rigid; harsh; rough; stern. Au-STERE'LY, adv. Severely ; rigidly. Au-stLr'I-TY, n. Severity of man¬ ners or living; strictness. Au'stral, a. [Lat. auster, south wind.] Of or tending to the south ; southern. Au-THEN'TIE, 1 a. [Gr. aiiflevn- Au-then'tic-al, j Kds.j Of ap¬ proved authority ; to be relied on. Syn. — True; certain; faithful; credi¬ ble; reliable; genuine. Authentic and genuine were once used as convertible terms, but a distinction is now made between them, the former being opposed to false, and the latter to spurious, as, an authentic history, a genuine manuscript. Au-then'ti-cate, V. t. [-ed; -ing.] To establish bv proof, [thenticating. Au-then'ti-ca'tion, n. Act of au- Au'then-t!(;:'I-ty, n. Quality of being authentic ; reliability; gen¬ uineness. A F - I, O, U, Y, long; A, E, I, 6, 0, ¥, short; CARE. FAR, ASK, ALE, WHAl; Lre, veil, t£rm ; PIQUE, FIRM ; s6n, AUTHOR 29 AWARD Au'THOR, n. [Lat. auctor , fr. augere, to increase, produce.] 1. Beginner or former of any thing ; creator; orig¬ inator. 2. One who writes a book. Au'thor-ess, n. A female author or writer. Au-TH5r'i-TA-tj(ve, a. 1. Haying authority. 2. Positive. Au-thor'i-ta-tive-ly, adv. With authority ; positively. AU-thor'i-tv, n. 1. Legal or right¬ ful power ; rule ; influence ; credit. 2. pi. Sayings which carry weight; persons in power. Syn.— Force; rule; sway; command; dominion; control; influence; warrant. Au'thor-i-za'tion, n. Establish- "" ment by authority. Au'thor-ize, v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. *’ To clothe with authority. 2. To le¬ galize. 3. To establish by authority. 4. To give authority to. [authdr. Au'thor-ship, n. State of being an Au'to-bi-og'ra-pher, n. One who ’’ writes a life of himself. Au'to-bI'o-grXph'io-al,, a. Per- " taining to autobiography. Au'TO-BI-OG'RA-PHY, n. [Gr. avros, " self, and Eng. biography .] A memoir or biography of a person written by himself. AU-Toc'RA-qy, n. An absolute gov¬ ernment by one person; uncon¬ trolled authority. AU'TO-eRAT, n. [Gr. avTOKparps, fr. avTo s, self, and fcpdro?, strength.] An absolute prince ,or sovereign. Au'to-ORXt'IO, a. Absolute. Au'to-da-fe' (-fa'), n. [Pg.] 1. " Punishment of a heretic by burning. 2. The sentence then read. Au'TO-GRXPH, n. [Gr. avToypa^os, fr. aiiro?, self, and ypdeiv, to write.] A person’s own hand-writing; an original manuscript. Au'to-grXph'IO, 1 a. Pertaining Au'TO-GRXPH'ie-AL,j to, or con- ” sistiug in one’s own handwriting. Au-t5g'RA-PHY, n. A person’s own writing. Au'to-mXt'io, 1 a. Pertaining to, Au'to-mXt'ie-al, ) or performed ’’ by, an automaton ; self-acting. Au-t5m'A-TON, n.; pi. Al’-TOM'A- tonjs ; Lat. pi. au-tQm'a-tA. [Gr. avTopoLTOv, from auroy, self, and puxetv, to move.] A machine moved by interior machinery which imitates the actions of men or animals. Au-t5n'0-MY, n. [Gr. avrovopia, fr. avros, self, and vo/xoy, law.] Power or right of self-government. Au'TOP-SY, n. [Gr. avToi/ua, fr. auTos, and ot//is, sight.] A post-mortem examination. AU'TO-TYPE, n. [Gr. avros, self, and Tiiwoy, an impression.] (Photog.) A photographic transcript of a picture, by a certain process. ^U'TUMN (aw'tumi, n. [Lat. auc- tumnus , from augere , to increase, to furnish abundantly.] The third season of the year ; fall. Au-tOm'nal, a. Of or belonging to autumn. Aux-Tl'IA-ry, a. [Lat. auxiliaris , fr. augere, to increase.] Helping; assist¬ ing. — n. 1. A helper ; an assistant; ,esp. in the pi., foreign troops in the service of a nation at war. 2. A verb helping to form the moods and tenses of other verbs. A-VAII/, v. t. [-ED; -ING.] [Lat. ad, to, and valere, to be strong ; to be worth.] To profit; to assist; to promote. — v. i. To be of use or ad¬ vantage.— n. Advantage; use; — pl._, profits or proceeds. A-vail'a-bil'i-ty, ) n. State of be- A-vail'a-ble-ness, J ing available. A-VAIL/A-BLE, a. 1. Capable of being used to advantage ; profitable ; able toeffect the object; valid. A-vail'a-bly, adv. With success or effect. Av'a-lXn^he', n. [Fr.,from Lat. ad, to, and vallis, valley.] A vast body of snow, ice, or earth sliding down a ^ mountain. Xv'A-Rf^E, n. [Lat. avarilia, fr. avere, to covet.] Excessive love of gain. Xv'a-rPcioOs (-rish'us), a. Greedy after wealth or gain. Syn. — Covetous; parsimonious; pe¬ nurious ; miserly ; niggardly. — The covetous eagerly desire wealth, even ut the expense of others; the avaricious hoard it; the penurious , parsimonious, and miserly save it by disgraceful self- denial; and the niggardly, by meanness in their dealings. Xv'A-Ri'ciotJS-LY (-rish'us), adv. Covetously ; greedily. Xv'a-rPcioOs-ness (-rlsh'us-), n. Undue love of money, [hold ; stop. A-vAst ’,interj. [D. hand fast.] Cease; Xv'A-tar', n. [Skr. avatara, descent.] An incarnation of a Hindoo deity. A-VAUNT', interj. Begone. A've-Ma'ry, n. A prayer to the Virgin Mary, beginning Ave Maria [Hail, Mary.] Xv'e-na'ceoOs, a. [Lat. avena, oats.] Relating to oats. A-VENGE', v. t. [0. Fr. avengier, from Lat . vindicare.] [-ed; -ING.] To vindicate by inflicting pain or evil on the wrongdoer. Syn. — Revenge. — It may be right to avenge injuries, but never to indulge revenge, which is a spirit of malicious resentment. A-v£n4'er, n. One who takes ven¬ geance. Xv'E-NUE , n. [Fr., from Lat advenire, to come to.] 1. An entrance to any place. 2. A shady alley or walk. 3. A wide street. A-VEr' (14), v. t. [ -ED; -ING.] [Low Lat. averare, from ad, to, and verus, true.] To declare positively. Syn. — To affirm; protest; avouch. Xv'er-a&e (45), a. 1. Medial; con¬ taining a mean proportion. 2. Ac¬ cording to the laws of average. — n. [0. Fr. See Ayer.] A mean pro¬ portion ; medial sum, quantity, or estimate.— v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To reduce to a mean ; to proportion. — v. i. To be or form a medial sum or quantity. A-vEr'ment, n. Positive assertion. A-vErse' (14), a. [See Avert.] 1. Turned away. 2. Having a repug¬ nance or opposition of mind. Syn. — Disinclined ; backward ; re¬ luctant. — Averse is stronger than disin¬ clined and backward, but not so strong as reluctant. A-v£rse'ly, adv. 1. Backwardly. 2. Unwillingly. A-v£r'sion, n. Opposition of mind ; dislike. Syn.— Disgust; reluctance; repug¬ nance; antipathy. — Disgust is a repug¬ nance of feeling or taste; antipathy is properly a constitutional disgust, though sometimes an acquired one. A-yErt', v. t. or i. [-ED; -ING.] [Lat. avertere , from a, ab, from, and vertere , to turn.] To turn or cause _'Xo turn off, aside, or away. A'VI-A-RY, n. [Lat. aviarium ] An inclosure for keeping birds. A-vLd'i-ty, n. [Lat. aviditas.] An intense desire ; strong appetite. Xv'o-eA'TlON, n. [Lat. avor.alio , fr. a, ab, from, and vocare , to call.] Aside ; business that calls off. ©3“ Sometimes improperly used for vocation. A- VOID', v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Prefix a and void.] 1. To keep at a distance from. 2. To make void. Syn. — To shun. — Avoid is negative; it is simply to keep away from. Shun is positive; it is to turn from. Prudence may induce us to avoid, fear or dislike lead us to shun. We avoid bad habits; we ought to shun vices. A-void'a-ble (157), a. Capable of being avoided. A- void'an<^e , n. Act of avoiding. Av'oir-du-pois' (Xv'er-du-poiz'), n. or a. [Fr. avoir du poids, to have (a fixed) weight.] A weightof 16 ounces to the pound. A-VOUCH', V. t. [-EDJ-ING.] [Lat. advocare, from ad, to, and vocare, to call.] To declare positively. A-VOW', V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Fr. avouer, fr. Lat. ad, to, and vovere, to vow.] To declare openly ; to own. A-vow'al, n. An open or frank declaration. A-vow'ed-LY, adv. In an avowed manner ; openly. A-vow'ER, n. One who avows. A-vPl'sion, n. [Lat. avulsio, from a for ab, from, and vellere, to pluck.] A tearing asunder; forcible separa¬ tion. A-wait', V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To wait for. 2. To be in store for. A-WAKE', V. t. [imp. AWOKE, A- WAKED ; p. p. AWAKED ; p. pr. & vb. n. AWAKING.] 1. To rouse from sleep. 2. To put into action or new life. — v. i. To cease to sleep ; to come out of a state resembling sleep. — a. Not sleeping; in a state of wakefulness. A-wak'en, v. t. & ?. [-ED; ING.] To rouse from sleep or torpor A-ward', v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [O.Fr. awarder. See Guard.] To assign by sentence ; to adjudge. — v. i. To make an award. — r. 1. A sentence, OR, DOjWQLF, TOO, TOTOK ; ORN, RUE, PfiLL ; E, I, o, silent; c, 4, soft; €, 5, hard; A§ ; e^ist ; ft as ng ; this AWARDER BADGER or final decision ; the decision of ar¬ bitrators. A-WARO'ER, n . One who awards. A-ware', a. Apprised; cognizant. A- way', adv . At a distance. — interj. Begone. iVWE, n. [A.-S. oga , fr. Goth, agan, ogan , to fear.] Fear mingled with admiration or reverence. Syn. — Dread ; veneration.— Rever¬ ence is a strong sentiment of respect and esteem, sometimes mingled slightly with fear. Dread is strong personal fear; as, dread of punishment. Veneration is reverence in its strongest manifestation ; it is the highest emotion we can exer¬ cise toward human beings. — v. 1. [-ED ; -ING.] To strike with fear and reverence. .AW'fVl, a. Striking with awe ; ter¬ rible. [ner. AW'FUL-LY, adv. In an awful man- .A W'FUL-NESS, n. Quality of striking with awe. A -WHILE', adv. For a short time. ^.WK'WARD, a. [0. Eng. aivk, left, ’ and the termination ward.] Want¬ ing dexterity, readiness, or grace. Syn. — Clumsy; uncouth. — One who is c lumen is heavy, and, of course, un¬ graceful in everything; one who is awk¬ ward wants grace of movement; one who is uncouth is so for want of training. ^WK'WARD-LY, adv. In an awk- ’ ward manner, 30 AWK'WARD-ness, n. Quality of be¬ ing awkward. ^WL, n. [A.-S. sel, al .] A pointed " instrument for making small holes. Awn, n. [Goth, ahana.] Beard of barley, oats, grasses, &c. AWN'ING, n. [Of. A.-S. helan , to cover.] A covering from the sun, wind, or rain. AWN'less, a. Without awn or beard. A-WOKE', imp. & p. p. of Awake. A-wry' (a-rP), a. or adv. 1. To one side ; asquint. 2. Aside from truth or reason. Ax, In. [A.-S. eax, sex; Gr. a^iVrp] Axe, ) An instrument for hewing timber, chopping wood, &c. Ax-iF'ER-otJS. a. [Lat. axis and fer- re. to bear.] Having an axis, without leaves or other appendages. AX'IL-LAR, I a. Pertaining to the Ax'il-la-ry, ) armpit. Ax'I-OM. n. [Gr. d£«oua.] A self- evident truth or proposition. Syn. —Maxim; aphorism; adage.— Axioms are the foundations of science; maxims are guiding principles in our practical concerns. An aphorism is a detached sentence expressing a weighty sentiment; an adage is a saying of long- established authority. Ax'I.-o-mAt'ic, a. Pertaining to, or having the nature of, an axiom. Ax'is, n.; pi. Xx'Eg. [Lat.] The straight line, real or imaginary, on which a body revolves, or may br supposed to revolve. Ax'le (ilks'i), n. [A.-S. sex, eax.] A trans¬ verse bar or shaft on which wheels turn. Ax'le-tree (aks'l-), n. __ An axle. c, Axle. AY Hal), adv. Yes; — used to af- AAe ) firm or assent. — n. 1. An affirmative vote. 2. A voter in the affirmative. AYE (a), adv. [A.-S. a, aa.] Always; ^ ever; continually. AZ'i-muth, n. [Ar. as-samt, pi. as- sumfit .] An arc of the horizon between the meridian of the place and a vertical circle passing through the centre of any object. — Magnet- ical azimuth , an azimuth from the magnetic meridian. A-zote', n. [Gr. a priv. and cjitop, life.] Nitrogen gas. A-zoT'I€, a. Pertaining to, or con¬ sisting of, azote. Az'Ure (Xzh'ur or a'zhur), a. [Per. lajaward or lajuward, a blue color.] Of a sky-blue; cerulean.— n. 1. Blue color of the sky. 2. The blue vault above. 1 ^ [be), is the second letter, and the > first consonant, in the English al¬ phabet. (See Prin. of Pron., § 62 ) BXA, v. i. To cry or bleat as sheep. BXb'ble, v. i. [-ed; -ing.] [D. babbelen.] 1. To utter words imper¬ fectly or unintelligibly. 2. To prate. BXb'ble, I n. Idle talk ; un- BXb'ble-MENT, } meaning words. BXb'bler, n. An idle talker ; a tell¬ tale. [baby. Babe^w, [W. baban.] An infant; a BAB-OON', n. [Prob. akin to babe.] A kind of monkey. flB? Ba'by, n. [See BABE.] 1. An infant. 2. A JuSti -ING, 142 ] To treat Jike a young child. BA'BY-HOOD, n. State of being a baby. Ba'BY-ISH, re. Like a Baboon, baby ; childish. BXc'CA-LAU'RE-ATE, n. tSeeBACH- E L o R. ] Degree of bachelor of arts. BXc'CA-TED, re. [Lat. baccatus.] Having many berries. BXc'CHA-NAL, )«. A noisy BXc'CHA-NA'LI-AN, ) drunkard. — re. Reveling in intemperance. BXe'efTA-NA'DI-A, n. pi. [Lat.] Feasts in honor of Bacchus ; drunk¬ en revels. Bac-^If'ER-ous, a. [Lat. baccifer.] Producing berries. Bac-^IV'o-roOs, a. [Lat. bacca, a berry, and vorare , to devour.] Sub¬ sisting on berries. BXch'e-LOR, n. [L. Lat. baccalarius, from W. bach.] 1. A man who has not been married. 2. One who has taken the first degree in the liberal arts. 3. A young knight. [elor. BXch'e-lor-shLp, n. State of abach- BXcK, n. [A.-S. base, bac .] 1 . Upper or hinder part of an animal. 2. The rear. 3. Outward or upper part of a thing. 4. The part out of sight. — adv. 1. To or toward a former place, state, or time. 2. Away from the front.— v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To get on the back of. 2. To sup¬ port or strengthen. 8. To force backward.— v. i. To move or go back. — re. In the rear ; remote. BXcK'BiTE, v. t. To speak evil of, in the absence of the person traduced. BXcK'biT-er, n. A secret calum¬ niator. [Moral principle. BXcK'BONE, n. 1. The spine. 2. BXck-gXm'MON, n. [W. bach, little, and cammawn, combat.] A game played by two persons, with box and dice. BXcK'GROUNd, v. 1. Ground in the rear. 2. A place of obscurity. BXcK'sIde, n. Hinder part; rear. BXck-sl?de', v. i. [imp. back¬ slid; p. p. BACKSLIDDEN, BACK¬ SLID.] To fall back or off; to apos¬ tatize. _ [slides ; a renegade. BXck-slid'er, n. One who back- BXck'stAff, n. An instrument for taking the altitude of heavenly bod¬ ies. _ [with one sharp edge. BXcK'sWORD (-sord), n. A sword BXck'Ward, I adv. 1. With the BAck'Wards, ) back in advance. 2. Toward the back. 3. Toward or in past time. 4. From a better to a worse state. — re. 1. Unwilling; averse. 2. Dull. 3. Late or behind¬ hand. [luctance. BXck'Ward-ness, n. Aversion ; re- BXc*K-wo'o.Dg'MAN, n. An inhabitant of the forest in new settlements. Bacon (ba'kn), n. [0. II. Ger. bacho, back.] Hog's flesh salted or pickled and dried, usually in smoke. BXd, a. [comp. WORSE ; superl. worst.] [Cf. Per. bad, Goth. bauths.] "Wanting good qualities,' evil; ill; vicious. BXde I (^7). ^ ast tense Bid* BXdge, n. [A.-S. &cag\] A mark of distinction. BX D'GER, n. [L. Lat. bladarius , from blada, corn.] A burrowing quadru¬ ped related to the bear. — v.t. [-E D; -ING.] To pester or worry. A, E, I, O, 0, Y, long; X,£,1,6, 0, ¥, short; CARE, far, ask, ^ll, what ; Ere, VEIL, TERM; PIQUE, fIrm ; SON, BADINAGE BANDIT 31 Badinage (bSd'e-nazh'), n. [Fr.] Light or playful discourse. [well. BX d'ly, adv. In a bad manner; not BXd'ness, a. State of being bad; want of good qualities.' BXf'FLE, v. t. [-ED ; -ing.] [Prov. Ger. baffen, bdjfen.\ To check by shifts and turns, or by perplexing. Syx. — To balk; frustrate; disappoint; confound; defeat; elude; foil. BXg, n. [Goth. 6a6gs.] A sack or pouch. — v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To put into a bag. 2. To seize or intrap. — v. i, To swell like a full bag. Bagatelle (bag'a-tel'), n. [Fr.] 1. A tritie ; a thing of no importance. 2. A game played with balls and a rol on a board with holes at one end. BAG'GAGE, ft. [See BAG.] 1. Tents, clothing, utensils, &c., of an army. 2. Trunks, carpet-bags, &c. ; lug¬ gage. 3. A playful, saucy young woman. [bags. BXg'ging, ft. Cloth or materials for Bagn'IO (bln'yo), ft. [It.] 1. A bath¬ house. 2. A brothel. Bag'pjpe, n. A musical instrument, used in Scotland. [bagpipe. BXg'pIp-er, ft. One who plays on a Bail, v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. 6a- julare, to bear a burden.] 1. To set free on giving security for appearance at a certain day and place. 2 To deliver, as .mods, upon acontract,ex¬ pressed or implied. 3. To free from water.— n. 1. One who becomes su.ety for a prisoner’s appear mce in court. 2. The security given. 3. Handle of a kettle, &c. Bail'A-ble, a. 1. Capable of being bailed. 2 Admitting of bail. Bail'-b5nd, n. A bond or obligation given by a prisoner and his surety. Bail-ee', n. One to whom goods are committed in trust. Bail'er I (126), n. One who delivers Bail'OR j goods to another in trust. Bail'iff, n. [See Bail, v. «.] A sheriff's deputy. BailG-wick, n. [0. Fr. baillie, juris¬ diction of a bailiff, and A.-S. wic, station, abode.] Precincts in which a bailiff has jurisdiction. [trust. BAlL'MENT, ft. A delivery of goods in BAIT, n. 1. Any substance to catch fish, &c. 2. Temptation. 3. Re¬ freshment on a journey. — v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [A.-S. batan, fr. bitnn, to bite.] 1. To put on or in, to al¬ lure fish, &c. 2. To give food and drink to, upon the road. 3. To pro¬ voke and harass. — v. i. To stop to take refreshment. Baize, a. A coarse woolen stuff. Bake, v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [A.-S. bacan.] 1. To heat, dry, and harden, to prepare for food, in an oven. — v. i. To be baked. Bake'house, n. A house for baking. Bak'er, a. One whose occupation is to bake bread, biscuit, &c. Bak'er-y, a. 1. Trade of a baker. 2. A place for baking. Bak'ing, a. Quantity baked at once. BXl'an^E, a. [Lat. bilanx , from bis, twice,and lanx, plate, scale.] 1. An apparatus for weighing bodies. 2. That which is necessary to make two quantities or sums equal. 3. Esti¬ mate. 4. An equipoise or just pro¬ portion. 5. A regulating wheel in a watch. 6. A sign in the zodiac. — v.t. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To bring to an equipoise. 2. To render equal. 3. To estimate. 4. To settle and adjust, as an account. — v. i. 1. To be in equipoise. 2. To hesitate. 3. ( Dancing.) To move toward a person opposite, and then back. BAl'an^e-SHEet, n. A paper giv¬ ing a summation and balance of ac¬ counts. BXl'EQ-NY, ft. [0. II. Ger. balcho , palcho, Eng. balk, beam.] A kind of gallery on the outside of a building. Bald, a. 1. Destitute of the natural covering, as of hair, feathers, foliage, &c. 2. Unadorned. BAl^da-ehin (-kin), n. A canopy. Bal'der-dasii, n. [Cf. XV. baldor- duss, prattle.] 1. A worthless mixt¬ ure. 2. Senseless jargon ; ribaldry. BALD'NESS, ft. State of being bald. Bald'pate, n. A pate without hair; a bald person. Bal'drie, n. [0. II. Ger. balderich.) A girdle, or belt, hanging from one shoulder across the breast, and under the opposite arm. Bale, n. [0. H. Ger. balla.] A bundle of goods corded for transportation. — [A.-S. beal, balo .] Misery ; calam¬ ity ; misfortune; sorrow. — v. t . [-ed ; -ING.] To make up in a bale. Bale'-fire, n. A signal-fire; an alarm-fire. Bale'ful, a. 1. Full of bale or misery. 2. Full of grief or sorrow. Ba-lize' (-leez'), n. [Fr.] A pole raised on a bank. Balk (bawk), n. [A.-S. bale.] 1. An unplowed ridge. 2. A great beam. 3. A hindrance or disappointment. — v. t. [-ED ; -ing.] 1. To leave untouched in plowing. 2. To disap¬ point ; to frustrate. — v. i. To stop abruptly in one’s course. B^VLK'y (bawk'y), a. Apt to turn aside or stop abruptly. Ball, n. 1. [0. II. Ger. balla.} Any round body. 2. A well-known game. 3. [From Gr. paWeiv, to toss, throw, or ndWeiv, to leap, bound.] A so¬ cial assembly for dancing. — v. i. To form, as snow, into balls on the feet BXl'LAD, ft. [It. ballata.] A popu¬ lar song, narrative or sentimental, in simple, homely verses. BAl'lasT, n. Some heavy substance, in the hold of a vessel, to steady it. — v.t. [-ED ; -ING.] To load or fur¬ nish with ballast. BAl'LET (or bal'la),n. [Fr.] A the¬ atrical exhibition of dancing, &e. Bal-lIs’ta, n.; pi. bal-lDs'tm. [Lat.] A machine used by the ancients for throwing stones. Bal-lis'TIE, a. Pertaining to the ballista. [projectiles. BXl-lIs'TIE9, n. sing. Science of BAL-LdoN', n.' [Augm. of Fr. balle, ball, bale.] A bag filled with gas or heated air, so as to rise and float in the at¬ mosphere. BXl'LOT, n. [Fr. ballot e. See Ball.] 1. A written or print¬ ed vote. 2. Act of voting by balls ov tickets. — v. i. [-ED ; -ing.] To vote or decide by ballot. BAl'LOT-BOX, n, A box for receiving ballots. Balm (barn), n. [Gr. jSdAcrcqxov.] 1. An aromatic plant. 2. Sap or juice of certain trees. 8. Any fragrant ointment. 4. Any thing which heals. -— v. t. 1. To anoint with balm. 2. To assuage. Bal-Mor'AL, ft. [From Balmoral , in Scotland.] A kind of figured petti¬ coat. Balm'Y (bam^), a. 1. Having the qualities of balm ; odoriferous ; aro¬ matic ; soothing. 2. Producing balm. BAL'SAM, ft. [Gr. ^aKaafxov .] 1. An aromatic resinous substance. 2. A species of tree ; also, an annual garden plant. BAl-sXm'IE, la. Havingthequal- Bal-sXm'ie-AL, ) ities of balsam ; containing, or resembling, balsam. BXl-sXm'ie, a. That which has the properties of a balsam. BAl'US-TER, ft. [Gr. j3aAccuTovos, from /3apvs, heavy, and tovos, tone.] Grave, and deep, as a kind of male voice. — ft. A male voice, the com¬ pass of which partakes of the com¬ mon bass and the tenor. Ba'SAL, a. Pertaining to the base. Ba-salt', m. [Lat. basaltes .] A green¬ ish-black rock of igneous origin. BA-SALT'IE, a. Pertaining to basalt. Bas-BLEU (ba/blu/ or ba-block), n. [Fr.] A literary lady; a blue-stocking. Base, a. [L. Lat. bassus, thick, short, humble. Cf. W* bas, shallow.] 1 Of humble birth. 2. Low in value or estimation. 3. Morally low. 4. Deep or grave in sound. Syx. — X T ile; mean.—Case is a stronger term than vile , and vile than mean. The two first denote what is wicked as well as low, the latter what is disgraceful or dis¬ honorable. — ft. [Gr./3a BAST ment for playing the bass or gravest part; the violoncello. BXst, n. [0. H. Ger. bast, past.] In¬ ner bark of the lime-tree ; matting, cordage, &c., made of the bark. Bas'TARD, n. [0.Fr. bast, a pack-sad¬ dle used as beds by the muleteers, and the term, ard, art.] An illegit¬ imate or spurious child. — a. 1. Ille¬ gitimate. 2. Spurious ; adulterate. BXs'tard-ize, v. t. [-ed; -ing.] To make or prove to be a bastard. BXs'TAR-dy, n. State of being a bas¬ tard ; illegitimacy. Baste, v. t. [Cf. Icel. beysta, to strike, powder.] [-ED ; -ing.] 1. To beat; to cudgel. 2. To put flour, salt, and butter on, as on meat in roasting. [0. H. Ger. bestan, to sew.] To sew slightly, or with long stitches. Bas-tile' (bas-teeF or bas'teel), n. [0. Fr. bastille, from bastir, to build.] Any tower or fortification. BXs'TI-NADE', ) n. [0. Fr. baslon , a BXs'ti-na'do, ) stick or staff. Cf. Baste.] A sound beating, especi¬ ally on the soles of his feet. — v. t. To beat, especially on the soles of the feet. BXs'tion (bXst'yun, n. [0. Fr. bastir, y) to build.] A part >\// of the main inclo- sure which projects toward the exterior. A, Bastion. Bat, n. [A.-S. bat, allied to beatan, to beat.] 1. A heavy club, used in play¬ ing ball. 2. A sheet of cotton. 3. A piece of a brick. [0. Eng. back, backe, Scot, back, back - ie, bird.] An an- imal that looks as if it were a a bat, or play Bat. with one. Batch, n. [From bake.] 1. Quanti¬ ty of bread baked at one time. 2. Any business dispatched at once. Bate , v t. [-ed; -ing.] [Abbrev. from abate.] To lessen ; to abate. Bateau (bat-o'), n.; pi. bateaux (bat-oz'). [Fr.] A light boat, long in proportion to its breadth. BXt'-fo WL'ING, n. A mode of catch¬ ing birds at night, by torch-light. Bath, n .; pi. BX/mg. [A.-S. baeth, Skr. bad, vad, to bathe.] 1. A place to bathe in. 2. Act of exposing the body to water or vapor. 3. A medi¬ um, as heated sand, through which heat is applied to a body. Bathe, v.t. [-ed; -ing.] 1. To wash by immersion. 2. To moisten with a liquid. — v. i. 1. To be, or lie, in a bath. 2. To immerse. — n. Immer¬ sion in water ; bath [ing. Bath'ing-tub, n. A vessel for bat,h- Ba'thos,??. [Gr. f3a9os, from pa6v. p. of Beget. See Be-got'tfn, ) Beget. Be-grime ; , v. t. To soil with dirt. Be-GRUDGE', v. t. To envy the pos¬ session of. Be-guile' (-giP), v. t. [-ed ; -ING.] 1. To delude by artifice. 2. To cause to pass without notice. Syn. — To deceive; cheat; amuse. Be-gGn', p.p. of Begin. Be-half' (-haf), n. [A.-S. benefe, profit, benefit.] Advantage ; benefit; interest; defense. Be-have', v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [Pre¬ fix be and have.] To carry ; to con¬ duct ; to manage; to bear; — used reflexively. — v. i. To act; to carry one’s self. Be-hav'ior (-hav/yur), n. Manner of behaving, whether good or bad. Syn. — Conduct ; deportment. — Be¬ havior is the mode in which we have or bear ourselves toward others; conduct is the mode of our conducting, and involves the general tenor of our actions. Behav¬ ior in society; conduct of life. Be-head', V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To take off the head of; to decapitate. Be-held', imp. & p.p. of Behold. Be'iie-sioth, n. [Heb. beasts, ani¬ mals, esp. of the larger kind.] An animal described in Job xl., thought by some to be the hippopotamus. Be-hest', n. [be and best.] Com¬ mand ; mandate; injunction. Be-hind', prep. 1. At the back of ; on the other side of. 2. Inferior to. — adv. 1. In the rear. 2. Back¬ ward. 3. Remaining. 4. Past. Be-hind'hXnd, a. 1. In arrear. 2. In a state of backwardness. BE-HOLD', V. t. [imp. & p. p. BE¬ HELD.] [A.-S. behealdan , to hold in sight.] To look at; to see with attention. — v. i. To direct the eyes to an object. Be-hold'en, p. a. [The old p. p. of behold, used in the primitive sense of the simple verb hold.] Obliged ; in¬ debted. Be-hold'er, n. A spectator. Be-ho_of / , n. Advantage ; benefit. Be-hoove', v. t. [A.-S. behofian, fr. 0. H. Ger. biheffan , to take, contain.] To be necessary for; to be fit for. Be'ing, n. 1. Existence. 2. That which exists in any w r ay. Be-la'bor, v. t. 1. To work diligently upon. 2. To beat soundly. Be-late', v. t. To retard or make too Jate. Be-lay', f, f. [-ED ; -ing.] To make fast, as a rope, by taking several turns with it round a pin. BElch (66), v. t. [-ed ; -ING.] [A.-S. bealejan .] To throw up from the stomach with violence, as wind.— v. i. To eject wind from the stomach. — n. Act of belching ; eructation. Bel'dam, ) n. [Fr. belle-dame, fine Bel'dame,) lady.] An ugly old woman ; a hag. Be-lea'guer (-ledger), v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [be and leaguer, n.] To be¬ siege ; to block up. Bel-esprit (bel'es-pree'), n.; pi. rea ux-esprits (boz'es-pree'). [Fr.] A man of wit. Bel'FRY, n. [Ger. bergfriede, burg- friede, from berg, mountain, or burg, castle, citadel, and friede, peace, se¬ curity.] A cupola or turret in which a bell is hung. Be-lie', v. t. [-ED ; -ing.] 1. To show' to be false. 2. To slander. Be-lieF', n. 1. Assent of mind to the truth of something. 2. The thing believed. Syn.—C redence; trust; faith; credit. Be-lie v'a-ble, a. Capable or worthy of being believed. Be-lieve', V. t. [-ed ; -ING.] Prefix be and A.-S. lefan, lyfan, to allow.] To regard as true ; to credit. — v. i. 1. To have a firm persuasion. 2. To think; to suppose. Be-LIEV'er, n. One who believes. Be-like', adv. Probably ; perhaps. Be-lit'tle, v. t. To lower in char¬ acter ; to depreciate. Bell, n. [A.-S. belle, bellan, to bel¬ low.] A hollow metallic vessel which gives forth a clear, ringing sound. Bel'la-don'na, n. [It., prop, fine lady.] Deadly nightshade, and an extract from it. Belle, n. [Fr., fr. Lat. bellus, beau¬ tiful, fine.] A handsome young lady much admired. Belles-lettres (bel-letffer), n. pi. [Fr.] Polite or elegant litera¬ ture. [bells. Bell'-found'er, n. One who casts Bell'-found'er-y, ) n. A place Bell'-found'ry, ) where bells are cast. Bel-lig'er-ent, a. [Lat. bellum, war, and gerere, to wage.] 1. Wag¬ ing war. 2. Disposed for war. — n. A nation or state carrying on war. Bell'man (150), n. A public crier. Bell'-mEt-'al (-metff or -met'al), n. An alloy of copper and tin. Bel'low, v. i. [A.-S. bellan.} 1. To make a noise like a bull. 2. To bawl; to roar. — n. A loud outcry ; roar. Bel'lOws (bePlus), n. sivg. & pi. [A.-S. bselg, bag, belly.] An instru¬ ment for propelling air through a tube, for various purposes. Bell'-ring'er, n. One whose busi¬ ness is to ring a bell. Bel'lu-ine, a. [Lat. belluinus, fr. bellua, beast.] Like a beast; brutal. Bell'-weth'er, n. A wether or sheep which leads the flock, with a bell on his neck. Bel'ly, n. [A.-S. bselg , bselig. See Bellows.] 1. Part of the body which contains the bowels; abdo- a, E, i, o, u, y, long; X,e,I,6 , 0 , 5 , short; cAre, far, ask, all, wiiat; £re, veil, tErm; pique, fIrm ; s6n, BELLI-BAND BESPATTER men. 2. Something which resem¬ bles the belly. — v. i. To swell out. Bel'LY-band, n. A girth. Be-long' (21), v. i. [-ed; -ing.] [Pref. 6c and 0. Eng. long , v. i., to be¬ long.] 1. To be tne property of; to pertain. 2. To have a legal residence. Be-loved' (be-ltivd' as ap ., be-luv'ed as an a., 60), p. p. or a. Greatly loved ; dear to the heart. Be-low', prep. 1. Under in place. 2. Inferior to. — ado. 1. In a lower place, or state. 2. On the earth, or in hell as opposed to heaven. Syn.— Beneath.— Below is opposed to on high; beneath is opposed to above. A person who is below us at table is not beneath us. Below has not, therefore, like beneath, the sense of unbecoming or unworthy of. We say beneath (not below) the character of a gentleman, beneath contempt, &c. BELT, n. [A.-S.] 1. A band or girdle. 2. That which restrains or confines. — v. t. [-ed ; -ING.] To encircle as with a belt; to encompass. Be-lu'ga, n. [Russ, bieluga .] A fish of the dojphin family. Bel've-dere', n. [It., lit., a beau¬ tiful sight.] A small structure on the top of an edifice in a garden. Be-maze', v. t. To bewilder. Be-mire', v. t. [-ed ; -ING.] To drag or soil in the mire. Be-m5an', v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] To lament; to bewail. [ery. Be-m5ck', v. l. To treat with mock- Bench (66), n. [A.-S. bene , W. bank.] 1. A long seat. 2. A long table at which mechanics and others work. 3. A judge’s seat in court. 4. Judges ; the court. Bencii'er, n. A senior member of one of the English inns of court. Bend, v. t. [imp. & p. p. bended or BENT.] [A.-S, bendan, a modif. of bindan, to bind.] 1. To crook ; to curve. 2. To incline; to apply. 3. To render submissive. — v. i. 1. To be strained out of a straight line. 2. To be inclined or directed. — n. A turn : a curve. BE-NEATH', or BE-NEATH', prep. [A.- S. beneodh.] 1. Lower in place than ; under. 2. Unworthy of; unbecom¬ ing. — adv. In a lower place. See Below. Ben'e-di€T, 1 n. [From Benedick , Ben'e-dick, j one of the characters in Shakespeare’s “ Much Ado About Nothing.”] A man newly married. Ben'e-digt'ine, a. Pertaining to the order of monks of St. Benedict. Ben'E-dYo'TION, n. [Lat. benedictio, a speaking well of.] 1. Act of bless¬ ing. 2. Blessing, prayer, or kind wishes. Ben'e-fao'tion, n. [Lat. benefactio, a doing good.] 1. Act of conferring a benefit. 2. A benefit conferred. Ben'e-fae'tor, n. One who confers a benefit. [confers a benefit. Ben'e-fae'tress, n. A woman who Ben'e-fY^e, n. [Lat. be.nefi.cium.] An ecclesiastical living; especially a par¬ sonage or vicarage. 37 Be-nef'i-^en^e, n. Practice of do¬ ing good ; active goodness, kindness, or charity. Syn. —Benevolence. — Benevolence is literally well-willing; beneficence is liter¬ ally well-doing. The former may exist without the latter, but beneficence always supposes benevolence. Be-nef'i-cent, a. Doing good. Syn.— Bountiful; liberal; generous. Be-nef'i-^ent-ly, adv. In a be¬ neficent manner. Ben'e-fi'cial (-flsh'al), a. Confer¬ ring benefits ; useful; profitable. Ben'e-fY'cial-ly (-Ylsh'al-), adv. In a beneficial manner. BEN'E-FI'Cl-A-RY (-flsh'I-), a. Hold¬ ing some valuable possession, in sub¬ ordination to another. — n. 1. One who holds a benefice. 2. One who receives the avails of a charity. Ben'e-fit, n. [See Benefaction.] 1. An act of kindness ; a favor con¬ ferred. 2. Whatever contributes to happiness or prosperity. 3. A per¬ formance, the proceeds of which are given to a particular person or object. Syn.— Advantage ; profit; service; use; avail. — v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To do good to ; to be useful to. — v. i. To gain advantage. Be-nev'o-lence, n. Disposition to do good ; good will. Syn. —Kindness; benignity; tender¬ ness.— Kindness and tenderness lean to the side of natural feeling; benevolence is considerate kindness, and often overrules mere impulse; benignity is condescend¬ ing kindness. Be-nev'o-lent, a. [Lat. benevolens, from bene , well, and volens , wishing.] Having a disposition to do good. Syn. — Beneficent ; munificent. — Originally, benevolent meant well-w’M- ing, and beneficent well -doing ; but now (with aslight tinge of the original sense) they differ in their outward exercise chiefly in degree; a beneficent act being one on a larger scale than a benevolent one, while a munificent act is greater and more imposing than either. Be-night' (-nil/), v. t. 1. To involve in darkness. 2. To involve in moral darkness, or ignorance. Be-nign' (-nin'), a. [Lat. benignus, from bonus , good, and genus , kind.] Full of benignity. Syn. — Kind ; wholesome ; liberal; generous. Be-nig'nant, a. Kind; gracious. Be-nig'ni-ty, n. 1. Condescending kindness; graciousness. 2. Whole¬ some quality. Be-nign'ly (-nln 7 -), adv. Favorably ; graciously. [diction. Ben'i-son (-zn), n. Blessing; bene- Bent, imp. & p. p. of Bend. Bent, n. 1. Flexure; curvity. 2. Leaning or bias; inclination. 3. Particular tendency. — 4. [A.-S. beonet.] A kind of grass. Be-numb' (-num / ), v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To deprive of sensibility. Ben'zine, n. Same as Benzole. Ben-zoin', n. A fragrant resinous substance. Ben'zole, n. [Eng. benzoin and Lat. oleum, oil.] An oily substance, possessing great solvent powers. Be-prai§e', v. t. To praise extrava¬ gantly. Be-qu£ ath', v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [A .- 1 S. beevedhan , fr. pref. be and coed! i- an, to say, to speak.] 1. To give or leave by will. 2. To transmit. Syn.— To devise. — Devise is property used to denote a gift by will of real pro¬ perty. Bequeath is properly applied to a gift by will of a legacy; i.e., of personal property. Be-quest', n. Something left by will; a legacy. Be-rate', v. t. To chide vehemently. BE-REAVE', V. t. [imp. & p. p. BE¬ REAVED, BEREFT.] 1. To deprive. 2. To take away from. Be-reave'ment, n. State of being bereaved; deprivation. B£r'gA-mot, n. [From Bergamo , in Italy.] I. A species of orange-tree. 2. An essence or perfume obtained from it. 3. A variety of pear. BErg'mas-ter, n. Chief officer among the Derbyshire miners. Be-rhyme' (-rim 7 ), v. t. To mention in rhyme ; — used in contempt. Ber'ry, n. [A.-S. beria, berie .] A small pulpy fruit containing seeds scattered through it. BErth (14), n. [From the root of bear.] 1. Place where a ship lies at anchor, or at a wharf. 2. A place in a ship to sleep in. 3. Official situation or employment. Ber'yl, n. [Gr. /3>jpuAAos.] A green¬ ish mineral of great hardness. Be-seech', v. t. [imp. & p. p. be¬ sought ] [Pref. be and seek.] To ask with urgency. Syn.-—T o entreat; solicit; implore; supplicate. — Beg supposes sim ply a state of want: to beseech, entreat, and solicit, a state of urgent necessity; to implore. and supplicate, a state of overwhelming distress. Be-seem', v. t. To become ; to befit. BE-SET', V. t. [imp. & p. p. BESET.] 1. To put or place, on, in, or around. 2. To waylay ; to blockade. 3. To hem in or press on all sides. Be-set'ting, p. a. Habitually at¬ tending. or pressing. [curse to. Be-shrew' (-shrij'), v. t. To wish a Be-side', prep. 1. Atthesideof. 2. Aside from ; out of. Be-sides', adv. More than that; moreover ; in addition. — prep. Over and above ; in addition to. Be-siege', v. t. [-ed; -ing.] To beset or surround with armed forces. Be-sieg'er, n. The party that be¬ sieges. Be-smear', v. t. To smear with any viscous, glutinous matter. BE'gOM, n. [A.-S. besma.] A brush of twigs ; a broom. BE-SOT', V. t. [-TED ; -TING.] To make sottish by drink; hence, to make dull or stupid. Be-sought' (be-sawt'), p. p. of Be¬ seech.. [spangles. Be-span'GLE, v. t. To adorn with Be-spat'ter, v. t. 1. To soil by spattering. 2 To asperse. OR, do, wolf, too, took; urn, rjje, P(JLL ; E. I. o. silent; 9 , 6 , soft; e, a, hard; as; exist; n as ng ; this- BESPEAK BICIPITOUS Be-speak', v. t. [imp. bespoke ; p. p. BESPOKE, BESPOKEN.] To speak for beforehand ; to betoken. Be spread', v. t. To spread over. Be-sprTnk'le, v. t. Tosprinkle over. Bes'se-mer Steed, [From the in¬ ventor, Bessemer .] Steel made di¬ rectly from cast-iron, by forcing a blast of air through the molten metal. Best, a. superl. [A.-S. besta, best.] 1. Most good. 2. Most advanced ; most complete.— n. Utmost; highest endeavor.— adv. 1. In the highest degree. 2. To the most advantage. Bes'TJAL. (best'yal), a. [Lat. hestialis ; bcstia, beast.] Belonging to a beast, or having the qualities of a beast. Syn.— Brutish; beastly; brutal; sen¬ sual. Bes-tiXl'i-ty (best-yaP-), n. 1. Quality of a beast. 2. Unnatural connection with a beast. Bes'tial-ize (best'yal-), v. t. To make like a beast. Be-stir', v. t. To put into brisk or vigorous action. Be-stow', v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [See Stow.] 1. To deposit for safe keep¬ ing. 2. To make use of; to apply. 3. To give, confer, or impart. Be-stow'al, In. 1. Act of be- Be-stow'ment, } stowing. 2. That which is bestowed; donation. Be-strad'dle, V. t. To bestride. Be-strew' (-strip or -stro'), v. t. [imp. BESTREWED; p. p. BE¬ STREWED, bestrown.] To scat¬ ter over; to strovv. Be-stride', v. t. [imp. bestrid or BESTRODE ; p. p. BESTRID, BE¬ STRIDDEN.] To stride over; to stand or sit with the legs extended across^ Be-strode', imp. of Bestride. Be-stud', v. t. To set with studs. Bet, n. [A.-S. bad, pledge, stake.] That which is staked, or pledged, to be won or lost on certain conditions ; a wager.— v.t. [-ted ; -TING.] To stake upon the event of a contest; to wager. Be-take', v. t. [imp. betook ; p. p. betaken.] To have recourse to; to resort. Be'tjsl (be'tl), n. A species of pep¬ per, the leaves of which are chewed in the East Indies. Beth'EL, n. [Heb., house of God.] 1. A chapel for dissenters. [Eng.] 2. A house of worship for seamen. Be-think', v. t. [imp. & p. p. be¬ thought.] To call to mind ; to recall. Be-tide', v. t. [imp. BETID or BE- TIDED; p. p. betid.] To happen to; to befall.— v.i. To come to pass ; to happen. Be-time', 1 adv. 1. In good time ; Be-times', j seasonably. 2. In a short time ; soon. Be-to'ken (-to'kn), v. t. [-ED ; -ing.] 1. To signify by some visible object. 2. To foreshow by present signs. 38 Bet'O-ny, n. A plant used to dye wool of a dark-yellow color. Be-took', imp. of Betake. Be-tray', v. l. [-ed ; -ING.] [From be and Lat. tradere , to give up.] 1. To give up treacherously or faith¬ lessly. 2. To discover in violation of trust. 3. To show or to indicate. Be-tray'er, n. One who betrays. Be-TRotii', v. t To contract to any one; to affiance. Be-troth'ment, n. A mutual en¬ gagement for a future marriage; espousals. Bet'ter, a.; compar. of Good. [A.-S., bett, betera ; Goth, batiza , from bats, good.] 1. Having good qualities in a greater degree than another. 2. Preferable in any respect. 3. Im¬ proved in health.— n. 1. Advant¬ age or victory. 2. A superior. — adv., compar. of Well. 1. Inamore excellent manner. 2. More correctly. 3. In a higher degree. — v. t. [-ed ; -ING,] To increase the good quali¬ ties of. Syn.—T o improve; meliorate; amend; correct; advance. Bet'ter-ment, n. A making bet¬ ter ; improvement. BEt'tor, a. One who bets. Bet'ty, n. A short bar used by thieves to wrench doors open. BE-TWEEN', [Pref. be, equiv. to Eng. by, and twain, two.] 1. In the intermediate space of. 2. From one to another of. 3. Shared by two or both of. S yn.—A mong.— Between applies prop¬ erly to only two parties ; as, a quarrel between two men, two nations. Among always supposes more than two. Bev'el, n. [Fr. beveau.] SS 1. A slant of a surface. zl/ 2. An instrument for ad- Mr justing surfaces to the GailsSS) same inclination. — a. Bevel (2). Slanting.— v. t. [-ED, -ING; or -LED, -LING, 137.] To cut to a bevel angle. — v. i. To slant off. BEv'er-age, n. [From Lat. bibere, to drink.] Liquor for drinking. Bev'Y, n. 1. A tiock of birds, especial¬ ly quails. 2. A collection of ladies. Be-wail', v. t. [-ed; -ing.] To grieve for ; to mourn ; to lament. Be-wAre', v. i. To be cautious ; to take care ; to take heed. Be-wil'der, v. t. [-ed; -ING.] To lead into perplexity or confusion ; to lead astray. [bewildered. Be-wTl'der-ment, n. State of being Be-witch', v. t. [-ed; -ing.] 1. To affect by witchcraft or sorcery. 2. To charm or fascinate. [nation. Be-witch'er-y, n. Charm ; fasci- Be-witch'ing-ly, adv. In a man¬ ner to bewitch. Be-witch'ing-ness, n. Quality of being bewitching. Be-witch'ment, n. Powerof charm¬ ing ; fascination. Be -WRAY' (-ra/), v. t. To betray. Bey (ba), n. A Turkish governor. See Beg. Be-yond', prep. [A.-S. begeond.] 1. On the further side of. 2. Before, in place, or time. 3. Further than; past. 4. Above, as in excellence, or quality of any kind. — adv. At a distance; yonder. Bez'el, n. Part of a ring which holds the stone. BI'as, n. [Fr. biais, N. Catalan hi ax, slope.] 1. A weight on the side of a bowl which turns it from a straight line. 2. A leaning ol the mind; propensity'. 3. A wedge-shaped piece of cloth taken out of a garment. Syn. — Bent; prejudice; preposses¬ sion. — V. t [-E D, -ING ; or - SED, - SING, 137.] To incline to one side; to pre¬ possess. B1b,h.. [Lat. bibere, to drink.] Acloth worn by children over the breast. BI-ba'cioDs, a. [Lat. bibax.] Ad¬ dicted to drinking. Bib'ber, n. A drinker; a tippler. Bi'ble, n. [Gr. /3ij3Aiov, dim. of /3c/3- Aos, book.] Ihe Book, or that which contains the Scriptures. Bib'lig-al, a. Pertaining to the Bi¬ ble. Bib / li-og'ra-pher, n. [Gr. /3q3Ai- oypa<|)os, fr. /3i/3Atov, book, and ypd- 4>eiv, to write.] One versed in bib¬ liography. BIb'li-o-graph'ic, [ a. Pertain- BIb'li-o-graph'ig-al, ) ing to bibliography, or the history of books. Bib'li-og'ra-phy, n. An account of books and manusciipts. Bib'li-ol'a-try, n. [Gr. /3i/3Ar]|ueu/, to speak ill.] To cen¬ sure; to find fault with. — n. 1. Expression of disapprobation. 2. That which is deserving of censure. Syn.— Censure; reprehension; con¬ demnation; reproach; fault; sin; crime. Blame'ful. a. Meriting blame. Blame'less, a. Without fault; not meriting censure. Blame'less ly, adv. Innocently. Blame'less-ness, n. Freedom from blame; innocence. Blame'wor-thy (-wfir-), a. Deserv¬ ing blame ; censurable; culpable. Blanch, v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Fr. blanchir, from blanc , white.] 1. To take out the color of; to whiten. 2. To make white by stripping off the peel. — v. i. To grow white. Blanch'er, n. 1. One who blanches or whitens. 2. One who anneals and cleanses money. Blanc-mange ) (bla-monj 7 ), n. Blanc-manger ) [Fr., lit. white food.] A preparation of dissolved isinglass, or sea-moss, milk, sugar, cinnamon, &c., boiled. Bland, a. [Lat. blandus .] Marked by soft or soothing qualities. Syn.—M ild; soft; gentle; courteous. Blan-dil'o-quence, n. [Lat . blan- diloquentia.] Fair, mild, flattering speech. Bland'ish, v. t. [-ED ; -ing.] [Lat. blandiri, fr. blandus , mild.] To flat¬ ter by kind words or affectionate ac¬ tions ; to caress. BlXnd'ish-ment, n. Soft words ; artful caresses. OR, DO, WOLF, TOO, TOOK; frRN, RU BlXnd'ness, «. State of being bland. Blank, a. [Ger. blank , bright, white, allied to blinken, to shine, glitter.] 1. Of a white or pale color. 2. Dis¬ pirited; dejected. 3. Lacking some¬ thing ; empty. 4. Without mixture , pure.— n. 1. Any void space. 2. A ticket in a lottery on which no prize is indicated. 3. A paper unwritten. Blank verse, verse without rhyme. Blank'et, n. [Fr. blanchet, from blanc , white.] A coarse woolen cover, to protect from cold. — v. t. [-ED; -ING ] To toss in a blanket. BlAre, v. i. [-ED ; -ING.] [Ger. blar- renj D. blaren, to bleat, to cry, to weep.] To roar. — n. Noise; loud sound. Blar'ney, n. [Of. Ir. bladar , flat¬ tery.] Smooth, deceitful talk. Blas-pheme', v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [Gr. fikaa<\)-r}fj.elv.} To speak impiously of, as of God or Christ. — v. i. To utter blasphemy. Blas-phem'er. n. One who blas¬ phemes. Blas'phe-moOs, a. Containing blas¬ phemy. Blas'phe-mous-ly, adv. In a blas¬ phemous manner. Blas'piie-MY, n. An indignity of¬ fered to God by contemptuous words. Blast, n. [A.-S. blxst,& puff, fr. blx- san , to blow.] 1. A destructive wind. 2. Forcible stream of air from an orifice. 3. Sound made by blowing a wind instrument. 4. The rending of rocks by gunpowder. 5. A blight. — v. t. [-ED ; -ing.] 1. To wither; to blight. 2. To confound,or strike with force, by a loud blast. 3. To split, as with gunpowder. Bla'TANT, a. [Prov. Eng. blate , to bellow.] Bellowing, as a calf; noisy. Blaze, n. [A.-S. blxse.] 1. Flame. 2. Light, as from flame. 3. A white spot on the face of a horse. 4. A spot on trees made by chipping off bark. Syn. —Flame.—A blaze and aflame are both produced by burning gas, but the former gives light and the latter heat, — the one shines and the ether burns. — v. i. [-ED ; -ing.] 1. To shine with flame. 2. To sendforth a bright light. 3. To be conspicuous.— v.t. 1. To make public. 2. To mark, as a tree, by chipping off bark. Bla/zon, v.t. [-ed; -ing.] 1. To display. 2. To deck; to adorn. 3. To explain, as the figures on armo¬ rial ensigns.— n. [From blaze , torch, i. e., splendor.] 1. Art of drawing or explaining coats of arms. 2. Osten¬ tatious display. Bla/z on-ry, n. Art of describing coats of arms in proper terms. Bleach, v. t. [-ed; -ing.] A.-S. blxcan. See Bleak.] To make white by removing the original color. — v. i. To grow white in any way. Bleacii'er, n. One who bleaches. Bleach'er-y, n. A place for bleach¬ ing. Bleak, a. [A.-S. blac, blaec, pale, wan, from blican , to shine.] 1. Des- e, PULL ; E, I, o, silent; 9, 6, soft; €, olate and exposed. 2. Cold ; cheer, less. [wind. Bleak'ly, adv. Openly as to cold and Bleak/ness. n. Quality of being bleak. Blear, a. Dim or sore with water or rheum.— v.t. [-ed ; -ING.] To affect with soreness of eyes, or a watery humor. [eyes. Blear-eyed (-Td), a. Having sore Bleat, v. i. [A.-S. blxtan.] To cry as a sheep. — n. Cry of a sheep. Bleed, v. i. [imp. 8c p.p. bled.] [A.-S. ble.dan .] 1. To lose blood. 2. To die a violent death. 3. To lose sap, gum, or juice. 4. To lose money. — v. t. 1. To take blood from. 2. To lose, as blood, sap, or gum. Bleed'ing, n. A running or issuing of blood; a hemorrhage. Blem'ish, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [0. Fr. blemir , blesmir , bleme, blesme , pale, wan.] 1. To mark with deformity; to mar. 2. To tarnish, as reputa¬ tion ; to defame. — n. Any mark of deformity. Syn. — Spot ; flaw ; fault ; taint ; re¬ proach ; dishonor; disgrace. Blench, v. i. [-ed ; -ing.] [See Blanch.] To shrink ; to start back; to flinch. Blend, v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Goth. blancian , to mix.] To mix together ; to confound. — v. i. To be mixed or united. Blende, n. [Ger., fr. blenden, to daz¬ zle.] An ore of zinc. Blent, p. p. of Blend. Bless, v. t. [imp. 8c p. p. blessed or blest.] [A.-S. bletsjan . blessjan , fr. blidhe , blithe.] 1 To make hap¬ py. 2. To invoke a blessing on. 3. To praise, or glorify. Bless'ed (bO), a. Enjoying happiness or bliss; happy ; prosperous. Bless'e d-ness, n. State of being blessed. Syn.—H appiness; felicity; bliss; joy. Bless'ING, n. A wish of happiness pronounced ; a benediction. Blest, a. 1. Made happy. 2. Mak¬ ing happy. Blew (bl«), imp. of Blow. Blight (blit), n. 1. Mildew; decay. 2. That which frustrates one’s plans or hopes. — v. t. [-ed; -ing.] To affect with blight; to blast. Blind, a. [A.-S. blind t Goth, blinds .] 1. Destitute of sight. 2. Hidden; unseen ; obscure. — v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To deprive of sight or discernment. — n. Something to hinder sight. Blind'fold, a. Having the eyes cov¬ ered ; blinded. — v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To cover the eyes of; to hinder from seeing. Blind'ly, adv. Without sight, un¬ derstanding, or discernment. BlTnd'-MAN’§-BUFF, n. A play in which one person is blindfolded. BlInd'ness, n. Want of sight. Blind'-side, n. Side on which one is most easily assailed. Blind'-worm (-wfirm), n. A small reptile without feet, like a snake. G, hard; A£; exist; n as ng ; this. ELINK BLUNT 42 BlInk, v. i. [Ger. blinken , blicken , to glance.] To wink ; to see with fre¬ quent winking. — v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To shut out of sight; to avoid. — n. 1. A glimpse or glance. 2. A daz¬ zling whiteness about the horizon. Blink'ARD, n. [From blink.] One who blinks. Blink'er, n. 1. One who blinks. 2. A blind for horses. Bliss, n. [See Bless.] Highest de¬ gree of happiness. _ Syn. — Blessedness : felicity ; joy. Bliss'ful,«. Supremely happy. Bliss'ful-ly, adv. In a blissful manner. [ness ; bliss. Bliss'ful'ness, n. Exalted happi- BlIs'ter, n. [From plaster.] A thin, watery bladder on the skin.— v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To raise blisters on.— v. i. To rise in blisters. BlIthe, a. [Goth, bleiths.] Gay; merry; joyous ; sprightly. Blithe'ly, adv. In a joyful manner. Blithe'ness, n. Quality of being bjithe. [blithe. Blithe'some, a. Gay; merry; Bloat, v. t. [-ED; -ing.] To cause to swell or become turgid. — v i. To grow turgid ; to puff out; to swell. Blob'ber-lip, n. A thick lip. Block, n. [Ger. block , Icel. blokkr.] 1. A solid mass of wood,» stone, &c. 2. A connected row of buildings. 3. A sys- tern of one or more pulleys (j| j 1 arranged in a frame. 4. || 11 Any obstruction. — v. t. [1/ [-ED; -ING.] To stop; to obstruct. Block (3). Block-abe', n. [It. bloccata. See Block.] The shutting up of a place by troops or ships. — v. t. [-ED; -ing.] To shut up, as a town or fortress, by troops or ships. Block-AD'er, n. One who block¬ ades. ^ [dolt. Block'head, n. A stupid fellow ; a Block' - house, n. A kind of fortress of heavy timber or logs. Block'ish, a. Stupid; dull. Block'ish-ness, n. Stupidity. Block-house. Block'-tin, n. Tin in blocks or in¬ gots. Blom'a-ry (bldbm'-), n. The first forge through which iron passes after it is melted from the ore. Blonde, n. [Fr.] A person with fair complexion, light hair, and light blue eyes. Blonde, _ In. [Fr. blonde , from Blond'-lace, j its color.] A fine kind of lace made of silk. Blood (blud), n. [A.-S. blGd, Goth. blGth.] 1. The fluid which circulates through the arteries and veins of animals. 2. Kindred ; consanguin¬ ity. 3. Descent; lineage. 4. Mur¬ der 5. Temper of mind. 6. Excited feeling ; passion. 7. A man of fire or spirit.— v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To let blood from ; to bleed. 2. To stain with blood. Blood'-guilt'i-ness, n. Guilt or crime of sheddihg blood. Blood'-fieat, n. Heat equal to the temperature of blood, or about 98° Fahr. Blood'-hound, n. A ferocious, bloodthirsty va¬ riety of dog, of keen scent. Blood'i-ly, adv. In a bloody man¬ ner. BLOOD'I-NESS, n. Blood-hound. State of being bloody. [dead, j Blood'less, a. Without blood; Blood'shed, n. Slaughter; waste of life. Blood'-shed'der, n. A murderer. Blood'-shot, 1 a . lied and in- Llood'-shot'thn, ) flamed by a turgid state of the blood-vessels. Blood'-suck'er, n. An animal that sucks blood; the leech. Blood'-tpiirst'y, a. Desirous to shed blood ; murderous. [vein. Blood'-ves'sel, n. An artery or a Blood'y (blud'-), a. 1. Stained with blood. 2. Murderous.— v. t. To stain with blood. Blood'y-flux, n. The dysentery. Blood'y-mind'ed, a. Cruel; fero¬ cious. Bloom, n. [A.-S. blGvan, to blow, blossom.] 1. A blossom ; flower of a plant. 2. Opening of flowers. 3. An opening to higher perfection. 4. Powdery coating on certain newly- gathered fruits. 5- [A.-S. bloma, a mass or lump.] A mass of crude iron undergoing the first hammering. — v. i. [-ED; -ING.] 1. To produce blossoms ; to flower. 2. To flourish. Bloom'er, n. [From the introducer, Mrs. Bloomer.] A peculiar costume for ladies. Bloom'ing, a. 1. Flowering. 2. Thriving in health, beauty, and vigor. Bloom'y, a. Full of bloom ; flowery. Blos'SOM, n. [A.-S. blusma.] The flower of a plant.— v. i. [-ED ; -ING.] To put forth blossoms; to bloom ; to blow; to flower. Blot, v. t. [-ted ; -ting, 136.] [Icel. bletta.] 1. To spot or stain. 2. To disgrace. 3. To obliterate; to ob¬ scure. — n. 1. A spot or stain; blur. 2. Disgrace; reproach. Blotch, n. [Cf. Blot.] A pustule or eruption upon the skin. Blot'ter, n. A waste-book. BLOUgE, ) n. [Fr.] A light, loose I Blowsse, ( over-garment. Bl5w, n. 1. [0. H. Ger. pluohi.] A blossom; a flower. 2. [Goth, bligg- van.] A stroke. 3. A calamity. 4. Egg of a fly in flesh. 5. A violent wind. — v. i. 1. To flower; to blos¬ som. 2. [imp. blew ; p. p. blown.] [A.-S. bldvan.] To produce a cur¬ rent of air with the mouth ; hence, to move, as air. 3. To pant; to puff. — v. t. 1. To drive by a current of air. 2. To sound, as a wind instru¬ ment. 3. To deposit, as eggs by flies. 4. To inflate. 5. To put out of breath. Blow'er, n. A contrivance for se¬ curing a current of air. Blow'-pjpe, n. A tube with a small orifice for blowing an intense flame on any substance. Blowze, n. [Same root as blush.] A ruddy, fat-faced woman. Blow'zy (blou'zy), a. Coarse and ruddy-faced. Blltb'ber, n. Fat of whales and other large sea animals.— v. i. [-ED ; -ing.] To weep noisily, or so as to disfigure the face. Blud'geon, n. [Cf. Blow, n.] A short stick, with one end loaded. Blue, n. [A.-S. bleoh , bled.] 1. One of the seven primary colors. 2. pi. Low spirits ; melancholy. — a. 1. Of the color called blue. 2. Low in spir¬ its ; melancholy.— v. t. [-ed ; -ING.] To make blue. [berry. Blue'ber-ry, n. A kind of whortle- Blue'-book, n. 1. A parliamentary publication, so called from its blue paper covers. [Eng.] 2. A register of all persons in the employment of the government. [Amer.] Blue'-bot'tle, n. A fly with a large blue belly. Blue'-dev'/ls (-dCv'lz), n. pi. Low¬ ness of spirits; hypochondria. [ Col- loq.) Blue'-light (-lit), 71. A compo¬ sition, burning with a blue flame, used as a night signal in ships, &c. Blue'ness, n. Quality of being blue. Blue'-pe'ter, n. [Corrupt, of blue repeater.] (British Marine.) A blue flag with a white square in the center. Blue'-stock'ing, n. A literary lady ; a female pedant. Blijff, a. 1. Rude or coarse in man¬ ner. 2. Roughly frank. 3. Steep ; bold.— 7i. 1. A high, steep bank. 2. A game of cards. — v. t. To frighten from accomplishing one’s ends. Blu'ing, 7i. Something to give a blu¬ ish tint, as indigo. Blu'isii, a. Blue in a small degree. BLtJN'DER, V. i. I-ED ; -ING.] [Allied to blend.] To mistake grossly. — n. A gross mis hike. Syn. — Error; mistake-; bull. — An error is a wandering from the right : a mistake is the aus-taking of one thing for another, through haste, &c.; a blunder is something more gross, a blending or con¬ fusion of things through carelessness, ig¬ norance, or stupidity. An error may be corrected; a mistake may be rectified; a blunder is always blamed or laughed at. A bull is a verbal blunder, containing a laughable incongruity of ideas. Blijn'der-buss, 7i. [Prob. fr. D. don- derbus, thunder-tube.] 1. A short gun, with a large bore. 2. A stupid, blundering fellow. BlOn'der-er, 1 n. One apt to BlGn'der-head, j blunder; a stu¬ pid fellow. BlGnt, a. 1. Having a thick edge or point; dull. 2. Abrupt in address. —- v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To dull the A, E, i, o, u, y, long; a, e, I, 6, ij, ?, short; cAre, far, ask, all, what ; ere, veil, tJErm ; pique, fIrm ; son, BLUNTLY edge or point of. 2. To repress or weaken. BlOnt'ly, adv. Unceremoniously. BlOnt'ness, n. 1. Want of edge or point ; dullness. 2. Abruptness of address. BlOr, n. 1. A stain ; a blot. 2. A dim, confused appearance. 3. In¬ jury, as to character, &c.— r. t. [-red; -ring, 136.] 1. To ob¬ scure. 2. To dim. 3. To blemish. Syn.— To spot; blot; stain; sully. BlBrt, v. t. [-ed; -ing.] To utter suddenly or unadvisedly. BlCsh, v. i. [-ed; -ing.] [A.-S. ablisian, to blush, blysa, torch.] To redden in the face, as from a sense of shame, &c.— n. 1. A red color suffusing the face. 2. Glance ; view. BlOs'ter, e. i. [-ed; -ing.] Allied to blast.] 1. To blow fitfully. 2. To talk with noisy violence.— n. 1. Fit¬ ful noise and violence, as of a storm. 2. Noisy, threatening talk. Blus'ter-er, n. One who blusters ; a swaggerer ; a bully. Bo'A, n. [Lat.] 1. A genus of ser¬ pents. 2. A round fur tippet. Bo'A-gon-strio'tor, n. [N. Lat. constrictor , from Lat. constringere, to draw together.] A large and power¬ ful serpent, sometimes thirty or forty feet long. [not castrated. Boar, n. [A.-S. bdtr.] The male of swine i Board, n. [A.-S. bord , Goth, baurd .] 1. A piece of timber sawed broad and thin. 2. A table. 3. Food ; enter¬ tainment. 4. Any authorized assem¬ bly or meeting. 5. Deck of a vessel. 6. pi. The stage in a theater.— v. t. [■ED; -ING.] 1. To lay or cover with boards. 2. To go on board of. or enter. 3. To furnish with food, for compensation. — v. i. To obtain food statedly for compensation. Board'er, n. 1. One who has his meals for pay. 2. One who boards a ship. [boarders. ; Board'ing-house, n. A house for Board'ing-sohool (-skobl), n. A school in which the scholars board with the teacher. Boar'ish, a. Swinish ; brutal ; cruel. Boast, V. i. [-ed; -ing.] To exalt, J or extravagantly praise one’s self. Syn. — To brag; vaunt; vapor; glory. ; — v.t. To speak of with pride orexul- tation.— n. 1. Expression of pride, | or vanity. 2. Cause of boasting. Boast'er, n. One who boasts. Boast'ful, a. Given to boasting. Boast'ful-ness, n. State or quali¬ ty of being boastful. Boat (20), n. [A.-S. bat.] A small open vessel, usually moved by oars. — v.t. [-ED; -ing.] To transport In a boat. HOAT'A-BLE, a. Navigable for boats. Boat'-hook, n. A long pole, with a hook, to pull or push a boat. Boat'man (150), n. A man who manages a boat. Boat'swain (colloq . bo'sn), n. An of¬ ficer who has charge of a ship’s boats, sails, rigging, colors, & c. 43 Bob, n. 1. Any thing that plays loose¬ ly, as at the end of a string. 2. Bait used in angling. 3. A short, jerking action.— v. t. [-ed; -ing, 136.] To move in a short, jerking manner. — v. i. To have a short, jerking motion. Bob'BIN, n. [Lat. bombus, a humming, because it makes a humming noise.] A kind of spool. Bob'bin-et', or Bob'bin-et', n. A kind of lace. Bob'o-link, n. An American sing¬ ing-bird. Bob'tatl, n. 1. A short tail, or a tail cut short. 2. The rabble. Bock'ING, n. A kind of baize or drugget; — from Booking, Eng. Bode ,v. t. or ?. [-ed ; -ing.] [A.-S. bodian. See Bid.] To presage ; to foreshow. Bod'Ice, I n. [Prop. pi. of body.] Bod'dI^E, ) Stays; a corset. Bod'i-l’ess, a. Having no body. Bod'I-LY, a. Having or containing a body; corporeal. — adv. 1. Corpore¬ ally. 2. Completely. Bod'kin, n. [W. bidogyn, a dim. of bidog, short sword.] A pointed in¬ strument for making holes, &c. Bod'y, n. [A.-S. bodig.] 1. Material substance of an animal. 2. Princi¬ pal part, as of an animal, tree, army, &c. 3. A human being. 4. A col¬ lective mass of individuals. 5. A number of things taken together. 6. Any mass. 7. ( Paint.) Consistency ; thickness.— v.t. [-ed; -ING, 142.] To produce in definite shape ; to em¬ body. [tect the person. Bod'v-GIIARD, n. A guard to pro- Bod'y-snatciPer, n. One who robs graves for the purposes of dissection. Bog, n. [Ir. & Gael, bog, soft, moist.] A marsh; a morass.— v. t. To whelm or plunge, as in mud. Bog'GLE, v. i. [-ed; -ing.] [See Bug.] To exhibit hesitancy. Bog'Sy, a. Full of bogs; swampy. Bog'-ore,«. An ore of iron found in bogs. Bog'-trot'ter, n. One who lives in a boggy country. Bo'gus, a. [A corruption of Borghese, a noted swindler.] Spurious. [Amer.] Bo-hea', n. [From Wu-i, the hills where this kind of tea is grown.] An inferior kind of black tea. Boil, v. i. [Lat. bullire.] 1. To be agitated by heat;—used of liquids. 2. To bubble ; to effervesce.— v.t. -ED; -ING.] To cook or form by boiling. — n. [A.-S. byle, bile, sore.] A painful, suppurating tumor. Boil'er, n. A vessel in which any thing is boiled. Boil'er-Y, n. A place for boiling. Boil'ING, n. Agitation by heat; eb¬ ullition. Bois'ter-oOs, a. [0. Eng. boistous, Icel. bistr, stormy, furious.] 1. Ex¬ hibiting tumultuous violence. 2. Noisy; turbulent. Syn.— Loud; violent; furious; tumul¬ tuous ; vehement. BOND Bois'ter-o&s-ly, adv. In a bois¬ terous manner. [boisterous. Bois'ter-oOs-ness, n. State of being Bold, a. [Goth, balths.] 1. Forward to meet danger. 2. Lacking proper modesty or restraint ; rude. 3. Tak¬ ing liberties in composition or expres¬ sion. 4. Markedly conspicuous. Syn. — Courageous ; daring ; brave ; intrepid ; valiant ; manful ; audacious ; forward ; impudent. Bold'ly, adv. In a bold manner. Bold'ness, n. Quality of being bold. Bole,m. [Sw. bal.] 1. The body or stem of a tree. 2. A measure. Boll, n. [Cf. Bowl, n.] Pod or capsule of a plant, as of flax ; peri¬ carp. — v.t. To form into a seed- vessel. Bol'ster (20), n. [A.-S.] 1. Along under-pillow. 2. A pad or support. — v. t. [-ed; -ing.] 1. To sup¬ port with a bolster. 2. To hold up ; to maintain. Bolt (20), n. [A.-S. bolt, Icel. bold.] 1. An arrow. 2. A strong pin to fasten or hold something. 3. Light¬ ning. 4. Twenty-eight ells of canvas. — v. t. [-E D ; -ing.] 1. To secure with a bolt. 2. To fasten. 3. To swallow without chewing. [O. Fr. bulter, M. II. Ger. biuteln.] To sift ; to separate or assort. — v.i. 1. To move abruptly. 2. To spring sud¬ denly aside. [bolts. Bolt'er, n. One who, or that which, Bolt'-head, n. A long glass vessel for distillations. Bo'lus, n. [Lat.] A large pill. Bomb (bflm), n. [Gr. /Sop/3os, a hollow, deep sound.] A hollow ball of cast iron filled with explosive materials, to be fired from a mortar. Bombard', v. t. [-ed; -ING.] To attack with Bomb, bombs. Bom / BAR-dier', n. A person em¬ ployed in throwing bombs, [bombs. Bom-bard'ment, n. An attack with Bom'bast (bttnbbast, 114), n. [L. Lat. bombax, cotton.] An inflated style ; fustian. [flated. BoM-BAST're, a High-sounding; in- Bom-bast'IE-al-LY, adv. With in¬ flation of style. Bom'ba-ZET', ) n. A sort of thin Bom'ba-zette', j woolen cloth. Bom'ba-zine', 1 n. [Gr /3 dp/3v£, silk, Bom/ba-sine', ) cotton.] A twilled fabric of silk and worsted. Bom'bie, a. [Lat. bombyx, silk-worm.] Pertaining to the silk-worm. Bomb'-ketch ) (bum'-), n. A B6mb'-ves / sel j strong vessel, carrying mortars for bombs. Bomb'-proof (burn 7 -), a. Secure against the force of bombs. Bomb'-shell (bhnP-), n. A bomb. Bon'bon {or bong'bSng), n. [Fr.] A sugar-plum. Bond, n. [A.-S. bond, bound.] 1. That which binds. 2. A binding force or influence 3. A legal writ- OR, do, WOLF, TOO, TOOK; Brn, RUE, pyLL ; e,i, o, silent; 9,6, soft; 6, a, hard; A£ ; e^ist ; N as NG; this. BONDAGE 44 BOTTLE ing under seal. 4. Union of stones forming a wall. — a. In a state of servitude. — v.t. [-ED; -ING.] To secure payment of, by giving a bond. Bond'age, n. Involuntary servitude. Syn.— Thralldom; captivity; slavery. Bond'ed-ware'house, n. A ware¬ house for storing bonded goods in. Bond'maid, n. A female slave. B5n d'man, n. A man slave. Bond'-sErv'ant, n. A slave; a bondman. [of slavery. Bond'-SLAVE, n. A person in a state Bonds'man, n One who gives secu¬ rity for another. Bond'wom'an, n. A woman slave. Bone (20), n. [A.-S. ban, Goth. bain.\ A hard, whitish substance, compos¬ ing a skeleton. — v. t. [-ed; -ING.] 1. To take out bones from. 2. To put whalebone into. Bone'set, n. A medicinal plant; J;horoughwort. Bone'-set'ter, n. One who sets broken and dislocated bones. Bone'-spavGn, n. A bony excres¬ cence on the hock of a horse's leg. Bon'fire, n. [Fr. bon. good, and Eng. fire.] A fire to express public joy. Bon-mot (bong'mo'), n. [Fr.] A witty repartee ; a jest. Bon'net, n. [Fr.] 1. A covering for the head. 2. Addition to a sail. 3. A dome-shaped casing or appendage. Bon'NI-ly, cidv. Gayly ; handsomely. Bon'ny, a. [Fr. bon, bonne, good.] Handsome; beautiful. Bon'ny-clab'ber, n. [Ir. bainne, baine , milk, and clabar , mud.] Thick part of milk that has become sour. Bon Ton (btmg t5ng). [Fr., good tone.] Fashionable society. Bc'nus, n. [Lat., good.] A premium given for a loan, charter, or other privilege. Bon-vivant (bong'v3-vong'), n. [Fr. bon, good, and vivant , living.] A jovial companion. Bon'y, a. 1. Full of, or pertaining to, bones. 2. Having large or promi¬ nent bones. Bon'ze, n. [Japan, bi/sse, a pious man ] A priest of different Oriental sects. Boo'by, n. [Fr. boubie .] 1. A water- fowl allied to the pelican. 2. A dunce ; a stupid fellow. Boo'by-hut, n. A kind of sleigh, with a covered top. Book (27), n. [A.-S. Mr, from bbce, beech, because the ancient Saxons wrote on beechen boards.] 1. Sheets of paper bound together, whether priuted or not. 2. A sub-division of a work. — v.t. [-ed ; -ing.] To enter in a book. Bo'ok'-bInd'er, n. One who binds books. _ [shelves for books. Book'-case (109), n. A case with Book'ish, a. Given to reading. Book/ish-ness, n. Addictedness to books ; fondness for books. Book'-keep'er (109), n. One who keeps accounts. [accounts. Book'-keep'ing, n. Art of keeping Book'-lEarnsd (60), a. Versed in books ; ignorant of men. Book'-eEarn'ing, n. Learning ac¬ quired by reading only. [books. Book'-sell/er, n. One who sells Book'-store, n. A shop where books are kept for sale. [Amer.] Book'worm (-warm), n. 1. A worm or mite that eats holes in books. 2. A student addicted to books. Boom, n. [See Beam.] 1. ( Naut .) A spar to extend the bottom of a sail. 2. A line of spars across a river or other water. 3. A hollow roar, as of waves or cannon. — v. i. [-ED; -ING.] 1. To rush with violence. 2. To make a hollow sound or roar, as of waves. 3. To cry, as the bittern. Boom'er-ang, n. A remarkable mis¬ sile weapon used by the natives of Boomerang. Australia. Boon, n. [Lat. bonus, good.] Gift; grant; present.— a. 1. Gay; mer¬ ry. 2. Kind; bountiful. Bo~or, n. [A -S. gebur, D.boer; fr. A.- S. bTian, to inhabit, cultivate.] A clown ; a rude and illiterate person. Boor'ish, a. Clownish; rustic. Bo“ost, v.t. [Cf. Boast, v. ?.] To lift from behind ; to push up. Iido'RY, I a. A little intoxicated; Bojd'zy, j fuddled. Boot, v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] 1. [A.-S. bot, compensation.] To profit; to advantage. 2. To put boots on. — n. 1. Profit; gain , advantage. [Fr. botte , A.-S. butte, bytte.] 2. A cov¬ ering for the foot and leg. 3. An apron for a carriage, to defend from rain and mud. 4. ft. A servant at hotels who blacks the boots. Bo~ot-ee', n. A half or short boot. Booth, ??.. [Icel. bixdh, W. bwth.] A temporary shelter of boards or boughs of trees. Boot'-jack, n. An instrument for drawing off boots. [itable. Boot'less, a. Unavailing; unprof- B got'—tree, [ n. An instrument to Boot'-last, j stretch the leg of a boot. Boot'y, n. [Teel, byti, byta, to dis¬ tribute.] Spoil taken in war, or by violence; plunder. Bo-peep', n. A child’s play. Bor'age (bur'rej), n. [Low Lat. bo- rago .] An annual garden plant, for¬ merly esteemed as a cordial. Bo'rax, n. [Ar. biirar/, niter, salt¬ peter.] A salt formed by a combina¬ tion of boracic acid with soda. Bor'der,)i. [A.-S.Mrd. See Board.] Outer part or edge of any thing. Syx. — Verge; brink; margin; brim; rim; boundary. — v. i. To touch at the edge. — v. t. [-ed; -ing.] To make a border for. Bor'der-er, n. One who dwells on a border. Bore,u. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [A.-S. bo- rian .] 1. To penetrate with an au¬ ger, gimlet, or the like. 2. To weary by iteration. — v. i. To pierce or enter by boring. — n. 1. Hole made by boring; cavity of any fire-arm; caliber. 2. One who, or that which, wearies. — v ., imp. of Bear. Bo're-ae, a. [Lat. borealis, fr. Bore - as, the north wind.] Northern ; per¬ taining to the north. Bor'er, n. 1. One who bores ; an in¬ strument for boring. 2. A worm that pierces wood. Boitl^and BORNE, p. p. of Bear. Bor'ough (bur'b), n. [A.-S. buruh , burh , burg, fr. beorgan, to hide, de¬ fend, be prominent.] An incorpo- ratedtown that is not a city. Bor'row (bbr'ro), v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [A.-S. borgian, fr. borg, both, pledge.] 1. To take from another on trust, with intention to return or give an equivalent for. 2. To appropiiate. Bor'row-ER, n. One who borrows. Bosc'Age, n. [From 0. Eng. busk, Eng. bush.] Wood ; underwood. Bosh, n. [Prov. Erg. bosh, dash, show.] Nonsense; foolishness. [ Col - Bosk'Y, a. Woody ; bushy. [ log .] Bos'om, n. [A -S. busum.] 1. The breast or its covering. 2. The breast, as the seat of the sensibilities. 3. Any inclosed place. — v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To inclose in the bosom. Boss, n. [Ger. bulz, bulzen, some¬ thing cloddy or stumpy, point, tip.] 1. A stud ; a knob. 2. Any protu¬ berant part. 3. [D. baas, master.] A master workman. Boss'y, a. Containing, or ornament¬ ed with, bosses. Bo-tan'io, la. Pertaining to bot- Bo-tan'ic-al, ) any. Bo-tan'ic-al-LY, adv. In a botan¬ ical manner. Bot'an-ist, n. One skilled in botany. Bot'a-nIze, v.i. [-ED ; -ing.] To seek for plants for the purpose of botanical investigation. Bot'A-NY, n. [Gr. )S o-ravy, herb, plant.] The science which treats of plants, their classification, See. Botch, n. [Cf. Boss and Patch.] 1. A patch cf a garment. 2. A clum¬ sy performance. — v. i. [-ED ; -ing.] To mend in a clumsy manner. Bot'-fly, n. An insect troublesome to domestic animals. Both (20), a. & pron. [A.-S. ba; bittii, btitvti.] The one and the other; the two. — conj. It precedes the first of two co-ordinate words or phrases, and is followed by and before the other. Both'er, v. t. [-ed; -ing.] To tease or perplex. — n. One who, or that which, bothers ; annoyance. Bot'ry-oid, 1 a. [Gr. /SoTpos, a Bot'ry-oid'al, ) cluster of grapes, and el So?, form.] Having the form of a bunch of grapes. Bots, 1 n. pi. [Prob. fr. bite.] Small Botts, ) worms in horses’ intestines. BoT'TLE, n. [Fr. bout till e , fr. botte, cask.] 1. A vessel with a narrow mouth, for liquors. 2. Contents of a bottle. — v. t. [-ed ; -ING.] To inclose in bottles. A, E, l, o, u, y, long; a, £, I, 6, t), y, short; care, far, ask: all, wii^lT; ere, veil, tErm; pique, fIrm; son, BOTTLE-HOLDER Bot'tle-hold'ee, n. One who aids a boxer, by giving him refreshment, &c., between the rounds. Bot'tom, n. [A.-S. botm.] 1. Low¬ est part of any thing. 2. Founda¬ tion ; base. 3. Low land; a dale; a valley. 4. Keel of a vessel; hence, the vessel itself. 5. Power of endur¬ ance. 6. Dregs. — v. t. [-ed; -ING.] 1. To found or build. 2. To furnish with a seat or bottom. Bot'tom-less, a. Without a bot¬ tom ; hence, fathomless. Bot'tom-ry, n. Contract by which a ship is bound as security for the payment of money advanced or lent. Boudoir (biTo'dwor), n. [Fr.] A lady’s private room. Bough (bon), n. [A -S. boga, from beogan, biigan, to bow, bend.] A large branch of a tree. Bought (bawt), imp. & p. p. of Buy. Bouillon (bcTol'yong), n. [Fr.] Broth; sou]). Boul'der,». See Bowlder. Boulevard (bobl'var'), n. [Fr., fr. Eng. bulwark .] A public walk or street on the site of a demolished fortification. Bounce, v. i. [-ed ; -ing.] [Gr. /3op.- |3os, a hollow, deep sound.] To leap or spring suddenly. — n. 1. A sud¬ den leap or bound. 2. A heavy blow or thump. Boun'C-er, n. 1. One who bounces. 2. A bold lie. 3. A liar. 4. Some¬ thing big. Bounding, a. Stout; lusty. Bound, n. 1. Limit; confine; ex¬ tent; boundary. 2. A leap ; a jump. — v. t. [-ed; -ing.] 1. To limit; to restrain ; to confine. 2. To men¬ tion the boundaries of. — v. i. [Gr. /3op./3os, a hollow, deep sound.] 1. To move forward by leaps ; to leap ; to jump. 2. To rebound.— imp. & p. p. of Bind. — a. Destined ; tending ; going. Bound'a-ry, n. That which fixes a limit; esp. a visible mark. Bound'en (bounds), a. [From bind.] Made obligatory ; binding. Bound'less, a. Without bounds or confines; infinite. Boun'te-oOs (66), a. Disposed to give freely ; generous ; munificent. BOUN'TE-otJS-LY, adv. Liberally. Boun'te-ous-ness, n. Liberality. Boun'ti-ful, a. Free in giving ; mu¬ nificent ; generous. Boun'ti-ful-ly, adv. In a bounti¬ ful manner. Boun'ty, n. [Lat. bonitas, fr. bonus, good.] 1. Liberality; generosity. 2. A premium to encourage some object. Bou-QUET' (bob'ka' or bob'ka), n. 1. A nosegay ; a bunch of flowers. 2. A perfume or aromatic odor. Bo0r-4eois' (bur-jois'), n. [Prob. from a type-founder of that name.] A small kind of type. {Hr* Bourgeois type. Bourn, 1 n. [Fr. borne.] 1. A limit; Bourne, ) goal. 2. Stream or rivulet. 45 Bourse (bdbrss), n. [Fr.,fr. Gr.|3 vp- RN, RUE , PULL ; E, I, o, silent; 9,4,50/t; €, a, hard; Ag; EJIST ; as NG; this. BRAINLESS 46 BREECHES soft whitish mass in the upper cavity of the skull. 2. The understanding. — v. t. To dash out the brains of. Brainless, a. Without understand¬ ing ; witless. Brain'-pXn, n. Skull; cranium. Brain'-s'Ick, a. Disordered in the understanding. Brake, n. [L. Ger. brake , brushwood.] 1. A fern. 2. A place overgrown with brakes. 3. A thicket. 4. [From root of break.] An instrument to break flax. 5. Handle by which a pump, &c., is worked. 6. Mechanism to retard the motion of a carriage. Brake'man (150), n. One whose busi¬ ness is to manage a brake. BrXm'BLE, n. [A.-S. brembel.] 1. The raspberry or blackberry shrub. 2. Any rough, prickly shrub. BrXn, n. Coat of the seed of wheat, rye, See., separated from the flour. Branch, n. [Ger. branke, claw, W. braich, arm.] 1. A limb ; a bough. 2. Any part extended from the main body of a thing. 3 A subdivision ; a department.— v.i. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To spread in branches. 2. To divide into separate parts. — v.t. To divide as into branches. Branch'let, n. A little branch. BrAncii'Y, a. Full of branches. BrXnd, n. [A.-S., from brinnan, to burn.] 1. A burning or partly burnt stick. 2. A sword. 3. An iron for burning a mark on something. 4. Quality ; kind. 5. A stigma. — v. t. [-EB ; -ing.] 1. To burn with a hot iron. 2. To stigmatize. BrXnd'— goose, n. [See Brant.] A species of wild goose. BrXn'dish, V. t. [-ED; -ING] From brand , a sword.] To wave, as a weapon; to shake or flourish. — n. A flourish, as with a weapon. Brand'ling, n. A small red worm. BrXnd'-new. a. [See Brand.] Quite new, as if fresh from the fire. BrXn'dy, n. [0. Eng. brandioine , i. e., burned wine.] A spirit distilled from wine, See. BrXn'gle, n. [Probably a modif. of wrangle.] A wrangle; a squabble.— v. i. To wrangle ; to squabble. BrXnk, n. 1. Buckwheat. 2. [Cf. Branch.] A bridle for scolds. BrXn'-new (109), a. See Brand- new. [bling, bran. BrXn'ny, a. Consisting of, or resem- BrXnt, n. [ It. branta .] A species of wjld goose. BRA'glER (bra'zher), n. [From irass.] 1. One who works in brass. 2. [Fr. brasier , braisier , from braise, live coals.] A pan for holding coals. Brass, n. [A.-S. fcrjs.] 1. A yellow alloy of copper and zinc. 2. Impu¬ dence. BrAss'i-ness, n. Quality or appear¬ ance of brass. BrAss y, a. 1. Pertaining to brass; hard as brass. 2. Impudent. BRX.T,n. [A.-S. bratt, cloak, rag.] A childj — in contempt. Bra-va'do, n. [See Brave.] 1. An I arrogant menace; a boast. 2. A boasting fellow. Brave, a. [Fr. brave , Sp. and It. bravo, courageous.] 1. Of noble or admirable courage. 2. Excellent; beautiful. Syn. — Courageous; gallant; valiant; valorous; bold; intrepid; fearless. — n. 1. A brave person; esp., an Indian warrior. 2. A hector; a bul¬ ly.— v.t. [-ED ; -ING.] To en¬ counter with courage ; to defy. Brave'ly, adv. In a brave manner. Brav'er-y, n. 1. Quality of being brave. 2. Ostentation. Syn. — Courage; heroism; intrepidi¬ ty ; gallantry ; valor ; dauntlessness ; audacity.— Courage is that firmness of spirit which meets danger without fear; bravery defies or braves it, and shows it¬ self in outward acts; audacity is bravery running out into rashness. Bra' vo, n.; pi. bra'voes. [It. See Brave.] A daring villain; an assas¬ sin.— interj. Well done. Brawl, v. i. [W. bragal, to vocifer¬ ate, brag; brawl, boast.] 1. To quarrel noisily and indecently. 2. To complain loudly. 3. To roar; as water. — n. A noisy quarrel. Brawl'er, n. A noisy fellow. Brawn, n. [0. H. Ger. brato, fatness.] 1. Flesh of a boar. 2. Muscular strength ; hence, the arm. Brawn'y, a. Having large, strong muscles. Bray, v. t. [-id; -ing.] [Icel. brhka, to break, A.-S. bracan , to rub.] To pound or grind small.— v.i. [Fr. braire.] To utter a harsh cry, as an ass. — n. Harsh sound of an ass. Bray'er, n. One who brays like an ass. — n. [From bray, to grind.] An instrument for mixing or spreading ink. Braze, v. t. [From Jrass.] 1. To solder with an alloy of brass and zinc. 2. To harden to impudence. Bra'ZEN (bra'zn), a. 1. Pertaining to, or made of, brass. 2. Impudent. — v. i. To be impudent. BRA'Z.EN-FA^.ED (-fast), a. Impu¬ dent ; shameless. [manner. Bra'zfn-ly, adv. In an impudent Bra'zier (bra/zher), n. [See Bra¬ sier.] 1. An artificer who works in brass. 2. A pan to hold coals. BREACH, n. [A.-S. brire, bryce. See Break.] 1. Act of breaking. 2. Opening made by breaking. 3. In¬ fraction, as of a law. 4. A breaking up of amicable relations. Syn.— Rent; cleft; chasm; break; difference; misunderstanding. — v.t. To make a breach in the walls of. Breach'y, a. Apt to break fences ; — applied to unruly cattle. BrEad, n. [A.-S.] 1. Food made of flour or meal. 2. Provisions in gen¬ eral. [bread is made. Br£ ad'—corn, n. Grain of which Breadth (108), n. [A.-S. brddo, braed, from breed, broad.] Distance from side to side ; width. Break, v. t. [imp. broke (brake, obs.)\ p. p. BROKE or BROKEN.] [A.-S. & Goth, brikan.) 1. (a.) To strain apart; and (Fig.) to disclose. (b.) To violate, (c.) To interrupt; to terminate. 2. To dash to pieces. 3. (a.) To bruise, (b.) To weaken, impair, or subdue. (Fig.) To im. part cautiously, (c.) To make bank¬ rupt. (d. ) To cashier. — v.i. 1. To come to pieces. 2. To open spon¬ taneously. 3. To appear ; to dawn. 4. To burst forth violently. 5. To fail in business.— n. 1. An open¬ ing. 2. Interruption. 3. The dawn. Break'aGe (45), n. 1. A breaking. 2. Allowance for things broken. Break'er, n. 1. One who, or that which, breaks. 2. pi. Waves break¬ ing into foam against the shore, Sec. Break'fast (brek'fast), n. The first meal in the day. — v. i. [-ED ; -ing.] To eat the first meal in the morning. Break'wa-ter, n. Any structure to break the force of waves. Bream, v. t. To burn filth, as grass, seaweed, &c., off from. Breast, n. [A.-S. breost. The root is A.-S. berstan, Eng. burst.] 1. Fore part of the body next below the neck. 2. The glands, in females, in which milk is secreted. 3. Seat of consciousness, the affections, Sec. ; the heart. — v. t. To meet with the breast, or manfully. Breast'-bone, n. Bone of the breast to which ribs are attached. Breast'knot (-not), n. A knot of ribbons worn on the breast. Breast 'PIN, n. A pin worn for orna¬ ment on the breast. Breast'plate, n. 1. Armor worn upon the breast. 2. A strap that runs across a horse’s breast. Breast'-plow, In. A kind of Breast'-plough, ) plow, driven by the breast, for cutting turf. Breast'work (-work), n. A defen¬ sive earthwork breast-high. Breath, n. [A.-S. brsedh.] 1. Air respired. 2. Act or power of breath¬ ing. 3. Time to breathe ; respite. 4. A single respiration or act; an in¬ stant. 5. A slight breeze. Breath'a-ble, a. Capable of being breathed. Breathe, v. i. [-ed;-ing.] 1. To respire ; hence, to live. 2. To take breath ; to rest. 3. To pass, as air ; to exhale ; to emanate. — v. t. 1. To respire. 2. To utter softly. 3. To emit, as breath. 4. To suffer to take breath. 5. To put out of breath. Breath'ing, n. 1. Respiration. 2. Aspiration. 3. Vent. Breath'less, a. 1. Out of breath. 2. Dead; expired. BrEath'less-ness, n. State of be¬ ing breathless. Breccia (bret'cha), n. [It.] A party- colored rock composed of angular fragments, united by a cement. Breech, n. [See Breeches.] 1. Lower part of the body behind. 2. Hinder part of any thing. BREECH'Eg (bnch'ez), n. pi. [A.-S A, E . i, o,V,Y,long; X,E,I, 6, u, 5, short; care, far, ask, all, wh^t ; £re, VEIL, t£rm; PIQUE, fIrm ; s6n. BREECHING brec, brxe, Lat. bracse, braccx.] A garment worn by men, covering the hips and thighs. ' BREECH'ING (brict^ing), n. Part of a harness round a horse’s breech. Breech'-load'ING, a. Receiving the charge at the breech instead of the muzzle. Breed, v. t. [imp. & p. p. bred.] [A.-S. bredan.] 1. To procreate ; to beget. 2. To bring up. 3. To in¬ struct. 4. To produce.— v. i. To bear and nourish young. — n. 1. A race from the same stock. 2. Off¬ spring ; progeny. Breed'er, n. One who breeds. Breed'isg, n. 1. Formation of man¬ ners. 2. Deportment or behavior. Breeze, n. A light wind. — v. i. To blow gently. [winds. Breez'Y, a. Fanned with gentle Brent, n. A brant, or brand-goose. Breth'ren (152), n. ; pi. of Brother. Breve, n. [Lat. brevis , short.] 1. ( Mas .) A note, equivalent to | [ two semibreves. 2. A curved 1 1 mark [—] to indicate the short quan¬ tity or sound of a vowel. Bre-vet', n. [Fr.] A commission entitling the officer to take rank above his actual rank or pay. — v. t. To confer rank or title upon by bre¬ vet. — a. Taking rank by brevet. BRE'VI-A-RY, n. [Lat. breviarium, fr. brevis, short.] 1. An abridgment ; a compend ; a summary. 2. A book containing the daily service of the Roman Catholic or Greek church. BRE-vier', n. [Prob. from being orig. used in printing a breviary .] A small kind of printing type. $1?” This type is brevier. BrEv'I-ty, n. [Lat. brevitas , from brevis, short.] 1. Shortness of dura¬ tion. 2. Conciseness. Brew (brij), v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [A.-S. breovan, allied to Gr. pvyeiv, to roast, fry, broil.] 1. To boil or seethe. 2. To prepare from malt or other materials, by steeping, boil¬ ing, and fermentation. 3. To plot. — v. i 1. To carry on brewing. 2. To be forming, or gathering. BREW'AGE (briff-), n. Malt liquor. BREW'ER (briber), n. One who brews. Bre\V'er-Y ) (brq'-), n. A house Brew'-house j where brewing is carried on. Brewing (bribing), n. 1. Prepar¬ ation of liquors from malt and hops &c. 2. Quantity brewed at once. Brew'IS (brij'is), n. [A.-S., from breo¬ van, Eng. brew.] Bread soaked in gravy, or in water and butter. Bribe, n. [Fr. bribe, a hunch of bread, leavings of meals generally given to a beggar.] 1. A gift intended to cor¬ rupt. 2. That which seduces. — v. t. [-ED ; -ing.] 1. To corrupt by gifts. 2. To gain by a bribe. BrTb'er, n. One who bribes. Brib'Er-y, n. Act of bribing. BrIck, n. [Armor, priek, clayey, pri, clay.] 1. Clay and sand, tempered 47 with water, molded into regular forms,and dried or burnt. 2. Bricks collectively.— v.t. [-ed ; -ING.] To lay or pave with bricks. Brick'bat, n. A fragment of a brick. BrIck'-kIln (-kll), n. A kiln, in which bricks are burnt. BrIck'-lay'er, n. One who builds with bricks. Brick'-work (-wurk), n. A struct¬ ure of bricks. BrId'al, a. Belonging to a bride ; nuptial; connubial. — n. Nuptial festival; marriage. Bride, n. [A.-S. bryd, Skr. praudhh. Cf. Skr. pri, to love.] 1. A woman recently married. 2. A woman con¬ tracted to be married. [wedding. Bride'—cake, n. Cake for guests at a Bride'groom, n. [A.-S . brydguma, fr. bryd, bride, and guma, man.] A man newly married, or about to be married. Bride'-maid, 1 n. A woman who at- Brides'-maid, ] tends on a bride. Bride'-man, In. A man who at- BRiDEg'-MAN, | tends upon a bride¬ groom and bride. Bride'well, n. A house of correc¬ tion ;— from a workhouse near St. Bride's well, in London. BrIdge, n. [A.-S. brycg, brig.] 1. A structure on which to pas3 over a watercourse, ravine, See. 2. Some¬ thing analogous to a bridge. — v.t. [-ED ; -ING.] To build a bridge over. Bri'dle , n. [A.-S. bridcl.] 1. An in¬ strument to govern and restrain a horse. 2. A restraint; a check. — v.t. [-ed; -ing.] 1. To put a bridle upon. 2. To restrain. Bri'dle-path, ) n. A path for Bri'dle-way, ) horsemen. Bri-DOON', n. [Fr. bridon, fr. bride.] Snaffle and rein of a military bridle, acting independently of the bit. BRIEF, a. [Lat. brevis, short.] 1. Short in duration. 2. Short in ex- ' pression; using few words. _Syn.— Short; limited; concise; suc¬ cinct; summary; laconic. — n. 1. An epitome ; a concise writ¬ ing. 2. Abridgment of a client’s case. 3. A writ summoning a man to answer to any action. Brief'less, a. Having no brief; without clients. Brief'ly, adv. Concisely. Briefness, n. Conciseness. Bri'er, n. [A.-S. brier, br£r.] A prickly plant or shrub. Bri'er-Y, a. Full of briers ; rough. Brig, n. [Abbrev. . of brigantine.] A /ik l vessel with two Brigade', n. [Orig. a contend- \ ing troop, fr. 0. Fr. brigue , trou- Brig, ble, quarrel.] A division of troops, commanded by a general officer, or brigadier.— v.t. [-ed; -ing.] To form into brigades. BRISTLE Brig'a-dier'-6En'er-al, n. The officer who commands a brigade. Brig'and, n. [W. brigant, summit, highlander, plunderer.] A robber ; a freebooter. [plunder. Brig'and-age, n. Theft; robbery; Brig'an-tine , n. [Fr. brigantin, orig. a piratical vessel.] A kind of small brig. BrIght (brTt), a. [A.-S. beorht, bnht ,• Skr. bhradsh, to shine.] 1. Shedding much light. 2. Having qualities that render conspicuous or attrac¬ tive. 3. Having a clear, quick in¬ tellect. Syn. —Shining ; luminous; resplen¬ dent; effulgent; radiant. Bright'jEN (brlt'n), v. t. [-ed ;-ing.] 1. To make bright. 2. To make il¬ lustrious. 3. To shed light upon. 4. To make acute. — v. i. To grow bright, or more bright. Bright'ly (brlt'-), adv. Splendidly. Brightness (brlt'-), n. 1. Quality of being bright. 2. Acuteness. Brill'iance, [n. Great brightness; Brill'ian-cy, I splendor. Brill'IANT (brll'yant), a. [Fr. bril- lant, p. pr. of briller, to shine or sparkle.] 1. Sparkling with luster. 2. Splendid; shining. — n. A dia¬ mond of the finest cut. Brile'iant-ly, adv. In a brilliant manner. Brim, n. [A.-S. brymme.] Him, or border, of any thing. — v. i. To be full to the brim. [pletely full. Brim'ful, a. Full to the top; com- Brim'mer, n. A bowl full to the top. Brim'ming, a. Full to the brim. Brim'st5ne, 71. [A.-S. bryne , fire, and stone.] Sulphur. Brin'ded, a. [Equiv. to branded.] Having different colors ; variegated. Brin'dle , n. [A dim. form of brind , the root of brind ed.] State of being brinded. [variegated. Brin'dled (brfn'dld), a. Spotted; Brine, n. [A.-S. bryne, fr. brinnan, byrnan , to burn.] 1. Water im¬ pregnated with salt. 2. The ocean or sea. 3. Tears. Br.ine'-pXn, n. A pit of salt-water, for evaporation. Bring, v. t. [imp. & p. p. brought.] [A.-S. bringan.] 1. To convey; to fetch. 2. To make to come. 3. To induce ; to influence. [salt. Brin'isii, a. Like brine; somewhat Brink (82), n. [Icel. bringr, hillock, AV. bryncyn .] Edge or border of a steep place ; verge. BrIn'y, a. Pertaining to brine ; salt. Brisk, a. [W. brysg, fr. brys, haste.] 1. Full of liveliness and activity. 2. Effervescing, as liquors. BRISK'ET, n. [W. brysced.] That part of the breast of an animal that lies next to the ribs. Brisk'ly, adv. In a brisk manner. Brisk'ness, n. Quality of being brisk. BrIs'tle (bris'l), n. [A.-S. bristl.] A short, stiff, coarse hair. — v. t. [-ED; -ing.] To erect the bristles of. — v. i. To stand erect, like bristles. OR, do, WQLF, too, TOOK; Crn, RUE, PVL.L ; E, I, o, silent; 9 , 6 , soft; €,&,hard; A£; EJIST ; N as kg; this. ------—---- - ------—----------- t BRISTLY BrIs'tly (bris'ly), a. Thick set with bristles ; rough. Bri-tXn'ni-a, n. A compound of tin, antimony, bismuth, and copper. BRIT'ISH, a. Pertaining to Great Britain or its inhabitants. BRIT'TLE (brlt'tl), a. [A.-S. bryltnn, to break.] Easily broken; apt to break ; fragile. Brit'tle-ness, n. Fragility. Broach, n. [Fr. broche , spit, It. brocca.] A tool for smoothing or en¬ larging holes in metal. — v. t. [-ed ; -ING.] 1. To pierce, as with a spit. 2. To tap ; to pierce, as a cask. 3. To make public. [who broaches. Broacii'er, n. 1. A spit. 2. One Broad (brawd), a. [-er; -est.] [A.’-S. brad.] 1. Wide; extended from side to side. 2. Diffused. 3. Having a large measure of any thing or quality. Syn.—A mple; extensive; comprehen¬ sive; vulgar; coarse. Broad'-Xx, ) n. An ax with a Broad'-Xxe, j broad edge, for hew¬ ing timber. Broadcast, n. A casting seed from the hand in sowing. — adv. By scat¬ tering at large from the hand. — a. 1. Dispersed upon the ground with the hand. 2. Widely diffused. Broadcloth, n. Afinekindof wool¬ en cloth more than 29 inches wide. Broad'JEN, v. i. To grow broad. — v. t. To make broad. Broad'ly, adv. In a broad manner. Broad'ness, n. Quality of being broad; breadth. Broad'-pie^e, n. A piece of gold coin broader than a guinea; in the reigns of .Tames I. and Charles I. a 20s. piece. [country or state. Broad'-seal, n. Public seal of a Broad'side, n. 1. A discharge of all the guns on one side of a ship at once. 2. The side of a ship above the water. 3. A sheet of paper printed on one side only. Broad's word (-sord), n. A sword with a broad blade. Bro-cade', n. [It. broccare, to figure, to stitch.] Silk or other stuff, varie¬ gated with goid and silver, or en¬ riched with flowers, &c. BRO-CAD'ed, a. Woven as brocade. »«*■■«- Bro'ea-tel', n. [Sp.] A kind of coarse brocade, commonly made of silk and cotton. Br5€'€0-li, «. [It., pi. of broccolo, cabbage sprout.] A variety of the common cabbage. Brochure (bro-shpr'), n. [Fr., fr. brocket , to stitch.] A pamphlet. Brock, n. [A.-S. broc.] A badger. Bro'gan, or Bro-gXn', n. A stout, coarse shoe. Brogue (brog), n. [Ir. & Gael, brog.] 1. A stout, coarse shoe. 2. A cor¬ rupt manner of pronunciation. Broil., n. [Of Celtic origin.] A noisy quarrel. Syn. — Affray; tumult; altercation. 48 — v.t. [-ED ; -ing.] To dress or cook over coals. — v. i. To be sub¬ jected to the action of heat. Broil'er, n. 1. One who excites broils. 2. A gridiron. Broke (20), imp. & p. p. of Break. Brok'en (brok/n, 20), p. a. [From break.] 1. Parted by violence. 2. Made weak ; infirm. 3. Subdued ; contrite. Brok'en-heart'ed, a. Crushed by grief or despair. Brok'en-ly, adv. In a broken, in¬ terrupted manner. Brok'en-wind'ed, a. Having short breath, as a horse. Bro'ker, n. One who transacts busi¬ ness for another for a certain com¬ pensation. Bro'ker-age, n. 1. Business of a broker. 2. Fee or commission for transacting business as a broker. Bro'mA, n. [Gr. /3pw/txa, food.] A chocolate preparation from the seeds of the cocoa. Bro'mine, n. [Gr. /3pco/u.os, bad smell.] One of the elements, related in its chemical qualities to chlorine and iodine. EruN'CHI, 'jn.pl. [Gr./3poyxia, Bruiv'eiii-a, | /Spoyxos, windpipe.] Br bN'e.iii-Ai ,) The ramifications of the windpipe in the lungs. Bron'ehi-AL j (82), a. Belonging to Bron'ehic j the bronchise, or ramifications of the windpipe. Bron-chP TIS, n. Inflammation of any part of the bronchial mem¬ brane. Bron'eho-^ele, n. [Gr. /3poyxo;, windpipe, and kijAij, tumor.] A mor¬ bid enlargement of the thyroid gland : goiter. Bron-EHoT'O-MY, n. [Gr. jSpoyxos, windpipe, and to/ui), a cutting.] An incision into the windpipe. Bronze (brdnz or bronz), n. [Prob. fr. It. bruno, brown.] 1. An alloy of copper with tin. 2. A work or art cast in bronze. 3. A brown color. — v.t [-ED ; -ING.) 1. To give the appearance or bronze. 2. To maxe hard or unfeeling. Brooch, n. [See Broach.] A bosom-pin. Brood, r. i. [-ed ; -ing.] [A.-S. brGd. See Breed.] 1. To sit on and cover eggs or young, as a fowl. 2. To remain in anxious thought; to muse. — v.t. To sit over, cover, and cherish. — n. 1. Offspring; progeny. 2. That w T hich is bred or produced. Bro~ok (27), n. [A.-S. brCc.] Asmall natural stream. — v. t. [A.-S. brfocan , to eat, enjoy, use, bear.] To endure ; to be contented with. Broom (28), n. [A.-S. brfcn.] 1. A genus of plants. 2. A brush with a long handle, for sweeping floors, &c. Brooji'-corn, n. A plant bearing a head of which brooms are made. Broom'stTck, n. Handle of a broom. Broom'y, a. Full of broom ; con¬ sisting of broom. Broth (21), n. [A.-S. brodh , from BRUSH breovan , to brew.] Liquor in which flesh is boiled. ' Broth'el, n. [A form of bordel, orig. a little hut.] A house of ill-fame. Broth'er (bruth'er, 152), n. [A.-S. brGdhor, brOdliur.] 1. He who is born of the same father and mother. 2. One closely united to another by some common tie. 3. One who re¬ sembles another. Broth'er-ho'od (27), n. 1. Stateof being a brother. 2. An association ; a fraternity. 3. A class of individu¬ als of the same profession. Broth'er-in-law, ?i. Brother of a husband or wife; also, a sister’s husband. Broth'er-ly, a. Pertaining to brothers ; kir.d ; affectionate. i Brow, n. [A.-S. brav, brtiva , Skr. ; bhrb.] 1. The ridge and hair over the eye 2. The forehead. 3. Edge of a steep place. BROW'BEAT, V. t. [imp. BROWBEAT ; p. p. BROWBEATEN.] To bear down with haughty, stern looks or arrogant assertions. Brown, n. A dark color inclining to red or yellow. — a. [-ER ; -EST.] [A.-S. brbn. The root is A.-S. beorn- an , byrnan, Eng. burn.] Of a dark color, inclining to red or yellow. — v.t. [-ED ; -ING.] To make brown. Brown'-stout, n. A superior kind of porter. Brown'-stud'y, n. Mental abstrac¬ tion ; reverie. BROWgE, v. t. To eat off, as the ends of branches, &c. — v. i. [-ED; -ING.] To feed on the tender branch¬ es of shrubs or trees. Browse (browss), n. [0. H. Ger. broz , prozzen, to sprout.] Tender branches of trees and shrubs, fit for the food of cattle. Bru'IN, n. [D. bruin , brown, from 1 his color.] A bear. BRUIgE (32), v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [A.-S. brysan.] To injure or crush, as by collision ; to contuse ; to reduce to fragments.— n. An injury to the \ flesh of animals, to plants, tic. ; a contusion. BRUig'ER, n. A boxer. Bruit (brt]t),n. [Fr.; W. brud, brwlh.] Report; rumor; fame.— v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To noise abroad Bru'MAL (32), a. [Lat. brumalis, fr. b'ruma, winter.] Belonging to winter. Bru-Nette', n. [Fr., brownish.] A woman with a dark complexion. Brunt, n. [A.-S. bront, boiling, foam-, ing, raging.] 1. Utmost violence of an onset. 2. Force of a blow ; shock. 3. A sudden effort. BrBsh, n. [0. II. Ger. brusta, bursta , burst, bristle.] 1. An instrument of bristles, &c., for various purposes. 2. Branches of trees lopped off. 3. A thicket or coppice. 4. A skirmish. — v.t. [-ed ; -ing.] 1. To apply a brush to. 2. To pass lightly over. 3. To remove or gather by brush¬ ing.— v.i. 1. To move nimbly. 2. To move over with a slight contact. X, E, 1, o,u, Y, long ; X,E,I, 5, 0, Y, short; cAre, far, Ask, ^LL, WH.A.T; £re, veil, t£rm; pique, fTrm; s6n, 49 BULGE water or , foppish. for drawing or carrying other liquids. [gay BiJCK'lSH , a. Pertaining to a buck , Buck/le (bukfl), n. [Lat. buccula , dim. of bucca, cheek.] An instru¬ ment attached to a strap. — v. t. [-ed; -ING.] 1. To fasten with a buckle. 2. To prepare for action. — v.i. 1. To bend; to how. 2. To struggle. [of shield. Buck'ler, n. [See Buckle.] A kind Buck'-mAst, n. [For beech-mast .] Fruit of the beech-tree. Buck/RAM, n. [Fr. bougran, fr. bou- racan, &c., by transposing the r .] A coarse linen cloth, stiffened with glue. Bucic'skIn, n. 1. Leather of a buck. 2. pi. Breeches made of buckskin. Buck'thorn. n. A genus of plants. Buck'wheat, n. [Scot, buck, beech, and wheat.] A plant, the seed of which is used as a grain. Bu-COL'l-e, 1 a. [Gr. |8ov/coAt/cos, BU-€OL'l€-AL, i fr. jSowcoAo?, cow¬ herd, herdsman.] Relating to shep¬ herds ; pastoral; rustic. — n. A pas¬ toral poem. BOd, n. [H. Ger. a fruit, butze, blitz, core of , bud.] An undeveloped branch or flower.— v. i. [-ded; -ding.] 1. To put forth buds. 2. To begin to grow, as a horn. 3. To be in bloom. — v. t. To insert, as the bud of a plant, under the bark of another tree, to raise a different fruit. Bub'dhLjm (bdodGzm), n. The doc¬ trine taught by the Hindoo sage, sur- named Buddha, in the 6th century B. c. [of Buddhism. Bud'dhist (bdbdffst), n. A votary Bud'diiist, 1 a. Relating to, or Bud-dhist'ie, | connected with, Buddhism, or its founder. Bude'-light (-lit), n. [From Bude, the residence of the inventor.] An intense white light, produced by burning purified coal-gas in a lamp of peculiar construction. Budge, v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Fr. bou- ger, to stir ; move.] To move off; to stir. — n. [Lat. bulga, a leathern bag or knapsack.] Lamb-skin fur. BDdg'et, n. [See Budge, n.] 1. A sack, with its contents; hence, a stock or store. 2. Annual financial statement made in the House of Commons. Bud'let, ». A little bud or shoot. Buff, n. [Fr. bueuf , beef.] 1. A sort of leather, prepared in oil. 2. A color between light pink and light yellow. BOff, a. 1. Made of buff leather. 2. Between light pink and light yellow. BlJF'FA-LO, n.j pi. BIJF'FA-LOEg. [Gr. /3ov/3aAo9, a wild ox.] 1. A kind of wild ox found in countries of buffalo , prepared bison, or so-called with the hair on. Buf'fer, n. A cush¬ ion, or apparatus, to deaden concussion. Buffer. BDf'FET, n. [Fr. buffet , It. buffetto, orig. a wineskin, and then a table where wine in skins was placed and sold.] 1. A cupboard or sideboard at one side of a room. 2. [0. Fr., fr. buffe, blow.] 3. A blow with the hand ; a cuff. 4, Violent force or re¬ sistance.— v. t. [-ED ; -ing.] 1. To box; to beat; to cuff. 2. To con¬ tend against. [actor in an opera. Buf'fo, n. [It. See infra.] The comic Buf-foon', ji. [It. buff one, buffo.] A. droll; a harlequin ; a clown. Buf-fgon'er-y, n. Low jests ; vul¬ gar tricks and postures. BuFF'Y, a. Resembling buff. BfjG, n. [Cf. W. bwg , hobgoblin, scare- An insect of many species. n. [W. bwg, bwgan , BRUSH-WOOD BrOsii'-wood, n. 1. A thicket. 2. Small branches cut from trees. Britsh'Y, a Resembling a brush. Bru'TAL (32), a. 1. Pertaining to a brute. 2. Savage; inhuman. Bru-tal'i-ty, n. Inhumanity ; savageness.; cruelty. Bru'tal-IZE, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To make brutal. [ner ; cruelly. Bru'tal-ly, adv. In a brutal man- Brute (32), a. [Lat. brutus.] 1. Sense¬ less ; unconscious. 2. Irrational. 3. Unintelligent; animal. 4. Bestial. — n. 1. A beast; an animal desti¬ tute of reason. 2. A low-bred, un¬ feeling person. BRU'TI-FY, v. t. [Lat. brutus , brute, and face re, to make.] [-ied; -ing, 142.] To make a brute of. Bru'TISII, a. Pertaining to, or resem¬ bling, a brute. Syn. — Ignorant; insensible; stupid; savage; cruel; brutal. Bru'TISH-LY, adv. In the manner of a brute. [tality. Bru'tish-ness, n. Stupidity ; bru- Lru'TI^M, n. Nature or characteristic qualities of a brute. BRY'O-NY, n. [Gr. fipvinvia..] A genus of climbing plants. BtJB'BLE, n. [D. bobbel.] 1. A small vesicle of water or other fluid inflated with air. 2. Any thing that wants solidity; a delusive scheme.— v. i. |-ED ; -ING.] 1. To rise in bubbles. 2. To run with a gurgling noise. — v. t. To impose on. BfJB'BLY, a. Abounding in bubbles. HDB'BY,ra. A woman’s breast. BU'BO ,n.;pl. BU'BOES. [Gr. /3ovj3dSv.] 1. The groin. 2. An inflammation, with enlargement, of a gland in the groin. Bu-bon'0-y, writing.] Bad spelling or writing. [ing. Ga-€oph'o-nous, a. Harsh-sound- G’A-OOPH'O-NY, n. [Gr. xaxo<]>«vux., fr. xaxos, bad, and uivrj, sound.] A disagreeable sound of words. 2. A bad voice. GXo'tus,, n.; pi. -eAC'TUs-Eg, or cac'tT. [Gr. xaxros, a prickly plant.] A genus of tropical Ameri¬ can plants. GAd, n. [Abbrev. of cadet.] One who stands at the door of an omnibus to open and shut it, &c. Ga-dav'ER-ous, a. [Lat. cadavero- sus, fr. cadaver, a corpse.] Resem¬ bling a corpse ; pale ; wan ; ghastly. Gad'DI^E, ) n. The larva of the cad- ~!ad'dis, ) dice-fly. Gad'dice-fly, n. A species of in¬ sect, frequenting marshy places. Gad'dy,m. [Dim. of cade, cask.] A small box for tea. [or cask. Gade, n. [Gr. xa6os,jar.] A barrel Ga'den^e, n. [L. Lat. cadentia , fr. Lat. cadere, to fall.] 1. A fall of the voice in reading or speaking. 2. A uniform time and pace in marching. Ga-det', n. [0. Fr. capdet , as if from N. Lat. capitettum, dim. of caput , head, top.] A young man in a mili¬ tary school. Ca'dJ, n. ; pi. EA'Drg. [Turk.] The judge of a town or village among the Turks. [zinc. GXd'mi-um, n. A metal related to €A-HU’pE-us, n. [Lat.] Mercury’s rod or w T and. GA-DU' 91 -TY, n. [L. Lat. caducitas, from Lat. cadu - cms.] Tendency to fall. Ga-du'GOUS, a. [Lat. cadu- cus, from cadere, to fall.] Falling off quickly or early. QjE-§u'ra, or (]je-su'rA, n.; Eng. pi. ^jE-gU'RAg [or -su'-) ; Lat. pi. fJE- £ V'RJE. [Lat. , from cat- CaduceU8 . dere, ciesum, to cut off.] A pause or division in a verse. ^JE-gu'RAL , or QjE-su'ral, a . Per¬ taining to the caesura. Cafe (kSf'a), n. [Fr. gee Coffee.] A coffee-house. Gaf-fe'IG. a. [gee COFFEE.] Per¬ taining to, or obtained from, coffee. Gaf-fe'Ine, n. A white, bitter sub¬ stance, obtained from coffee. [keg. GXg, n. [Icel. kaggi.] A small cask ; a GaGe, n . [Lat. cavea, cavity.] A box A, E, I, O, U, Y, long / A, ft, I, 6, ft, ft, short; cAre, fXr, ASK, ALL, what ; £re, veil, t£rm; pique, fTrm; son, CAIMAN CALL or inclosure for confining birds or other animals.— v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To confine in a cage. Gagman, n. See Cayman. Ga'ique,' or Ga-IQUE', n. [Turk. qaiq, boat.] A kind of Turkish skiff or light boat. ■Cairn, n. [W. cam , heap.] A round¬ ed or conical pile of stones. Cais'son, n. [Fr., from caisse, case, chest.] A chest containing ammu¬ nition. Gai'tiff, n. [Lat. captivus , captive, fr. capere, to take.] A mean, despi¬ cable person. Caj'e-put, n. [Of Malayan origin, fr. k&yil, tree, and putih , white.] An essential oil from the East Indies. Ca-JOLE', v. t. [-E D; -ING.] [Fr. cajoler, to flatter, orig. to allure one into a cage like a bird, fr. geGle, dim. of cage.] To deceive by flattery. Syn. — To flatter ; wheedle ; deceive; delude; coax; entrap. Ga-jol'er, n. One who cajoles; a flatterer ; a wheedler. Ca-JOI/er-y, n. A wheedling ; coax¬ ing language : flattery. Cake, n. [From Lat. coqdere , to cook, bake.] 1. A composition of flour, butter, sugar, &c., baked in a small mass. 2. Any mass of matter flat and concrete. — v. t. To form into a cake, or mass.— v. i. [-ed ; -ING.] To concrete or form into a hard mass. Cal'A-bash, n. [Ar. garah , f., a kind of gourd , and aibas, f. aibasah, dry, i. e., a dry gourd scooped out.] 1. Fruit of the calabash-tree. 2. A vessel made from the gourd, or the gourd itself. Cal'a-boose', n. [A corruption of Sp. calabozo, dungeon.] A prison ; a jail. Gal'A-Man'go (82), n. [L. Lat. cal- amancus, camelaucus , a head cover¬ ing made of canieFs hair, whence the name.] A woolen stuff, of a fine gloss, and either ribbed or plain. CalLa-mif'er-oBs, a. [Lat. calamus, reed, and ferre , to bear.] Producing reeds; reedy. Gal'a-MINE, n. [Lat. cadmia, d having been, as it often is, changed into £.] The silicate of zinc. Ga-LAM'I-toBs, a. 1. Suffering ca¬ lamity; miserable. 2. Producing calamity ; making wretched. Syn.— Deplorable; distressful; af¬ flictive; wretched; sad; grievous; bale¬ ful; disastrous; adverse ; unhappy. Ca-lam'i-toBs-ness, a. Wretched¬ ness ; distress. Ga-lXm'i-ty, n. [Lat. calamitas, orig. injury of crops, fr. calamus, reed, straw of grain.] Any great mis¬ fortune or cause of misery. Syn. — Disaster; misfortune; mishap; mischance. — Calamity is either private or public, and is a somewhat continu¬ ous state ; disaster (lit., ill-starred) is a sudden and distressing event or stroke, ns if from some hostile planet. Misfor¬ tune, mishap, mischance, are words which diminish in force according to the order in which they stand. 53 Eal'a-mus, n. ; pi. cal'a-mi. [Gr. KaAajaos.] The Indian cane; a plant of the palm family. €a-lash', n. [Of Slavonic origin.] 1. A light carriage having a top that can be raised or lowered. 2. Top of a carriage which can be thrown back at pleasure. 3. A kind of hood. Gal-ga'RE-ous, a. [Lat. calx, lime.] Of the nature of limestone. Gal'^e-a'ted, a. [Lat. calceatus.] from calceus, shoe.] Wearing shoes. -Cae-^If'er-oOs, a. [Lat. calx, lime, and ferre, to bear.] Containing car¬ bonate of lime. GXl'CI-form, a. [Lat. calx, lime, and forma, form.] In the form of chalk or lime. €al-CIN'a-bee, a. Capable of being calcined. [calcining. GXl'CI-NA'tion, n. Operation of Gal-c;ine, or GXl'cine, v. t. [-ed ; -ING.] [Lat. calx, lime.] To reduce, or to be reduced to a powder, or to a friable state, by heat. €al'(;i-um, n . Metallic basis of lime. CalTu-la-ble, a. Capable of being calculated. GXL'GU-LATE, V. t. [-ED ; -ING]. [Lat. calculare, calculatus, fr, calcu¬ lus, pebble.] To ascertain by arith¬ metical or mathematical processes. — v. i. To make a calculation. Syn. — To compute ; reckon ; count ; estimate ; rate. — Calculate is generic, referring to the operation as a whole; compute relates to the obtaining of a gross sum or amount ; reckon and count to the details in so doing. GOT* In the U. S., calculate is often im¬ properly used for intend or purpose ; as, a man calculates to go a journey. ■Gal/EU-la/tion, n. Computation; reckoning. [calculation. GXl'GU-la'TIVE, a. Pertaining to GXl'gu-la / tor, n. One who com¬ putes or reckons. GXl'GU-lous, a. 1. Like stone ; grit¬ ty. 2. Affected with the gravel or stone. GXl'gu-lus, n.; pi. val'ciu-li. [Lat. See Calculate.] 1. A concre¬ tion in any part of the body; the stone in the bladder. 2. One of the branches of mathematics. Gal'dron (kawP-), n. [Lat. caldari- um, from caldus, calidus, warm, hot.] A large kettle or boiler. GXl'e-fa'cient, a. [Lat. calefacere, calefaciens.] Making warm ; heat¬ ing. — n. A substance that excites warmth in the parts to which it is applied. [or heating. GXl ; e-fXg'tion, n. Act of warming GXl'E-fXc'tIve, I a. Making warm Cal'e-fac'to-RY, ) or hot. Cal'E-FY, v. i. [Lat. calefieri, from calefacere .] To grow hot or warm. — v. t. To make warm or hot. Cal'en-dar, n. [Lat. calendarium, an interest or account book. See Calends.] I. An arrangement of the divisions of time, as days, weeks, months, &c. 2. An almanac.— v. t. To write in a calendar. I Cal'en-der, n. [A modif. of cylin¬ der.] A hot press, to make cloths, paper, &c., smooth, even, and glos¬ sy, or to give them a wavy appear¬ ance.— v. 1. [-ED ; -ING.] To pre.'js between rollers so as to make smooth, glossy, or wavy. GXl'end§, n. pi. [Lat. calendae, from calare, to call, proclaim.] First day of each month among the Romans. €al'en-ture (53), n. [From Lat. cale.re, to be warm.] A furious deliri¬ um caused by the heat of the tropi¬ cal sun at sea. Ga-les'CEN^e, n. [Lat. calescere, calescens, to grow warm.] Growing warmth. Galf (kaf), n. ; pi. galve§ (kiivz)- [A.-S. cealf] 1. Young of the cow, 2. Thick, fleshy part of the leg be J hind, below the knee. Gal'i-ber, 1 n. [Lat. qua libra, of Gal'i-bre, ) what pound or weight ?] 1. Diameter of a round body. 2. Di¬ ameter of the bore of any tube. 3- Mental capacity. Gal'i-eo, «.; pi. gXl'i-eoes. [First imported from Calicut, in the E. I.] 1. Plain white cotton cloth. [Eng.] 2. Printed cotton cloth. \Amer.] Gal'i-dugt, n. [Lat. color, heat, and ductus, lead.] A pipe used to con¬ vey heat. Ga'lif, n. See Caliph. Ga-l'i'g'i-nous, a. [Lat. caliginosus, from caligo, mist, darkness.] Dark. GXl'I-pXsh', n. Part of a turtle which belongs to the upper shell. Gal'i-pee , n. Part of a turtle which belongs to the lower shell. GAL'l-PERg, n. pi. Com¬ passes with curved legs for measuring the diameter of round bodies. Ga'liph, n. [Av.khalifah, fr. klialafa, to succeed.] One of the successors of Mohammed. Calipers. Gal'iph-ate, ) n. Office or dignity Gal'if-ate, j of a caliph. Gal'is-then'IC, a. Pertaining to calisthenics. GalHs-then'igs, n. sing. [Gr. xa- Aos, beautiful, and aOeuos, strength.] Exercise of the body and limbs, to promote strength and grace. Ga'lix, n. A cup. See Calyx. Galk (kawk), v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] 1, [Prob. fr. Fr. calfater, fr. Ar. galafa, to fill up crevices with fibers of palm- trees, or with moss.] To drive oak¬ um into the seams of, to prevent leaking. 2. [See infra.] To furnish the shoes of with sharp points ; —■ said of a horse or ox.— n. [A.-S. calc, shoe, hoof, Lat. calx, heel.] A sharp-pointed piece of iron on a shoo for a horse or an ox. [calks. Galk'er (kawk/er), n. One who Galk'ing-Pron (kawk'ing-Purn), n. An instrument like a chisel, used in calking ships. Gall, v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [Icel. kal- la, Gr. xaAetF.] 1. To invite or com¬ mand to be present; to summon; to bid. ■ 2. To name. 3. To designate, G, hard; A§; E?cist; NasNG; THIS. too, took; £trn, rue, pvll; e,i, o, silent; q,G,soft; CALLER 54 CAN as for an office, duty, &c. 4. To utter in a loud voice. — v. i. 1. To cry out. 2. To make a brief stay or visit.— n. 1. A summons or invita¬ tion. 2. Public claim or demand. 3. A short visit. €all'er, n. One who calls. GXl'li-grXph'ic, 1 a. Of, or GXl'li-grXph'ic-al, J pertaining to, caligraphy. [penman. ■Gal-i,ig'ra-phist, n. An elegant GAL-LlG'RA-PHY, 71. [Gr. KaAAiypa- <£ta, from KaAos, beautiful, and ypa- to write.] Elegant penmanship. Gall'ING, n. 1. A summons or in¬ vitation. 2. Occupation; vocation; business. [of skin. Gal-los'i-ty, n. A horny hardness GXl'lous, a. [Lat. callosus, fr. cal- lum, callus.] 1. Hardened; indu¬ rated. 2. Hardened in mind. GXl'lous-ly, adv. In a callous or hardened manner. [callous. GXl'lous-ness, ti. State of being GXl'low, a. [A.-S. calo.] Destitute of feathers; unfledged. £al'lus,71. [Lat.] 1. A preternat¬ ural hardness'of the skin. 2. New growth of bony matter between the extremities of fractured bones. Galm (kam), a. [-ER ; -est.] 1. Not stormy. 2. Undisturbed by passion. Syn.— Still; quiet; tranquil; serene. — ti. Freedom from motion or dis¬ turbance. Syn.— Tranquillity; stillness; quiet. — v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To render still or quiet. Syn. — To appease; allay; tranquillize. Galm'LY (kam'-), adv. In a calm or quiet manner. [calm. Galm'ness (kam'-), n. State of being GXl'o-MEL, ti , [Gr. tea Aos, beauti¬ ful, and (ueAcis, black, in allusion to its color.] Mild chloride of mercury. Ga-lor'IE, n. [Lat. calor , heat.] The principle of heat and combustion. GXl'O-RIF'IC, a. [Lat. calorijicus, fr. calor, heat, and facere , to make.] Causing heat; heating. GXl'o-rim'e-ter, ti. [Lat. calor , heat, and Gr. /xerpov, measure.] Ap¬ paratus formeasuring heat in bodies. GA-LOR'I-MO'TOR, n. [Lat. calor, heat, and motor , a mover.] A gal¬ vanic battery, producing powerful effects. Ga-loy'er, n. [Gr. /caAos, beautiful, and yepiov, an old man.] One of a sect of monks of the Greek church. GXl'trap, ) n. [It. GXl'trop, j cal- catreppo, calca- treppolo, star-this¬ tle, fr. calcare, to tread, and tribolo, star-thistle, steel- trap.] 1. A plant having a prickly fruit. 2. An in- Caltrop, strument with four iron points, so arranged that, three of them being on the ground, the other projects upward. Gal'u-mLt, n. [Lat. cala7nus-, reed.] A, E, !, 6, u, Y, Ion A kind of pipe, used by the Ameri¬ can Indians for smoking tobacco, and as a symbol of peace and war. Ga-LUM'NI-ATE, V. t. [-EDJ-ING.] [Lat. calumniari.] To accuse falsely and knowingly. Syn. —To asperse; slander; defame; vilify; traduce; libel. Ga-lum'ni-a'tion, n. False accu¬ sation of a crime or offense ; slauder. Ga-lum'ni-a'tor, n. One who ca¬ lumniates. Ga-lum'ni-oOs, a. Slanderous ; de¬ famatory. [ously. Ga-lum'ni-ous-ly, adv. Slander- Gal'um-NY, n. [Lat. calumnia.] False accusation of a crime or offense. Syn. — Slander; defamation; libel.— Calumny properly denotes the originat¬ ing or first uttering of such a charge; the remaining words apply to this, and also to tire circulation of the charge when originated by others. Gai/VA-RY, n. [Lat. calvarium, cal¬ varia, skull.] The place of Christ’s crucifixion. [calf. Galve (kav), v. i. To bring forth a GXl'VIN-ism, 7i. Doctrines of Calvin and his followers. [Calvinism. GXl'VIN-ist, 7i. One who adheres to GXl'VINIST'IC, [ a. Pertaining GXl'vin-Ist'I€-al, j to Calvin, or to his opinions in theology. Galx, 7i. ; JEng.pl. cXlx'e§ ; Lat. pi. -CAL.'pEg. [Lat. calx, limestone.] Earthy residuum remaining after the calcination of a metal or mineral. Ca'lyx, 7i.; Eng. pi. ca'- lyx-es ; Lat. pi. cal'- Y-fEg. [Gr. KaAv£, fr. KaAvVretv, to cover.] The outer covering, or leaf- like envelope of a flower. Gam, n. [W. ca7n, crook¬ ed, bent.] A projecting part of a wheel or other moving piece, to produce Calyx, an alternating or variable motion. GXm'ber, 7i. [Lat. ca7nera , vault, arch.] A convexity on the top of a beam, or of an aperture. GXm'bist, 7i. [Lat. cambire, to ex¬ change.] A banker. Gam-boose', n. See Caboose. Gam'bric, n. [From Cambraij, in Flanders, where it was first made.] A fine, white fabric of flax, linen, or cotton. Game, imp. of Come. GXm'el, n. [Gr. Kdp-rjAos, Hebrew gamal.] 1. A large ruminant quadru¬ ped of Asia and Africa. 2. A con¬ trivance for lifting ships over shoals. Camel. Ga-mEl'o-pard, or GXm'el-o- PARD', n. [Gr. Kap.ri\onap8a\L<;, fr. Kap.r]\o<;, a camel, and 7rap8aAt?, pard, leopard ; so named because he has a neck and head like a camel, and is spotted like a pard.] A rumin¬ ant quadruped, inhabiting the deserts of Africa; the giraffe. GXm'E-o (147), n. [It., from Lat . ge7n- ma, gem, jewel.] A precious stone, or a shell, carved in relief. GXm'e-ra, 7i. [Lat.] 1. An arched or vaulted roof. 2. Form of the came¬ ra obscura used by photographers. GXm'e-ra-lis'tics, 7i. sing. [Lat. camera, vault, arch, Low Lat. treas¬ ury.] Science of finance or public revenue. Eam'e-ra Ob-S€V'ra. [Lat., lit. dark chamber.] An apparatus in which the images of external objects are thrown upon a white surface placed on the focus of the glass with¬ in a darkened chamber or box. GXm'I-sade', ( 7i. [0. Fr. camise, GXm'i-sa'do, j shirt.] An attack by surprise at night. Gam'let, 7i. A stuff originally made of camel's hair, now r frequently of hair and silk, or of wool and thread. GXm'O-MILE, n. [Gr. xajuai'-jUTjAov, strictly earth-apple.] A bitter plant used in medicine. Gamp, 7i. [Lat. campus.] 1. Ground on which tents, huts, &c., are erect¬ ed for shelter. 2. Arrangement of such tents, huts, &c. 3. Whole company encamped in the same spot. — v.i. To rest or lodge; to pitch tents, &c. Gam-paign' (-pun'), n. [Lat. Cam¬ pania, the country about Naples, so called from its being level (rampes- tris).] 1. A large, open plain. 2. Time that an army keeps the field. — v. i. To serve in a campaign. Gam-PAIGN'er (-pan'-), n. An old soldier; a veteran. Gam-pXn'i-form, a. [Low Lat. cam- pana, bell, and forma, form.] In the shape of a bell. GXm'pa-nol'o-gy, n. [Low Lat. campana, bell, and Gr. Aoyov, dis¬ course.] Art of ringing bells. Gam-pan'u-late (45), a. [Low Lat. campanula, dim. of campaiia, bell.] Bell-shaped. Gam-pes'tral, 1 a. [Lat. caitipes- Gam-pes'tri-an, I ter, campestris, from campus, field.] Pertaining to a field, or open ground. Gam-phene', «. [A contraction of camphogen.] Pure oil of turpentine. Gam'phor, n. [Ar. & Per. kafrtl, Skr. karpbra.] The solidified sap of an East Indian tree. GXm'phor-ate, v. t. To impregnate with camphor. [phor. Gam-phorTg, a. Pertaining to cam- GXmp'-stool, n. A stool with cross¬ legs to fold up. GXn, n. [Lat. caima, reed, a small vessel, Gr. Kavva.] A metal cup or vessel for liquors.— v. i. [imp. COULD.] [A.-S. cunnan, Goth. kunnan.] To be able ; to have power, either physical or moral. Syn.— Can but; can not but. — “/can but perish if I try,” means it is the ut¬ most that can befall me: “ I can not but think,” &c.. means, “I can not (morally) but do it”—that is, can not help it- This latter idea of constraint is a very common one, and should always be ex- g; X,L,I, 6, 0, y, short; cAre, far, ask, all, what; £re, veil, tIrm; pique, firm; son, CANTILEVER CANAILLE pressed by the words can not but. Can but is properly used (as above) only where we refer to the worst that can happen. CANAILLE (ka-naF or ka/na'y’), n. [Fr.,fr. Lat. cants, dog.] The rabble ; the vulgar. Ga-N.Xl', n. [Lat. canalis, fr. canna, reed, pipe.] 1. An artificial water¬ course. 2. A duct for the passage of liquids or solids. [coal. Gan'al-goal, n. See Cannel- CANARD (ka-nlir' or ka-nardQ, n. []?r., a duck, in allusion to a certain absurd story about some ducks.] An extravagant and ridiculous fabri¬ cation . Ga-na'ry-bird (18), n. A small singing-bird of the finch family, a native of the Canary Islands. GXN'CEL, V. t. [-ED.-ING ; or -LED, -LING, 137 ] [Lat. cancellare , from cancelti. dim. of cancer , lattice.] 1. To cross and deface the lines of. 2. To annul, or desfroy.— n. Suppression and reprinting of a page or more of a work, or the part thus altered. GXn'^el-la'tion, n. 1 Act of canceling. 2. Operation of striking out common factors. GXn'cer, n. [Lat.] 1. The crab. 2. A sign in the zodiac. 3. {Med.) A kind of tumor, usually terminating in an ulcer. [cancerous. GXn'cer-a'tion, n. A growing GXn'<^er-ous, a. Like, or consisting of, a cancer. Gan'de-la'brum. n. ; Lat.pl. CAN'- DE-LA'BRA ; Eng. pi. CXN'DE- la'brums. [Lat., fr. candela, can¬ dle.] A branched, highly ornamented candlestick. Can'dent, a. [Lat. candens, -entis.] Heated to whiteness. GXn'did, a. [Lat. candidus, fr. can- dere, to be of a glowing white.] Free from undue bias. Syn.— Fair; open; ingenuous; frank. — A. man is.fair when he puts things on a just or equitable footing; he is candid when he looks impartially on both sides of a subject, doing justice especially to the motives and conduct of an opponent; lie is open and frank when he declares his sentiments without reserve; he is ingenuous when he does this from a no¬ ble regard for truth. GXn'di-da-^y, n. The position of a candidate. GXn'di-date, n. [Lat. candidatus, from candidus, white, because those who sought offices in Rome were clothed in a white toga.] One who seeks, or is selected for some office. GXn'did-ly, adv. Openly; frankly. Gan'dib-ness, w. Frankness ; candor. GXn'dle, n. [Lat. candela, from can- dere, to be white.] A cylinder of tallow, wax, spermaceti, &c.,used to furnish light. [candle. GXn'dle-light (-lit), n. Light of a GXn'dle-mas(146), n. The feast of the purification of the Virgin Mary, Feb. 2: —so called from the great number of lights used on that occasion. GXn'dle-stick, n. A utensil to hold a candle. 55 GXn'dor, n. [Lat., fr. candere , to be white.] Freedom from prejudice or disguise ; fairness ; impartiality. GXn'dy, v. t. [-ED ; -ING, 142.] 1. To conserve in sugar. 2. To form into crystals, as sugar. — v. i. 1. To change into sugar. 2. To be formed into congelations or crystals.— n. [Skr. khanda, apiece, sugar in lumps, sugar-cane, treacle, fr. kliand, k/tad, to break.] A preparation of sugar or sirup. Gane, n. [Lat. canna.] 1. A plant of several species belonging to differ¬ ent genera. 2. A walking-stick ; a staff. — v. t. [-ed; -ing.] To beat with a cane. Gane '-brake, n. A thicket of canes. GA-NI€'U-LAR, a. [Lat. canicula, a little dog.] Pertaining to, or meas¬ ured by, the rising of the Dog-star. Ga-nine', a. [Lat. caninus, fr. canis , dog.] Pertaining to dogs. Canine teeth, the sharp teeth, on each side, between the incisors and grinders. GXn'IS-ter, n. [Gr. udvaarpov, from navri, Kawa, reed.] A small box or case for tea, coffee, &c. GXn'ker (82), n. [Lat. cancer.] 1. An ulcer in the mouth. 2. Any thing which corrodes, corrupts, or destroys. 3. A kind of wild, worth¬ less rose: dog-rose. 4. A caterpillar. — v.t. [-ed; -ing.] 1. To eat; corrode ; corrupt ; consume. 2. To infect or pollute. — v.i. 1. To bo or become venomous. 2. To waste away or grow rusty. [canker. GXn'ker-ous, a. Corroding like a GXn'ker-rXsh, n. A variety of the scarlet fever. GXn'ker-worm (-wfirm), n. A worm destructive to certain trees and plants. GXn'nel—GOAL, n. [A corruption of candle-coal .] A kind of hard black coal. It burns readily, with a clear, yellow flame. GXn'NI-BAL, n. [Sp. Car i bales (cquiv. to Eng. Caribbe.es), afterward changed into N. Lat. Canibales, to express their canine appetite for human flesh.] A human being that eats human flesh. GXn'ni-bal-ism, n. Act or practice of eating human flesh by mankind. GXn'non,w. [Lat. canna, reed, pipe, tube.] A large metal cylinder for throwing balls by the force of gun¬ powder GXn'non-ade', n. Act of discharging cannon and throwing balls. — v. t. [-ed ; -ING.] To attack with heavy artillery. GXn'non-ball, n. A ball to be thrown from cannon. Gan'non-eer', In. A man who GXn'non-ier', ) manages cannon. GXn'non-shot, n. 1. A ball for cannon. 2. The distance a cannon will throw balls. [able. GXn'not. [can and not.] To be un- GXn'nu-lar (kiWu-lar), a. [Lat cannula, dim. of canna, reed, tube.] Having the form of a tube ; tubular. Ga-noe' (ka-nob / ), n. A boat formed of the trunk of a tree, excavated, or of bark or skins. Gan'on, n. [Gr. xenw.] 1. A law or rule. 2. Genu i n e books of the Scriptures. 3. A catalogue of saints. 4. An ecclesias¬ tical digni- Canon Type, tary. 5. The largest size of type having a specific name. GXn'on-ess, n. A woman who enjoys a prebend. Ga-non'I€, 1 a. Pertaining to a Ga-non'I€-AL, j canon ; according to rule. [nonical manner. Ga-non'ig-al-ly, adv. In a ca- Ga-non'ig-al-ness, n. Quality of being canonical. Ga-non'ig-als, n. pi. Full official dress of the clergy. Ga-non'ig-ATE, n. Office of a canon. GXn'on-Yc'I-ty,^. State of belong¬ ing to the canon, or genuine books of Scripture. Gan'on-ist, n. A professor of canon law. [a canonist. GXn'OA-IST'IG, a. Of, or relating to, GXn'on-I-za'tion, n. 1. Ceremony of placing the name of a deceased person in the catalogue of saints. 2. State of being canonized. GXn'on-ize, v. t. [-ed; -ing.] To place upon the catalogue of saints. Gan'on-law, n. The law sanctioned by the church of Rome. GXn'on-ry, \n. A benefice, in a GXn'on-ship, j cathedi’al or collegi¬ ate church, having a prebend an¬ nexed. GXn'o PY, n. [Gr. Koivatireiov, a net over a bed to keep off gnats, from kcovcoi//, gnat.] 1. A covering over the head. 2. An ornamental pro¬ jection over doors, windows, arches, &c. — v. t. [-ed ; -ING, 142.] To cover with a canopy. GXnt, v. t. To place on the edge, as a cask. — n. [Icel. kantr, edge, an¬ gle, Gr. KavOos, corner of the eye, felly of a wheel.] 1. An inclination from a horizontal line. 2. A thrust or push, with a sudden jerk. 3. [Lat. cantus, chant.] A sing-song mode of speaking. 4. Affected religious phraseology. 5. Secret language of gypsies, thieves, &c.— a. Affected, inelegant, or vulgar. — v. i. [-ed ; -ING.] 1. To speak in an affected, singing tone. 2. To make whining pretensions to goodness. GXn'ta-leup, In. [From Cantalu- GXn'ta-loupe, ) po, a castle in Italy.] A delicate variety of musk- melon. GXn'ta-ley'er, ) n. [From cant, an GXn'ti-LEv'er, j external angle, and lever , a supporter of the roof- timber of a house.] A bracket for G, hard; Ag; EjilST; NasNG; this. Cannon. CANTATA CAPTAIN supporting a balcony, the eaves of a house. &c. Can- ta'ta , or -Can- ta' ta , n. [It.] A poem set to music. €an-teen',«. [Sp. cantina.] A vessel for carrying liquor for drink. Can'ter, V. i. [-ed ; -ing] To move in a moderate gallop. — v.t. To ride upon a canter.'— n. [From pilgrims riding to Canterbury at this pace.] A moderate gallop. €an , ter-bur / v (-ber'r^), n. A re¬ ceptacle' for music, portfolios, &c., being a stand with divisions in it. GXn'ter-bur'y-tale, n. A fabu¬ lous story ; — ft\ the tales of Chaucer. -Gan-thar'i-des, n. pi. [Lat. & Gr.] Spanish flies used for blistering. GXn'ti-ele, n. [Lat. canticulum, dim. of c anti cum, song.] 1. A little song. 2. pi. The Song of Solomon. GXn'til-LATE, v. t. [Lat. cantillare, from canere , to sing.] To chant. GXn'til-la'TION, n. A chanting. Gan-tine', n. See Canteen. Cant'let, n. A piece._ Can'to, n.; pi. eAn'tSs. [It. canto, from Lat. cantus, singing, song.] 1. A chief division of a poem. 2. ( Mus .) The soprano, or highest part. GXn'TON, n. [L. Lat. cantonus, corner, district. See CANT, ».] A small district constituting a distinct state or government. — v. t. [-ED ; -ING ] 1. To divide into distinct portions. 2. To allot separate quarters to, as to troop s^ [cantons. GXn'TON IZE, v. t. To divide into Gan'ton-ment, n. Part of a town or village, assigned to a particular regiment of troops. Gan-TOON', n. A kind of strong stuff. GXn'VAS, n. [Gr. KavvajiLS, Kawa-pos, hemp.] 1. A coarse cloth of hemp or flax. 2- The sails of a vessel. Gan'VAS-BACK, n. A kind of sea-duck. Gan'vass, v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [From canvas, in 0. Eng. a sieve.] 1. To sift; to examine thoroughly. 2. To debate. 3. To go through in the way of solicitation. — v. i. To .solicit votes or interest.— n. 1. Close in¬ spection. 2. Discussion. 3. Solici¬ tation, or effort to obtain something. Gan'vASS-er, n. 1. One who solicits votes or subscriptions. 2. One who examines the returns of votes. •CaN-zo'nE, n. [It.] A song or air in two or three parts, with passages of fugue and imitation. Gan'ZO-net', n. [It. canzonetta , dim. of canzone.] A short song, in one, two, or three parts. Gaout'choug (kcTo'chdbk), n. [A South American word.] An elastic substance, obtained from the milky juice of several tropical plants; — called also India rubber. Gap, n. [A.-S. cappe.] 1. A covering for the head 2. Any thing re¬ sembling a cap. — v. t. [-ped ; -PING.] 1. To cover the top or end of. 2. To render complete. 3. To provide with a cap. [capable. GA'PA-bIl'i-ty, n. Quality of being 56 Ga'PA-BLE, a. [L. Lat. capabilis , fr. Lat. capere , to take.] 1. Possessing ability or qualification. 2. Possess¬ ing intellectual power. Syn.— Able; competent; efficient. Ga/pa-ble-ness, n. Capacity ; capa¬ bility ; competence. Ga-pa'cioGs, a. [Lat. capax .] Hav¬ ing capacity ; able to contain.” Syn. —Large; spacious; broad; com¬ prehensive^ GA-PAC'I-TATE, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To render capable ; to quality. Ga-pa^'i-ty, n. 1. Extent of room or space. 2. Power of the mind to receive ideas, &c. 3. Solid contents of a body. Syn. — Ability ; faculty ; talent; capa¬ bility; skill; efficiency. Cap-A-pie (kap'a-pee'). [0. Fr.] From head to foot. Ga-par'i-son, n. [Sp. caparazon, cover for a saddle, coach, &c., fr. ca- pa, cloak, cover, and arzon , bows of a saddle.] 1. A covering for a saddle or harness; trappings. 2. Gay or rich clothing.— v. t. [-ed; -ing.] 1 . To cover with a caparison. 2. To dress richly. Gape, n. 1. [Lat. caput , head, ex¬ tremity.] A headland. 2. [Fr. cape.] Neckpiece of a coat or other garment. Ga'per, v. i. [Lat. caper, a he-goat.] To leap or jump about; to spring.— n. 1. A frolicsome leap or spring. 2. [Gr. k 0 . 77 —apt?, Ka. 7 r 7 Ta.pt, Ar. al-kabar.] Flower-bud of the caper-bush. Ca'pi-as,?i. [Lat., thou mayesttake.] A writ commanding the officer to ar¬ rest the person named in it. GXp'il-la'ceous, a. [Lat. capilla- ceus, hairy.] Having long filaments. Ga-pil'la-ment, n. [Lat. capilla- mentum, from capillus, hair.] A fila¬ ment ; a fine hair-like thread or fiber. GXp'il-la-ry, or Ga-pil/la-ry, a. 1. Resembling a hair ; long and very slender. 2. Pertaining to capillary tubes. — n. A fine vessel or canal. Gap'I-TAE, a. [Lat. capitalis, fr. ca¬ put, head.] 1. Pertaining to the head or to forfeiture of the head or life. 2 . F'irst in importance. Syn.—C hief; principal; leading. — n. 1. Upper part of a column. 2. Chief city or town ; metropolis. 3. Stock employed in trade, &c. 4. Means of increasing one’s power. 5. A letter of greater size than those ordinarily used in the body of the page. [property. Gap'i-tae-Ist, n. A man of large GXp'I-tal-Ize, v. t. 1. To convert into capital. 2. To print in capital letters. [ner. GXp'I-tal-ly, adv. In a capital man- GapG-ta/tion, n. [Lat. capitatio, fr. caput, head.] 1. A numbering of persons. 2. A tax upon each head ; a poll-tax. CXp'i-t ft, n. [Lat., ablative case of caput, head.] A tenure of land. GXp'I-TOL, n. [Lat. capilolium, fr. caput, head.] 1. Temple of Jupiter, in Rome. 2. A government house. Ga-pit'u-lar, ) n. [Lat. capitu- Ga-pit'u-la-ry, j lum, dim. of ca¬ put, head, chapter.] 1. An act passed in a chapter of knights, canons, &c. 2. A collection of laws or statutes. 3. Member of a chapter. Ga-pit'u-la-ry (44), a. Relating to the chapter of a cathedral. Ga-pit'u-late, v. i. [-ED ; -ING.] To surrender on stipulated terms. Ga-pit'u-la'tion, n. Act or instru¬ ment of capitulation. [pitulates, Ga-pit'u-la'tor, n. One who ca- Ga-pi'vi (-p3 / ve), n. [See Copaiba.] A balsam. Ga-pocii' (ka-pffotslE), n. [L. Lat. ca- pucium, fr. capa, cappa, cape, cloak.] A monk’s hood. Ga'pon (ka/pn orka'pun), n. [Gr. Kamov.] A cock gelded to improve his flesh for the table. Gap'o-niere', n. [Fr. caponniere.] A work placed in a ditch for its de¬ fense by fire-arms. Ga-pote', n. [Fr. See Cap.] 1. A long cloak worn by women. 2. A coat with a hood, worn by soldiers, &c. _ [paper. Gap'-pa'PER, n. A coarse wrapping GXp're-o-late, a. [Lat. caprcolus, wild goat, tendril, fr. caper, he-goat.] Having tendrils, or spiral claspers. Ga-pri^e' (ka-prees 7 ), n. [Fr., from Lat. caper, capra, goat; orig. a fan¬ tastical goat-leap.] Sudden or un¬ reasonable change of mind or humor. Syn.— Freak; whim; fancy; vagary. Ga-pri'cious (-prislUus), a. Gov¬ erned by caprice. Syn. — Arbitrary ; freakish ; whimsi¬ cal; unsteady. Ga-prEcious-ly (-prlsh'us-), adv. In a capricious manner. Gap'ri-corn (25), n. [Lat. capricor- nus, fr. caper, goat, and cornu, horn.] Tenth sign of the zodiac. Gap/ri-FI-ea'tion, n. [Lat. capri- Jicatio , from caprijicus, wild fig.] A process of accelerating the ripening of fruit. GXp'Rl-OLE, n. [Lat. caper, capra, goat.] A leap that a horse makes without advancing. GXp'-sheaf, n. Top sheaf of a stack of grain. GXp'si-€UM, n. [N. Lat.,from capsa, box, because it is contained in pods.] A plant producing red or Cayenne pepper. Gap-size', v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [Prob. from cap, top, head, and seize.] To upset or overturn. GXp'stan, n. [Lat. capistrum , hal* ter.] A machine for weighing anch 1 ors, or drawing up any great weight. GXp'su-lar, ) a. Hollow, like a cap 1 ' GXp'su-la-ry, ) sule. GXp'su-late, 1 a. Inclosed in a GXp'sii-la'ted, ) capsule. GXp'sule, n. [Lat. capsula, a little box, from capsa, chest, case.] 1. A seed-pod or pericarp. 2. A small, shallow saucer or dish. 3. A metal¬ lic cover for closing a bottle. GXp'tain (42), n. [Lat. caput, the a, e, I, o,u, y, long ; X- E,i', 5, u, y, short ; cAre, far, ask, all, what; Ere, veil, tErm; pique, firm; son. CAPTAINCY CARICATURE 57 head.] 1. Commander of a company or troop ; —also, the commander of a ship. 2. A military leader. GXp'taIn-^y, n. Rank, post, orcom- mission of a captain. Gap'TAIN-RY, ti. Chieftainship. Gap'TAIN-SHIp, n. 1. Rank or au¬ thority of a captain. 2. Skill in mil¬ itary affairs. Gap'TION, n. [hat. captio, fr. capere, to take.] That part of a legal instru¬ ment which shows where, when, and by what authority it was taken, found, or executed. Gap'TIoOs, a. [Lat. captiosus. See supra.] Apt to find fault. Syn. — Caviling; petulant; fretful.— One who is captious is ready to catch at the slightest faults; one who is caviling does it on trivial or imaginary grounds; one who is petulant, is apt, from irritabil¬ ity, to make hasty but slight attacks ; fretfulness is complaining impatience. GXp'tioGs-ly, adv. In a captious manner. [find fault. GXp'tious-ness, n. Disposition to €aP'T[-VATE, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. captivare, from captivus , cap¬ tive.] To overpower with excellence or beauty. Syn. — To enslave ; subdue ; charm; enchant;_fascinate. GXp'ti-va'tion, n. Act of taking a prisoner. GXp'tive. n. [Lat. captivus, fr. ca¬ pere , to take.] 1. A prisoner taken in war. 2. Oue charmed by beauty or affection. — a. 1. Made prisoner. 2. Serving to confine. Gap-tiv'i-ty, n. State of being a prisoner or under control. GXp'tor, n. One who takes, as a prisoner or a prize. GXpt'ure, n. 1. A seizing by force ; seizure. 2. Thing taken.— v.t. To take by force, surprise, or stratagem. €ap / U~9H1N 7 , ti. [Fr. capucin , fr. ca- puce , capuchon, hood, cowl.] 1. A monk of the order of St. Francis. 2. A cloak with a hood. Gar, n. [W. car , allied to Ger. karre , karren.] 1. A small vehicle on wheels. 2. A railway carriage. [ Amer .] 3. A chariot of war. GXr'a-eole, n. 1. A half turn made by a horseman. 2. A spiral staircase. GXr'a-giieen, n. See Carrageen. Car'A-MEL, n. [Lat. canna, reed, and mel, mellis, honey.] A black, porous substance, obtained by heat¬ ing sugar to about 400°. GXr'A-PACE, 1 n. Upper shell of the GXr'a-pax, ) crab, or other crus- taceous animal. GXr'at, n. [Ar. qirrat, qirat , fr. Gr. Keparcov, a little horn, a weight, car¬ at.] 1. The weight of four grains, used for precious stones and pearls. 2. A twenty-fourth part; — used of the fineness of gold. GXr'a-vXn, or GXr'a-vXn', n. [Per. karivan , qirwan , traveling through many regions.] 1. A company travel¬ ing together for security. 2. A close carriage, or a train of such carriages, for conveying wild beasts, &c. Gar'a-van'sa-ry, 1 n. [Per. kar- Gar/a-vXn'se-rai, j wdn-sarai, fr. karwan, caravan, and sara'i, palace, inn.] A kind of inn, in the East. GXr'A-VEL, n. [Gr. Kapapos, a kind of light ship.] A small boat used for the herring-fishery, on the coast of France. Gar'A-wav, n. [Ar. karwiya , kara- wiya, fr. Gr. napov, fcdpo?.] 1. An aro¬ matic plant, and its seed. 2. A sweet- meatcontaining caraway seeds. Gar'bIne, n. [L. Lat. carabaga, cabu- lus, for cadahulus, engine of war, fr. Gr. fcara/3oAij, a throwing down.] A kind of fire-arm used by mounted troops. Gar'eRneer', n. A soldier armed with a carbine. GXr'bon, n. [Lat. carbo, coal.] An elementary substance, forming the base of charcoal. [carbon. Gar'bo-na'ceous, a. Pertaining to Gar'bon-ate, n. A salt formed by union of carbonic acid with a base. Gar-bon'ie, a. Pertaining to carbon. Gar/bon-if'er-oLs, a. [Lat. carbo, coal, and ferre, to bear.] Producing carbon. Gar / bon-i-za'tion, n. Act or pro¬ cess of carbonizing. Gar'bon-ize, V. t. [-ED; -ING.] To convert into carbon. Gar'boy, ti. [Cf. Gael, carb , basket.] A large, globular glass bottle, in¬ closed in basket-work. GXr'bun-ele (-bunk-1, 82), n. [Lat. carbunculus, dim. of carbo , coal.] 1 . A beautiful gem, of a deep red color. 2. A malignant boil of long contin¬ uance, having no central core. Gar-bOn'eu-lar, a. Belonging to, or resembling, a carbuncle. Gar'bu-ret, n. A combination of carbon with some other substance. Gar'bu-ret'ed, [ a. Combined Gar'bu-ret / ted, ( with carbon in the manner of a carburet. Gar'ca-net, n. [AlliedtoO.il Ger. querca , throat.] A collar of jewels. Gar'eass, n. [Lat. ca.ro , flesh, and capsa, chest, box.] 1. A dead body; a corpse. 2. Decaying remains of a thing. 3. A kind of bomb. Garb, n. [Gr. xa-prqg, a leaf of paper.] 1. A piece of pasteboard or thick pa¬ per. 2. A published note. 3. A paper on which the points of the compass are marked. 4. [Lat. carduus, cardus , thistle.] An instrument for combing wool, flax, or the hair of animals. — v . i. [-ED ; -ING.] To play at cards. — v. t. To comb with a card. GXr'DA-MOM, 71 . [Gr. Ka.p8ap.iop.ov , from apiopov, an Indian spice-plant, and KapS, for cncapS, fr. Skr. tsliliard , to vomit; lit. enemy to vomiting.] An aromatic plant of the E. Indies. Gard'er, n. One who cards wool. Gar'DI-XB, ) a. [Gr. xapfiicucbs, Gar-dI'ae-al, ) fr. Kapbia, heart.] 1. Pertaining to or resembling the heart. 2. Pertaining to the upper orifice of the stomach. GaR'DI-Xl'GY, 71. [Gr. xapSiaAyia, from KapbCa, heart, and aAyos, pain.] Heartburn. GXr'di-nal, a. [Lat. cardinalis , fr car do, hinge of a door, that on which a thing depends.] Of fundamental im portance ; superior ; chief; principal Cardinal numbers, the numbers one, two, three, &c., in distinction from first, second, third, &c. — Cardinal points, north and south, east and west. — Car- dinal virtues, prudence, justice, temper¬ ance, and fortitude. — n. 1. One of the pope’s council. 2. A woman’s short cloak. Gar'di-nal-ate, 1 n. Office, rank, Gar'di-nal-siiIp, ] or dignity of a cardinal. GAR'DI-OIB, 71 . [Gr. (capSiO-eiSlj?, heart-shaped.] An algebraic curve Gar'di-oi/o-gy, ti. [Gr. Kap8ia t heart, and Aoyos, speech.] A dis 1 course_or treatise on the heart. Gar-doon 7 , it. [Lat. carduus, cardus, thistle.] A plant used as salad. Gard'-ta'ble, it. A table having a leaf which folds over upon the other, used for playing cards on. GAre (4), ti. [A.-S. cam , Goth, kara, allied to Lat. cur a, care.] 1. Charge or oversight. 2. Attention or heed ; watchfulness. 3. A burdensome sense of responsibility. 4. Object of watchful attention. Syn. — Anxiety; solicitude; concern; trouble.— Care belongs primarily to the intellect, and becomes painful from over¬ burdening thought; anxiety is a state of painful uneasiness from the dread of evil; solicitude and concern express the same feeling in diminished degrees. —v.t. [-ED; -ING.] 1. To be anx¬ ious. 2. To be inclined. Ga-reek', V. t. [-ed ; -ING.] [Lat. carina, the keel.] To heave on one side, as a ship, for repairing, cleans¬ ing, &c.— v.i. To incline to one side, as a ship. Ga-reer', ti. [Lat. carrvs , wagon.] 1. A race-course. 2. Rapidity of motion. 3. General course of pro¬ ceeding.— v. i. [-ED; -ING.] To move or run rapidly. GAre'ful (4), a. 1. Giving good heed. 2. Full of care or solicitude. Syn. — Anxious; solicitous; provi¬ dent ; thoughtful ; cautious ; circunv spect; heedful; watchful; vigilant. GAre'ful-LY, adv. With care. Gare'fitl-ness, Tfi. Quality or state of being careful. GAre'less, a. 1. Having no care; inattentive. 2. Done or said with¬ out care. [manner. GAre'less-LY, adv. In a careless Gare'eess-ness, 71 . State of being careless. Ga-ress',i\ t. [-ed ; -ING.] [L. Lat. caritia, caress, fr. Lat. earns, dear.J To treat with affection or kindness; to fondle. — n. Act of endearment, Ga'ret, n. [Lat.. there is wanting.] A mark [A] used in writing which shows that something is omitted. Gar'go, n. ; pi. CAR'GOEg. [Sp. car- gar, to load, charge.]. Lading or freight of a ship. Gar'i-ea-ture' (53), n. [It. carica- 6r, do, wqlf, too, took ; Brn, rue, pull; e, i, o, silent; £,G, soft ;e,g, hard; A§; exist; n as ng; this CARICATURIST CASE turn, fr. caricare, to charge, exagger¬ ate.] A figure or description in which the peculiarities of a person or thing are so exaggerated as to ap¬ pear ridiculous. — v. t. [-ED; -ING.] To make a caricature of. Gar'i-ca-tur'ist, n. One who makes caricatures. Sa'ri-es,!!. [Lat., rottenness.] Ul¬ ceration of bone. Car'i-NATE, 1 a. [Lat. carinatus, Oar'i-nUted, ) from carina, keel.] Shaped like the keel of a ship. GXr'i-ole, n. [It. carriuola, dim. fr. Lat. carrus.] A small, open carriage, somewhat resembling a calash. Ga'ri-os'i-t Y, n. Ulceration of a bone. Ga'ri-oGs, a. Affected with caries. GXrl,«. [A.-S. carl , Icel. Icarl, man.] A rude, rustic, rough man. Gar'MAN (150), n. A man who drives a cart. G ar-mIn'a-ti ve , a. [From Lat. c.ar- minare , to card, hence to cleanse.] Expelling wind from the body. — n. A medicine to expel wind. Gar'mTne,m. [Contr. fr. L. Lat. car- mesinus , purple color, Eng. crimson.] A beautiful pigment, of a rich red or crimson color. Gar'nage (45), n. [Lat. caro, carnis, flesh.] 1. Flesh of slain animals. 2. Slaughter; massacre; havoc. Gar'NAL, a. [Lat. carnalis, fr. caro, carnis, flesh.] 1. Pertaining to flesh ; sensual. 2. Lustful; libidinous. Gar'NAL-ist, n. One given to sen¬ suality. [nal; sensuality. Gar-nal'I-TY, n. State of being car- Gar'nal-ize, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To make carnal. [flesh. GXr'nal-ly, adv. According to the Gar-na'tion, n. [Lat. carnatio, fleshiness, fr. caro , carnis, flesh.] 1. Flesh-color. 2. A kind of clove-pink. Gar-nel'ian (-yan), n. [N. Lat. car- neolus, fr. carneus. fleshy.] A variety of chalcedony, of a reddish-white color. Gar'ne-ous, a. [Lat. carneus .] Con¬ sisting of, or like, flesh. [flesh. Gar'ni-fi-ca'tion, n. A turning to Gar'ni-fy, v. i. [Lat. carnificare, fr. caro , carnis, flesh, and facere, to make.] To form flesh. Gar'ni-val, n. [It. carnevalc, fare¬ well to meat.] A festival celebrated in Roman Catholic countries for a number of days before Lent. Gar-niv'o-roDs, a. [Lat. caro, car¬ nis, flesh, and vorare, to devour.] Feeding on flesh. Gar-nos'i-ty, n. 1. A fleshy ex¬ crescence. 2. Fleshiness. [tree. Gar'ob, n. A leguminous evergreen Gar'ol, n. [L. Lat. carola, dim. of Lat. chorus, a choral dance.] A song of joy or of mirth; a lay. — v. t. [-ED, -ING; or -led, -LING, 137.] To praise or celebrate in song. — v. i. To sing; to warble. - Ga-ROT'ID, n. [Gr. pi. xapomfies, k apa, head.] A large artery convey¬ ing blood from the neck to the head. 58 Ga-r5t'id, 1 a. Pertaining to the Ga-rot'id-AL, ( two great arteries of the neck that carry blood to the head. [festival. Ga-rous'al, n. A jovial feast or Syn. — Feast; banquet.— Feast is gen¬ eric; a banquet is a sumptuous feast; a carousal is unrestrained indulgence in frolic and wine. Ga-ROU§e', v. i. [-ED ; -ING.] [Ger. garaus, end. entire emptying of the cup.] To drink freely and in a jovial manner. — n. A drinking match. Ga-ROU£'er, n. One who carouses. Garp, v. i [Lat. carpere, to seize.] To censure, cavil, or find fault pet¬ ulantly. — n. [L. Lat. carpio, carpo, car pa, prob. from carpere, to seize.] A soft-finned, fresh-water fish. Gar'pal, a. [N. Lat. carpus, wrist.] Pertaining to the wrist. Gar'pel, n. [Gr. /capa-os, fruit.] A simple pistil, or one of the parts of a compound pistil. Gar'pen-ter, n. [L. Lat. carpentari- us, from Lat. carpentum, wagon, car¬ riage.] An artificer who works in timber. Gar'pen-try, n. Art of cutting, framing, and joining timber. filer. Garp'er, n. One who carps ; a cav- Gar'pet, n. [L. Lat. carpeta, woolly cloths, from Lat. carpere, to pluck.] A covering for a floor. — v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To cover with a carpet. Gar'pet-BAG. ii. A traveling-bag. Gar'pet-ing, n. Cloth or materials for carpets. Gar'ra-geen', In. A kind of sea- Gar'ri-geen', ) weed, used for jel¬ lies, &c. ; — called also Irish moss. Gar'riage,«. [See Carry.] 1. Act of carrying. 2. A vehicle, especially one for pleasure or for passengers. 3. Personal demeanor. Syn. — Conveyance ; behavior ; con¬ duct. Gar'ri er, n. One who, or that which, carries. Gar'ri-on, ii. [L. Lat. caronia, from Lat. caro , flesh.] Dead and putre¬ fying flesh — a. Relating to carcass¬ es ; feeding on carrion. Gar'ROM, n. Act of hitting two bil¬ liard balls at once with another. Gar'ron-ade', n. [From Carron , in Scotland.] A kind of short cannon. Gar'rot, n. [Lat. carola.] A plant having an esculent root. Gar'rot-y, a. Like a carrot in color ; reddish-yellow. Gar'ry, r. (. [-ed ; -ING, 142.] [Fr. charrier, to cart, from car, char, car.] 1. To convey ; to bear. 2. To urge ; to impel. 3. To exhibit; to imply. 4. To behave; to demean ; — reflex- ively. — v. i. To convey or propel. Gar'RY-all, n. [Corrupt.fr. cariole .] A four-wheeled one horse vehicle. Gart, n. [L. Lat. carreta, from Lat. carrus, car.] A two-wheeled carriage, for heavy commodities. — v. t. [-ed; -ING.] To carry in a cart. GXrt'age, n. Act or cost of carting. Ca r te-blanche (kart'blonsh'), n. [Fr.] 1. A blank paper, signed at the bottom with a person’s name, to be filled up as another pleases. 2. Unconditional terms. Carte-de-visite (karPdd-veA zeet'), n. [Fr.] A small photo¬ graphic picture fastened upon a card. Gar-tel', or Gar'tel, n. [Lat. charta, dim. chartula.] A writing or agreement, between states at war, as for the exchange of prisoners. Ga rt'eR, n. A man who drives a cart. Gar-te'sian, a. Pertaining to the French philosopher Des Cartes, or to his philosophy. Gar'ti-lage (45), v. [Lat. cartilago.] A smooth, whitish, elastic substance ; gristle. GAR'Tl-LAG'I-NotiS, a. Pertaining to, or like a cartilage ; gristly. Gar-tog'ra-phy, n. [Gr. \aprri, a leaf of paper, and ypaepe lv, to write.] Art of forming charts or maps. Gar'ton, n. [See infra.] 1. Paste¬ board^ 2. A pasteboard box. Gar-toon', n. [Fr. carton, from Lat. charta, paper.] 1. A design on paper, to be painted in fresco. 2. A design colored for working in tapestry, &c. Gar-toucii' (kar-to"otch'). n. [Fr., fr. carte, paper.] 1. A modillion. 2. A case holding a charge for a fire-arm. Gar'TRIDGE, ii. [Formerly cartrage , as if fr. a N. Lat. chartaragivm, from Lat. charta, paper.] A case of paper, pasteboard, &c., containing a charge for a fire-arm. [tridges. GXr'tridge-box, ii. A case for car- Gart'-wrigiit (-rlt), n. A maker of carts. Gar'un-cle (82), n. [Lat. caruncula, dim. of caro, flesh.] A small, fleshy excrescence on the head of a bird. Garve, v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [A.-S. ceorfan.] 1. To cut, as wood, stone, &c., in an artistic manner. 2. To make or shape by cutting. 3. To cut into small pieces or slices. — v. i. 1. To exercise the trade of a carver. 2. To cut up meat. [small ship. Gar'VEL, ii. [Contr. from caravel.] A Garv'er, n. One who carves. €A'R Y-I'TEg, _ \ ii. pi. [Gr.Kapv- Ga' ry-at' i-de%, j anfie?, priestess¬ es of Caryte serving in the temple of Diana.] Figures of women, serving to support entablatures. Ga'RY-at'id, ii. A female figure sup¬ porting an entablature. Gas'ca-bel , it. [Lat. scabillvm, sca- bellum, an instrument resembling the castanet.] That part of a cannon in rear of the base-ring. Gas-cade', n. [Lat. casare, to be ready to fall, from cadere, to fall.] A water-fall less than a cataract. Gas'CA-ril'la, n. [Sp.,dim. of cas- cara, peel, bark.] A plant, the bark of which is used as a tonic. GASE,n. [Lat. capsa.] 1. A covering, box, or sheath. 2. Quantity con¬ tained in a box. 3. A frame contain¬ ing boxes for holding type. 4. [Lat. ca¬ sus, fr. cadere,.to fall, to happen.] An event; a circumstance. 5. A par- A, E, I, 6, U, S, long; A E, I, 6, D, 5, short; CARE, FAR, ASK, ALL, WHAT ; LRE, V^IL, TERM ; PIQUE, FIRM ; SON, I___ CASEHARDEN CATALOGUE ticular instance. 6. A question for discussion or decision. 7. Form of a noun, showing its relation to other parts of the sentence. Syn. — Situation ; condition •, state ; plight; predicament. — v.t. [-ED, -ING.] Tocoverwith, or put in, a case. GaseHiard-en, v. t. To harden by converting the surface into steel. Gase'-knife (-nif), n. A large table- knife. Gase'MATE, n. [It. casamatta, from casa, house, and matto, matta, mad, weak, feeble'.] A bomb-proof cham¬ ber, in which cannon may be placed, to be fired through embrasures. Gase'ment, n. [From case, frame.] A glazed frame or sash, opening on hinges. GA'SE-offs, a. [Lat. caseus, cheese.] Pertaining to, or like, cheese. GA'gERN, n. [Lat. casa, shed, house.] A lodging for soldiers in garrison towns; barracks. Gase'-shot, n. Small projectiles, in¬ closed in a case or envelope. ■Gash, n. [Fr. caisse. See Case, a box.] Coin or specie;—sometimes, bank-notes, drafts, bonds, &c.— v. t. [-ed ; -ing. ] To turn into cash ; to exchange for money. Gash'-BOOK (27), n. A book in which is kept an account of money received or paid. Ga-shew' (ka-sh(To / ), n. [A corrupt, of acajou, the Fr. form of the native name, acajaiba .] A tropical tree of the same family with the sumac. Gash-ier', n. One who has charge of money in a bank, &c. — v. t. [-ed ; -ING.] [Lat. cassare, equiv. to cas- surh reddere, to annul.] To dismiss from an office or place of trust, by annulling the commission of. Gash'MERE, n. A rich and costly kind of shawl. Gas'ING, n. 1. Act of covering with a thin substance. 2. An outside covering. Gask, n. [Sp. casco, skull, helmet, cask, Fr. casque.] A close wooden vessel for liquors. Gask'et, n. [Dim. of cask.] A small chest or box, for jewels. Gasque, n. [See Cask, n.] A helmet. GXs'sa-da, n. Same as Cassava. Gas-sa'TION, n. [L. Lat. cassatio, fr. cassare, to annul.] Act of annulling. Gas'sa-va, n. [Haytian kasabi.] A plant from which tapioca is obtained. Gas'SE-PA/PER, n. [Fr. papier cassc.] Broken paper; two outside quires of a ream. Gas'siA (kSsh'a), n. [Ileb. qeslah, fr. qasa ’, to cut or peel off.] The cheap¬ er kinds of cinnamon. Oas'si-mere, n. [Perh. of the same origin as cashmere.] A thin, twilled, woolen cloth. Gas-sY'no, n. [It. casino, a small house.] A game at cards, generally played by four persons. Gas'sock, n. [Fr. casaque, from Lat. casa, cottage.] A close fitting eccle¬ 59 siastical garment, worn under the surplice or gown. Gas'so-wa-ry, n. [Ilindost. kassu- waris.] A large bird, resembling the ostrich. Gast (6), v. t. [imp. & p. p. cast.] [Icel. kasta.] 1. To send or drive from, by force ; to throw. 2. To di¬ rect, as the sight. 3. To throw on the ground, as in wrestling. 4. To shed. 5. To compute; to reckon. 6. To form from liquid metal; to found. — v. i. 1. To receive form or shape. 2. To warp.— n. 1. A throw. 2. A chance or venture. 3. Act of cast¬ ing in a mold. 4. Form into which any thing is cast. 5. Assignment of parts in a play to the actors. 6. Look ; glance; squint. Gas'TA-net', n. [Lat. castanea, a chestnut.] A small concave shell of ivory or hard wood, fastened with another to the thumb, and beat with the middle finger. Gast'a-way, n. An abandoned per¬ son ; a reprobate. Gaste (6), n. [From Lat. castus, pure, chaste.] A separate and fixed class of society, as in India. GXs'TEL-LAN, n. [Lat. caslellanns , from castellum, castle.] A governor of a castle. [longing to a castle. GXs'tel-la-ny (44), n. Lordship be- GXs'tel-la'ted, a. Adorned with turrets and battlements, like a castle. Gast'er, n. 1. One who casts. 2. A stand to contain phials with con¬ diments. 3. A small wheel on a swivel, on which furniture is rolled. GXs'ti-gate, v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. castigare, fr. castus, pure, chaste, and agere, to move, drive.] To punish by stripes ; to chastise. Gas / ti-ga'tion, n. Punishment by whipping. [gates or corrects. Gas'TI-ga/tor, n One who casti- Gas'TI-ga-to-ry (50), a. Tending to correction; punitive. Gas'tjle Soap. [From Castile, whence it originally came.] A kind of fine, hard, white, or mottled soap. Gast'ing, n. 1. Act of one who casts. 2. That which is cast in a mold. Gast'ing-net, n. A net which is cast and drawn. Gast'ing-vote, n. Vote of a presid¬ ing officer, when the votes of the as¬ sembly are equally divided. GXs'tle (kXs'd), n. [Lat. castellum, dim. of castrum, a fortified place.] A fortified residence ; a fortress. — v. t. In chess, to cover with a castle ; — said of the king. . Castle in the air, a visionary project. GXs'tle-build'er (kiis'l-), n. One who builds castles in the air. GXs'tor, n. [Gr. Kaartop, akin to Skr. kastiiri, musk.] 1. A genus of ani¬ mals, in which the beaver is included. 2. A hat, esp. one made of the fur of the beaver. 3. A heavy quality of broadcloth. 4. [See Caster.] A small wheel for supporting furniture. Gas'tor-oil, n. [A corruption of CfosGts-oil, the plant producing it having formerly been called Agnus castus.] The mild cathartic oil of a plant found in the West Indies. GXs'tra-me-ta'tion, n. [Lat. cas- tra metari , to measure a camp.] Art of laying out a camp. GXs'trate, i’. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. castrare.] To deprive of the testicles; to geld. GX§'u-AL (kSzhffj-al), a. [Lat. casu- alis, from casus, fall, accident, from cadtre, to fall.] 1. Happening with¬ out design, and without being fore¬ seen. 2. Coming without regularity. Syn.— Accidental; fortuitous; inci¬ dental; occasional.— Casual and fortu¬ itous are substantially the same; a thing is accidental when not planned or sought, as a meeting ; incidental when it falls in as secondary, or out of the regu¬ lar course of things, as a remark; occa¬ sional when it occurs only now and then. GXs'u-al-ly (kXzhffj-), ado. By chance; accidentally. GX§'U-AL-TY (kXzh'j]-), n. 1. An ac¬ cident. 2. An accidental injury; hence, death; misfortune. GXs'u-ist (kazh'u-ist), n. [Lat. casus , fall, case.] One who studies and resolves cases of conscience. GXs'U-Ist'IE, [a. Relating to cases GXs'u-ist'I€-al, ) of conscience. GXg'u-lST-RY, n. Science of deter¬ mining the right or wrong of acts and opinions of doubtful propriety GXt, n. [A.-S. cat, W. cath, Late Lat. calus, Ar. qitt.] 1. A well-known do¬ mestic animal. 2. A kind of ship. 3. A double tripod. 4. A kind of whip. GXt'A-GHRE'SIS, n. [Gr. KaTdypTjcris, misuse.] A harsh or far-fetched metaphor. GXt'A-ehres'TIG, ) a. Forced; GXt/A-ehrLs'tie-ak. ) far-fetched. GXT'A-ELYgM, n. [Gr. KaTO.KAvcrp.6s, from KaTaKAv^eu', to inundate.] A deluge ;_a flood ; an inundation. GXt'a-COMB (-kom), n. [Gr. Kara, downward, and Kvpj3rj, cavity.] A cave, or subterraneous place for the burial of the dead. GXt^-GOUS'TIGS, n. sing. [Gr. Kara, against, and Eng. acoustics.] That part of acoustics which treats of re¬ flected sounds. GXt'A-DI-OP'TRTG, ) a. [Gr. Kara, GXt / a-di-6p'trI€-al, ) against, and Sto-rpa, a geometrical instrument.] Pertaiuing to the reflection and re¬ fraction of light. GXt/a-fXlque', n. [0. Sp. catar, to see, to view, and It. falco, for palco, scaffold, stage.] A temporary struct¬ ure, use 1 in funeral solemnities. GXt / A-LEC , TI£!, a. [Gr. KaTaATjKTiKOS, fr. KaTaAij-yeic, to leave off.] Want¬ ing a syllable at the end. GXt'a-lep'sy, n. [Gr. KaraArji/uv, n grasping,] Sudden suspension of the action of the senses and of volition. GXt^-lep'tig, a. Pertainiug to catalepsy. GXt'A-EOGUE (-log), n. [Gr Kara- Aoyos, from Kara, -down, completely, and Ae'yeiv, to say.] A list or enu¬ meration of names, titles, or articles. a,hard; Ass; EJIST; N as NG ; THIS. OR, do, wolf, too, took ; Obn, rue, pull ; E, I, o, silent; G ,soft;-e, CATAMARAN CAUCASIAN Catalogue raisonni (ra/zo-na/) (Biblio¬ graphy), a catalogue of books classed ac¬ cording to their subjects. — v. t. To make a list of. GXt-'A-ma-rXn', n. [ Cdtlid-mdrdn , floating trees, the native name in Ceylon.] A raft moved by a large sail. CAt'a-me'ni-A, n. [Gr.] The month¬ ly courses of females. ■GXt'A-ME'NI-AL, a. [Gr. /caTa/urjiaos, monthly.] Pertaining to menstrual discharges. GXt'a-mount, n. [Cat of the moun¬ tain.] The North American tiger; the cougar, or puma. GXt'A-PHRXET, n. [Gr. KaTapdicrr)‘;, fr. /card, down, quite, and (j>pa.cr]?, fr. Kara, down, and prjyvvvai, to break.] 1. A great cascade or waterfall. 2. Opacity of the crystalline lens, or of its capsule. Ga-tXrrh' (-tar 7 ), n. [Gr. /carappoov, from Kara, down, and pe.lv, to flow.] Inflammation of the air passages, at¬ tended with a discharge of a watery or glairy fluid. Ga-tXrrh'al, 1 a. Pertaining to, or Ga-tarrh'ous, ) attending, catarrh. GA-tXs'TRO-PHE , n. [Gr. Karaarpo- 4)rj , fr. Kara, down, and arpefieev, to turn.] 1. A final event, usually calamitous. 2. The unfolding and winding up of the plot of a play. GXt'—gall, n. A squeaking instru¬ ment, used to condemn plays. GXtch, v. t. [imp. & p.p. CAUGHT.] [0. Eng. cacche, perh. akin to A.-S. ceac, fetter, or from Lat. captiare, fr. capere, to take.] 1. To seize, especi¬ ally with the hand. 2. To ensnare. 3. To take by sympathy, contagion, or infection. — r. i. 1. To be held or impeded. 2. To spread by in¬ fecting.— n. 1. Act of seizing; seizure. 2. That which is caught. 3. A humorous round, in which the singers catch up each other’s sen¬ tences. GXtcii'pen-ny, n. Something worth¬ less, intended to gain money. GXtch'POLL, n. [From catch and poll , the head.] A bailiff’s assistant. GXtcii'up, ) n. [Chin. Jcitjap.] Sauce GXt'sup, ) made from mushrooms, tomatoes, &c. €Xtch'-woed (-wfird), n. 1. Last word of an actor; cue. 2. First word of every page of a book put at the right-hand bottom corner of the preceding page to assist the reader. GXt'e-ghet'ig, 1 a. [Gr. GXt'e-giiet'ig-al, I an in¬ structor.] Consisting in asking ques¬ tions and_receiving answers. GXT'E-GTU§E, V. t. [-ED ; -ing.] [Gr. Karrixigeiv, from Kara, down, against, 60 and r/xeiv, to sound.] 1. To instruct by questions and answers. 2. To question^ [chises. GXT'E-GHlg'ER, n. One who cate- GXt'E-€Ii!§M, 7i. A system of in¬ struction by means of questions and answers. Gat'e-giiist, n. One who catechises. •GXt'E-GhIst'IG, ) a. Pertaining GXt'e-ghist'ig-al, ) to a catechist, or to catechism. GXt'e-ghu, 7 i. A brown, astringent, vegetable extract, from India. GaT'E-GHU'MEN, n. [Gr. Ka-rrjxov- pevos, instructed, fr. kcotjxciv, to in¬ struct.] One who is receiving in¬ struction in the elements of Christi¬ anity. GXt'e-gor'ig-al, a. 1. Pertaining to a category. 2. Absolute; posi¬ tive ; express. GXt'e-gor'ig-al-ly, adv. Abso¬ lutely ; directly; expressly. GXt'e-go-ry (50), n. [Gr. /canj- yopia, from Kara., down, against, and ayopeveLv, to harangue, assert.] 1. One of the highest classes to which the objects of knowledge or thought can be reduced, as quantity, quality, relation, &c. 2. State ; condition. Syn. — Predicament. — Category and predicament are both popularly used to express the idea of condition or situation , but with this difference, that predica¬ ment supposes it to be a bad or unfortu¬ nate one. Hence to say, “I am in the same category with you,” is not of ne¬ cessity to say, “ I am in the same pre¬ dicament.” GXt'e-na'ri-an, 1 a. [Lat. cate- GXt'e-na-RY (44), i narius; catetia, chain.] Relating to, or like, a chain. GXt'E-NATE, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. catenare, fr. catena , chain.] To con¬ nect by links. [as in a chain. GXt'e-na'tion, n. Union of parts, Ca'tek ,v.i. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. captare, to strive, to lay hold of, in- tens. form of capere, to take.] To provide food ; to purvey, [provider. Ca'ter-er, n. One who caters; a GA'ter-ess, n. A woman who caters. GXt'er-pil/LAR, 7i. [0. Eng. cater- piller , prob. fr. cate, cates, food, and 0. Eng. piller , plunderer, because it eats up leaves and fruits.] The larve or larval state of a butterfly or any lepidopterous insect. CXt'er-waul, v. i. [From cat and waul , to cry as a cat.] To cry as cats in rutting time. Gates, n. pi. [0. Fr. acat , buying, purchase.] Luxurious food ; delica¬ cies ; dainties. GXt'-Fi'sh, n. 1. A large and vora¬ cious fish of the shark kind. 2. A fresh-water fish of different species. GXt'gGt, h. 1. A cord made from the intestines of animals. 2. A coarse sort of linen or canvas. Cath'A-rist, n. [Gr. /cadapo?, clean, pure.] One who pretends to be purer than others. GXt'-hXrp-in, In. A rope to brace GXt'-iiarp-ING, ) in the shrouds of the lower masts. GA-THar'TIC, 1 a. [Gr. leaOapri- GA-THXr'TIG-AL, ) /coy, fr. Kadapog, pure.] Cleansing the bowels; pur¬ gative. [cine. Ga-tiiar'tie, n. A purgative medi- GXt'-HEAd, n. A projecting timber through which the ropes pass by which a ship’s anchor is raised. Cath'e-drA , or CA-THE'DRA,7l. [Gr. KaOihpa, seat.] A chair; seat of a person in authority. Ca-the'dral, 7i. The principal church in a diocese. — a. 1. Per¬ taining to the head church of a diocese. 2. Official; authoritative. GXtii'e-ter, n. [Gr. /caderTjp, a thing put in, from /card, down, and vevai, to send.] A tubular instru¬ ment to draw off the urine. GXt'-kole, 7i. A small hole astern, through which a hawser may be passed. GXth'o-LI€(123), a. [Gr. /ca06At/cos, fr. /cadoAos, whole.] 1. Universal or general. 2. Liberal. 3. Pertaining to the Roman Catholics. — n. A member of the Roman Catholic church. Ga-tii6l'i-os, tomb.] A monument erected to one who is buried elsewhere. Q£nse,i'. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [Abbrev. from incense.] To perfume with odors from burning substances. (pENS'ER, n. A pan in which incense is burned. (^EN'SOR, n. [Lat., from censere , to value, to tax.] 1. One empowered to examine manuscripts and books, be¬ fore publication. 2. A harsh critic. (pEN-so'Rl-AL (89), a. Belonging to a censor. (^EN-so'Ri-ofTS (89), a. 1. Apt to blame or condemn. 2. Implying or expressing censure. ^en-so'ri-oOs-ly, adv. In a cen¬ sorious manner. [being censorious. Cen-so'ri-oOs-ness, n. Quality of Cen'sor-ship, n. Office of a censor. yiiN'sUR-A-BLE (sen'shur-), a. Wor¬ thy of censure; blamable. £en'sur-a-bly, adv. In a censura¬ ble manner. <^EN'SURE (sen'shpr), n. [Lat. sensu- ra .] Act of blaming or finding fault; blame ; reproof. — v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To find fault with and condemn. Syn. — To blame; reprove; condemn; reprehend; reprimand. a\ri, head, and nov ?, 7roSos, foot.] A molluscous an¬ imal, having a distinct head, sur¬ rounded by a circle of long arms. (^e-ra'ceoCs, a. [Lat. cera, wax.] Of the nature of wax. (Pe-ram'iu, a. [Gr. KepapiKOi, from Kepapos, earthenware.] Pertaining to pottery. [oil, &c. Ce'RATE, n. An ointment of wax, Ce'ra-ted, a. Covered with wax. Qere, n. [Lat. cera, wax.] Naked wax-like skin covering the base of the bill in some birds. — v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To wax, or cover with wax. Qe're-al (89), a. [Pertaining to Ce¬ res, or to grain.] Pertaining to edi¬ ble grain. — n. Any edible grain. Cer 1 e-bel'LUM,~ n. [L., dim. of cerebrum, brain.] Hinder and low¬ er division of the brain. (^er'e-bral, a. Pertaining to the cerebrum, or brain. Cer'e-brum. n. [Lat.] Superior ’ and larger division of the brain. CereTloth, 1 n. [Lat. cera, wax.] t^ERE'MENT, J A cloth dipped in melted wax, used for embalming. ^ER'E-MO'NI-AL, a. Relating to cer¬ emony ; ritual.— n. A system of x - ules and ceremonies. Qer'e-mo'ni-oBs, a. 1. According to prescribed rules and forms. 2. Precise ; formal. Qer'e-ivio'ni-oOs-ly, cu j Vm j n acer _ emonious manner. QLr'e-mo-ny (50), n. [Lat. cserimo- nia.] 1. External form in religion. 2. Forms ofcivility r . Ce'ro-GRAPH'I€, ) a. Pertaining (lE'RO-GRAPH'ie-AL, j to cerogra- phy. (^E-ROG'RA-PHY, n. [Gr. (CTjpos, wax, and ypd(f)eiv, to write.] Engraving on wax, from which a stereotype plate is taken. Qe-roon', n. [Sp. seron , augmenta¬ tive of sera, a large basket.] A bale or package of skins. QEr'TAIN, a. [Lat. certus, orig. p. p. of cernere, to perceive, decide.] 1. Hav¬ ing no doubts. 2. Not to be doubted or denied. 3. Fixed or stated. 4 In¬ determinate ; one or some. Syn. — Sure: undeniable; indubita¬ ble; indisputable; undoubting. OEr'taIn-LY, adv. Without failure. Q£r'taIn-ty, n. 1. Exemption from a, £, i, o, u, y, long; X, e, i', 6, tt, ¥, short; cAre, far, Ask, all, what; Ere, veil, t£rm; pique, fIrm ; s6n, CERTIFICATE doubt or failure. 2. An established fact. . A letter, figure, or sign. 2. Sum of distin¬ guishing qualities. 3. Estimate put upon a person or thing ; reputation. 4. A person. €hXr 7 ao-ter-Ys'T!€, la. Serving €har 7 ae-ter-is'tj€-al, ) to con¬ stitute the character; peculiar. €hXr 7 A€-ter-Ys'tic, n. That which constitutes a character. UhXr'AC-TER-IS'TIE-AL-LY, adv. In a manner to distinguish (haracter. €har 7 A€-ter-i-za'tion, n. Actor characterizing. €hXr'A€-TER-IZE, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To mark with a peculiar stamp. 2. To give an account of the personal qualities of. 3. To distinguish or express the character of. £llA-RADE' (sha-rad 7 ), n. [Fr.] A composition in which are described enigmatically the objects expressed by each syllable of a word, separate¬ ly, and then by the w ord as a whole. ChXr'coal, n. [gee Char, v. t.] Coal made by charring w ood. Charge, n. [Fr.] 1. Ferson or thing intrusted to ore’s care or custody. 2. Office ; con mission. 3. Earnest command, or instruction. 4. Costs ; expense. 5. Account of that which is due from one party to another. 6. Imputation; accusation. 7. Quan¬ tity which any apparatus, as a gun, machine, &c., is intended to receive. 8. Attack, or signal for attack. 9. (Her.) A bearing or emblem on a field. — v. t. [-ED ; -ing.] [Fr. X, E, I, 6, u, y ,long ; X, fi,I, 6, 0, t, short; cAre, f ap h SK, (VLL, what; flRE, veil, t£rm; pique, firm; s6n. CHARGEABLE CHECK charger, fr. L. Lat. carricare, fr. Lat. carrus, wagon.] 1. To impose, as a load, task, duty, or trust. 2. To command, request, or exhort ear¬ nestly or authoritatively ; to give in¬ structions to. 3. To place to the ac¬ count of. 4. To accuse of. 5. To load, as a gun, &c. 6. To rush upon; to fall on.— v. i. To make an onset. Charge'a-ble, a. 1. Capable of being charged. 2. Subject to be charged or accused. 3. Costly; burdensome. [being expensive. Charge'a-ble-NESS, n. Quality of Charge d'affaires (shar'zha/ daf far'). [Fr. charge , p. p. of charger, to charge, and affaire, affair.] An inferior diplomatic representative at a foreign court. Char'ger, n. 1. One who, or that which, charges. 2. A large dish. 3. A horse used in battle. Char'I-LY, adv. In a careful, wary manner. [chary. CHAR'I-NESS, n. Quality of being Char'I-ot, n. [Fr. chariot , fr. char, car.] 1. A war car or vehicle. 2. A four-wheeled pleasure or state car¬ riage, having one seat. Char'i-ox-eer', n. One who drives or conducts a chariot. ChXr'i-ta-ble, a. [See Charity.] 1. Full of love and good will. 2. Liberal to the poor. ChXr'i-ta-ble-ness, n. Quality of being charitable. [manner. ChXr'i-ta-bly, adv. In a charitable Char'I-ty (88), n. [Lat. caritas, fr. cams, dear, costly, loved.] 1. Dis¬ position to think favorably of others, and to do them good. 2. Liberality to the poor. 3. Alms. 4. Any act of kindness or benevolence. Syn. — Love; benevolence; affection; tenderness; liberality. Cz/A.RZYA.R/(sha-ree / va-ree'), n. [Fr.] A mock serenade. Qhar'EA-TAN, n. [Sp. charlar, It. ciarlare, to chatter, prate.] A quack ; an empiric. HAR'LA-TAN-IgM, ) n. Undue pre- HAR'LA-TAN-RY, ) tensions to skill; quackery ; empiricism. Charles’s Wain (charlz'ez wan.) [A.-S. carles-wsen, or ceorles-wsen, the churl’s or farmer’s wain.] The cluster of seven stars, commonly called the Dipper. CHARM, n. [Lat. carmen, song, in¬ cantation, for casmen, Skr. gasman, a laudatory soug, fr. fans, to praise.] 1. Something possessing, or imagined to possess, occult power or influence. 2. Enchantment; fascination. — v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To subdue or con¬ trol by occult influence. 2. To at¬ tract irresistibly ; to fascinate. Charm'er, n. One who charms. Charm'ing, p. a. Pleasing in the highest degree. Syn. — Enchanting; bewitching; cap¬ tivating ; enrapturing ; alluring ; fasci¬ nating; delightful; pleasurable. ChXrm'ing-i,y, adv. Delightfully. 65 Char'nel, a. [Lat. carnalis, fr. caro, carnis, flesh.] Containing the re¬ mains of dead men or animals. Char'nel-house, n. A place under or near a church, for the bones of the dead. Char'ry, a. [See Char.] Pertaining to, or like, charcoal. Chart, n. [Lat. charta, Gr. xdpr»7?, a leaf of paper.] 1. A sheet of paper containing information arranged methodically. 2. A map representing a portion of water and land. Char-ta'ceous, a. Resembling pa¬ per or parchment. Char'ter, n. [Lat. charta, paper.] 1. An instrument in writing, bestow¬ ing rights and privileges ; an act of incorporation. 2. A special privilege or immunity. — v.t. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To establish by charter. 2. To hire or let, as a ship. Char'ter-par/ty, n. [Fr. chartre partie, or eharte partie, a divided charter, from the practice of cutting the instrument in two, and giving one part to each of the contractors.] A conditional agreement respecting the hire of a vessel. CHART'lgM, n. [Fr. eharte, charter. Cf. Chart.] The principles of a po¬ litical party in England. Chart'ist, n. A supporter of chart¬ ism. [Eng.] ChAr'Y, a. [A.-S. cearig ; ccar, cearu, care.] Careful; close ; cautious. Chase, v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [Lat. captiare, for captare, to strive to seize, in tens, form of capere, to take.] 1. To pursue, as game ; to hunt. 2. To urge onward; to persecute. 3. [A contr. of enchase.] To engrave, as plate. — n. 1. Hunting, as of an enemy, game, &c. 2. That which is hunted. 3. A private hunting-ground. 4. [Lat. capsa, box, case.] An iron frame used by printers to confine type. Cj-ias'er, n. 1. One who chases. 2. A gun at the head or stern of a ves¬ sel for firing when in chase. CHXgM (kSzm), n. [Gr. ^do-pa, from Xo-Lveiv , to gape, to open wide.] 1. A deep opening; a cleft; a fissure. 2. A gap or break. (^hXs'sePr (sh&s^flr), n. [Fr., a huntsman, fr. chasser, to hunt.] One of a body of cavalry trained for rapid movements. Chaste, a. [Lat. castus.] 1. Pure from unlawful sexual intercourse; virtuous. 2. Pure from obscenity, from barbarous words, or the like. Chaste'ly, adv. In a chaste manner. Chas'ten (chas'n), v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [Lat. castigare, to punish, fr. castus, pure, and agere, to lead, drive.] 1. To correct by punishment; to chas¬ tise. 2. To purify from errors or faults. Chas'ten-er (chas'n-er), n. One who chastens. [chastisement. CHAS-Tig'A-BLE, a. Deserving of CHAS-TIgE', V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. castigare. See CHASTEN.] 1. To inflict pain upon, in any manner,for the purpose of correction. 2. To free from faults or excesses. Syn. — To punish; chasten. — Punish and chastise differ in the object aimed at. The former is designed to uphold law by the infliction of penalty; the lat¬ ter to prevent the repetition of faults and reclaim the offender. In a rarer and somewhat irregular sense, chastise de¬ notes to disgrace publicly by stripes. CHAS'TigE-MENT, n. Pain inflicted for punishment and correction. CHAS-Tig'ER, n. One who chastises. Chas'ti-ty, n. 1. Purity from un¬ lawful sexual intercourse. 2. Free¬ dom from corrupt or extravagant thought. CHXg'u-BLE, n. [L. Lat. casubula, a hooded garment, covering the person like a little house; from Lat. casa, house.] A vestment worn by the priest in saying mass. Chat, v. i. [-ted; -ting, 136.] [Cf. A.-S. cwsedan, Goth, gvithan, to speak. See Chatter.] To talk in a light and familiar manner. — n. Light familiar talk. Chateau (sha-toQ, n. ; pi. cha¬ teaux (sha-toz') [Fr.] 1. A castle. [France.] 2. A country-seat. Qhat'el-la-ny, n. [See Castel. LANY.] Lordship or jurisdiction of the governor of a castle. Chat't.ee (chat'tl), n. [See Cattle.] Any kind of property except the freehold, or things parcel of it. ChXt'ter, V. i. [-ED ; -ing.] [Cf. D. koeteren, to jabber.] 1. To utter inarticulate and indistinct sounds. 2. To talk idly and rapidly ; to jab¬ ber ; to prate. — n. Sounds like those of a magpie ; idle talk. ChXt'ter-box, ) n. One who talks ChXt'ter-er, ) incessantly. ChXt'ty, a. Given to conversation; talkative. £haud'-m£d'ley (shod'med / iy), n. [Fr. chaude mclle, fr. chaud, hot, and mesler, meltr, to mingle.] The kill¬ ing of a person in an affray, while under the influence of passion. ChAunt, n. & v. See Chant. Chaw, v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] To chew. — n. As much as is put in the mouth at once ; a chew. [Lore.] CHEAP, a. [An abbrev. of good cheap, a good bargain ; A.-S. ceap, bargain, price.] 1. Of small cost. 2. Being of small value. Cheapen (chep-'n), v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [A.-S. ceapan, ceapian , to buy, sell, Goth. kaupOn.] 1. To attempt to buy. 2. To beat down the price of. Ciieap'jbn-er, n. One who cheapens. Cheap'ly, adv. At a low rate. Cheap'ness, n. Lowness in price. Cheat, v.t. [-ED; -ing.] To de¬ ceive and defraud in anyway. — n. [Prob. an abbrev. of escheat, because fraudulent measures were often taken in procuring escheats.] 1. An act of deception ; a fraud ; a trick ; im¬ position. 2. A person who cheats. CllEAT'ER, n. One who cheats. Check, n. [Fr. ichec, check (No. 5.). G, hard ; A§; EjciST ; nojng; this. OR DO , WQLF . TOO to"<>k •. Prn, RUE , pyLL ; E, I, o, silent; 6-, soft; -c, CHECKER CHIEF GG See Chess.] 1. Restraint, physical or moral; hindrance ; obstruction. 2. [From the Exchequer Chamber, where the king’s accounts were set¬ tled on a checkered cloth.] A mark put against items in going over a list. 3. A token given to identify a thing or person. 4. An order on a bank for money. 5. (Chess.) Exposure of the king to the attack of an adversary. — v. t. [-ed; -ING.] 1. To hinder ; to repress; to curb. 2. To rebuke, chide, or reprove. 3. To make a mark against in going over a list. 4. To provide with checks, as luggage. Ciieck'er, t'. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [See Check.] 1. To form into little squares. 2. To diversify.— n. 1. One who checks. 2. A piece in the game of draughts. Ch£ck'er-b5ard, n. A board for playing checkers, or draughts. CliECK'ERg, n. pi. A common game, called also draughts. Ciieck'mate, n. [Ger . schactmatt, fr. Per. shah mat , checkmate, lit. the king is conquered or dead, from Ar. mata, is dead; because, when the king is made prisoner, the game is finished.] 1. The movement in chess which ends the game. 2. A com¬ plete check or defeat. — v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To defeat by checkmate. 2. To arrest or defeat completely. Cheek, n. [A.-S. ceac, fr. ceowan, to chew.] Either side of the face below the eyes. [To chirp. Cheep, v. i. [A modification of chirp.] Cheer, n. [Gr. *dpa, head, face.] 1. A state of feeling or spirits. 2. A state of gayety or mirth. 3. Enter¬ tainment. 4. Applause ; encourage¬ ment. — v.t. [-ED; -ING.] 1. To cause to rejoice. 2. To infuse life, courage, or hope, into. 3. To urge or salute by cheers. — v. i. To utter cheers. CllEER'FUL, a. Having, promoting, or expressing, good spirits or joy. Ciieer'ful-ly, adv. In a cheerful manner. Ciieer'ful-ness, n. Good spirits; moderate joy or gayety. Syn.— Gayety; mirth; merriment.— Cheerfulness is a habit of mind; gayety is an occasional excitement of animal spir¬ its; mirth or merriment is noisy gayety. ClIEER'i-LY, adv. With cheerfulness. Ciieer'less, a. Gloomy; comfort¬ less ; dreary. Ciieer'ly, a. Gay ; cheerful. — adv. In a cheerful manner. Ciieer'y, a. 1. In good spirits; cheerful. 2. Promoting cheerfulness. CllEEgE, n. [Lat. caseus.] Curd of milk, separated from the whey, and pressed. Cheese'-cake , n. A cake made of soft curds, sugar, and butter. CHEEgE'-MON'GER (-mung'ger, 82), n. One who deals in cheese. Chee§e'-pr£ss, n. A press for ex¬ pelling whey from curd. CheejPy, a. Having the qualities or taste of cheese. Chef-d'ceuvre (sha'ddTovr'), n. ; pi. CHEFS-D’OEUVRE. [Fr.] A master-piece in art, literature, &c. giSSSiK €hei/i-form, a. [Gr. claw, and Lat. forma , form.] Having a movable joint closing against a pre¬ ceding joint ora projecting part of it, as in the claw of a crab. Ghe-lo'ni-an, a. Pertaining to ani¬ mals of the tortoise kind. •Ghem'ic, 1 a. Pertaining to chem- Chem'I€-AL, j istry. €iiem/I€-AL-ly, adv. According to chemical principles. ■Ghem'ic-als, n. pi. Substances for producing chemical effects. Qhe-MIse' (she-meez''), n. [Fr., from Ar. kamis , shirt, linen under-gar¬ ment.] An under-garment worn by females. <^HEM / l-gETTE'(shem / e-zet'), n. [Fr., dim. of chemise .] An under-garment worn over the chemise, [chemistry. ■Ghem'IST, n. A person versed in €hem'is-try (kem'is-tr^ 7 ), n. [See ALCHEMY.] That branch of science which treats of the composition of substances, and of the changes which they undergo. Qiie-nille' (she-neeP), n. [Fr., a caterpillar.] Tufted cord, used in ladies’ dresses. Cheque (chek), n. See Check. Cheq'uer (clidlt/er), n. & v. See Checker. Ciier'isii, v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [Fr. cherir , fr. cher, dear, Lat. carus.] 1. To treat with tenderness and affec¬ tion. 2. To hold dear. Syn. — To nourish; foster; nurse; en¬ tertain; encourage; comfort; support. Ciier'ish-er, n. One who cherishes. Che-root', n. A kind of cigar. Cher'ry,ji. [Lat. cerasus, fr. Cerasus, a city in Pontus, whence the tree was imported into Italy.] 1. A tree and its fruit. 2. A cordial of cherry- juice and spirit, sweetened. — a. Like a red cherry in color ; ruddy. €h£r'SO-NESE, n. [Gr. x e pcovr)cros, fr. xepero?, land, and vrjeros, an isle.] A peninsula. ChEr'UB (68, 154), n. [Ileb. kerhb, from ketrab , to grasp.] 1. One of an order of angels. 2. A symbolical figure, used in the tabernacle and temple. 3. A beautiful child. Ciie-ru'bic, 1 a. Of, or pertain- Che-ru'big-AL, j ing to. cherubs; angelic. [of Cherub. Cher'u-bIm, n. The Hebrew plural Cher'up, v. i. [Prob. from chirp.] To make a short, shrill sound; to chirp. — n. A short, sharp noise, as of a cricket. Chess, n. [Per. shah, king, as being the principal figure.] A game played by two persons, on a board contain¬ ing sixty-four squares. [in chess. Chess'-b5ard, n. The board used Chess'-mXn (150), n. A piece used in the game of chess. Chest, n. [Lat. cista, Gr. xi'cmp] 1. A box in which articles are deposited. 2. The thorax. CHfiST'NUT (ches'nut), n. [Gr. Kacr- tclvov. fr. Kaurova, a city of Pontus.] 1. The fruit, seed, or nut of a certain tree. 2. The tree itself, or its tim¬ ber.— a. Being of the color of a chestnut; of a reddish brown color. Cheval-de-frise (shvdld'-freez'), n.; pi. CUE VAUX-EE FRISK (shev'o-de-freez ; Fr. pron. shvod'- freez'). [Fr., fr. cheval , horse, and Fri.se, Friesland.] A piece of timber traversed with pointed spikes. Qhev'a-lier' (shev'-), n. [Fr.,from cheval, horse.] 1. A horseman; hence, a knight. 2. A member of certain orders of knighthood. £hev'i-san<^e (sh£v'-), n. [O.Fr.,fr. chevir, to come to an end, to per¬ form.] 1. A making of contracts; a bargain. 2. An unlawful agreement. Qhev'RON, n. [Fr., rafter, chevron, equiv. to Lat. capriolus, a support of timber, from caper, goat.] 1. An honorable ordinary, representing two rafters meeting at the top. 2. Dis¬ tinguishing marks on the sleeves of non-commissioned officers’ coats. Chew (chdo), v. t. or i. [-ed ; -ing.] ' [A.-S. ceowa?i.] 1. To bite and grind with the teeth. 2. To ruminate mentally ; to meditate. — n. That which is chewed; a cud. [Low.] CHl-A'RO-os-eU'RO , ) The same as Cm ar'-os-e U’r o , j Clare- obscure, q. V. Ch'i-bouque' \ (che-book'), n. Chi-bouk' J [Turkish.] A Turk¬ ish tobacco-pipe. (^Hf-CANE' (shi-kan'), n. [Fr.,orig. a crumb, a small part.] An artful subterfuge; cavil; sophistry. QiiI-GAN'er-y, n. Mean or unfair ar¬ tifice to perplex a cause ; chicane. Syn.— Trick; sophistry; quibble; fetch; stratagem. Ciiic'o-ry, n. [Lat. cichorium, Gr. /ctx^pmv.] A plant used for adulter¬ ating coffee ; succory ; endive. Chick, In. [A.-S. cicen, D. kieken, ChJlCk'EN, f kuiken.] 1. The young of fowls. 2. A y oung person. CmcK'A-DEE', n. A bird of North America ; —named from its note. ChIck'en-heart'ed, a. Timid; fearful; cowardly. Chick'en-pox, n. A mild, conta¬ gious, eruptive disease, [cant weed. Chick'-weed, n. A kind of insignifi- ClllDE, v. t. [imp. CHID; p. p. CHID, CHIDDEN.] [A.-S. cidan, chidan.] To rebuke; to reproach ; to blame. — v.i. 1. To find fault. 2. To make a clamorous, roaring noise. CHIEF, a. [0. Fr. chief, chef, fr. Lat. caput, head.] 1. Highest in office or rank. 2. Principal or most eminent in any quality 7 or action. — n. 1. Leader of any band or community. 2. Principal person or thing. Syn. — Chieftain; commander; leader. — A c/nefhns the pre-eminence or rule in civil matters, as, the chief of police or of a tribe; a chieftain and commander a, e, i, o,u, y , long X, E,I, 6, 0, short; cAre, far, Ask, all, what; £re, veil, t£rm ; pique, fIrm; s6n, CHIEF-JUSTICE occupy high military stations; a leader takes the direction of enterprises. Chief'— jDs'T'f^E, n. The presiding judge of a court. Chief'ly, adv. 1. In the first place; principally. 2. For the most part. Chief'ta'i’n (42), n. [L. Lat. capi- taneus, from Lat. caput , head. See CHIEF.] Head of a troop, army, or clan. [of a chieftain. Chief'taYn-ship, n. Rank or office CiiYg'oe, 1 n. A small tropical insect Chig'reU of the flea family. ChYl'BLAIN, n. A sore caused by cold. ChIld, n.; pi. chYl'dren. [A.-S. did , pi. dldru , cildra.] 1. A son or a daughter. 2. A young person of either sex. [ducing children. ChIld'-beAr'ing n. Act of pro- ChIld'bed, n. State of a woman in labor; parturition. ChIld'bTrth, n. Act of bringing forth a child ; travail; labor. ChIlde (in Eng. child or child), n. A title formerly prefixed to his name by the oldest son, until he succeeded to the titles of his ancestors, or gained new honors. ChTld'ho'od (27), n. State of a child ; time in which persons are children. Child'ish, a. Of, or pertaining to, a child ; puerile. [a child. ChTed'ish-ey, arlv. In themannerof Child'ish-ness, n. State or qualities of a child; simplicity. Child'less, a. Destitute of children. Child'-like, a. Like or becoming a child ; submissive ; docile. GhYl'I-ad, n. [Gr. xiAids, fr. -giXiov, thousand.] A thousand ; especially, a thousand years. Ghil'i-aroh, n. [Gr. xiAiapxijs, fr. XtAiov, thousand, and ap\os, leader.] Commander of a thousand men. ChIll, a. [A.-S. cyle, cele, fr. celan, calan, to be cold ] 1. Moderately cold; cool. 2. Affected by cold. 3. Formal; distant.— n. A disagree¬ able sensation of coolness; shiver¬ ing. — v. t [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To make chilly ; to affect with cold. 2. To depress ; to discourage. ChYll'i-ness, n. A sensation of coolness. ChIll'ness, n. Coolness ; coldness. ChYll'y, n. Moderately cold. Chimb (chlm), n. [D. kim .] Edge of acask, &c. See CHINE, 2. Chime, n. [It. campana, bell.] 1. Harmonious sound of bells. 2. A set of bells musically tuned to one another. 3. [See Chimb.] Edge of a cask or tub.— v i. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To sound in harmonious accord, as bells. 2. To be in harmony ; to cor¬ respond. 3. To jingle, as in rhyming. GiiY-me'RA, n. [Lat. chimsera , Gr. \i-paCpa, orig. a she-goat.] 1. A fabulous fire-spouting monster. 2. A vain or foolish fancv. Giii-mer'I€-AL, a. Merely imaginary; existing only in thought. GhY-m£r'io-al-ly, adv. Wildly; vainly ; fancifully. ChIm'ney (148), n. [Fr. cheminee, fr. 67 Gr. >fdp.ivo?, furnace, oven.] Passage | through which the smoke is carried j off; a flue. Chim'ney-sweep, ) n. One who I ChIm'ney-sweep'er, J sweepsand scrapes chimneys. Chim-pXn'zee, ra. A kind of African monkey resembling man. Ciiin, n. [A.-S. cinne, cin , Goth, kin- nus, cheek, akin to Lat. gena, Gr. yews, Skr. ganda.] The lower ex- i tremity of the face, below the mouth. Chi'na, n. A fine species of earthen ware; porcelain. Chine'a-pin, n. The dwarf chestnut. Chin-chil'la, n. [Sp.] A small rodent animal, remarkable for its fine fur. [cough. Chin'GOUGII (-kof, 21), n. Ilooping- ClllNE,n. [0 II. Ger. skina, needle, prickle.] 1. Back-boue of an animal. 2. The chimb or chime of a cask. Chink, n. [A.-S. cine, fissure, chink, from cinan , to gape.] 1. A gap or crack. 2. [See Jingle.] A short, sharp sound, as of metal. — v. i. To crack; to open; to jingle.— v.t. [-ED ; -ING.] To jingle. Chintz (chints, 108), n. [Hind, chhint, spotted cotton cloth.] Cotton cloth, printed with flowers and colors. Chip, v. t. [-fed; -ping, 138.] [II. Ger. kippen, to clip, pare.] To cut into small pieces. — v. i. To break in small pieces. — n. A piece cut or broken off. Ghi'ro- GRAPH, n. [Gr. x«pdypa.i£os, written with the hand; x et P, hand, and ypd<^eiv, to write.] A writing re¬ quiring a counterpart. It answered to what is now called a charter-party. GHl-ROG'RA-PHER, n. One who prac¬ tices writing. GhPro-graph'ic, la. Pertain- €hi'ro-graph'I€-ai,, ) ing to chi- rography. [pher. Giii-rog'ra-phist, n. A chirogra- Ghi-rog'ra-phy, n. 1. Art of writ¬ ing. 2. A writing done with one’s own hand; handwriting. eiil-ROL'o-GY, n. [Gr. x et P) hand, and A.oyos, speech.] Art of com¬ municating thoughts by signs made by the hands and fingers. Ghi'ro-MAN^Y, n. [Gr. xeip, hand, and pavreia, divination.] Divination by inspection of the hand; palm¬ istry. Ghi-Ron'o-MY (kl-), n. [Gr. x hand, and vopos, law, rule.] Gesture. Ghi-rop'o-dYst, n. [Gr. x string.] 1. String of a musical in¬ strument. 2. An har¬ monious combination of tones simultaneously performed. 3. A right line, uniting the extrem¬ ities of the arc of a cir¬ cle. — v. t. [-ed; -ING.] To pro¬ vide with musical chords or strings. Chore, n. [Eng. char.] A small job ; — commonly in the pi. \Anier.] €ho'ri-Xmb, ii. [Gr. xopiajujSos, fr. Xopetos, trochee, and £ap./3os,iambus ] (Ancient Pros.) A foot consisting of four syllables, the first and last long, and the others short. Cho'rist, n. A singer in a choir. ChorGs-ter, n. 1. One of a choir ; a singer in a concert. 2. A leader of a choir. Cho-rog'ra-pher, n. One who makes a map of a partic ular country. Cho'ro-graph'I€-ae, a. Pertaining to chorography. €ho-rog'ra-p‘hy, n. [Gr. xopoypa- fr. xwpb?, place, and ypa.eiv, to describe.] Art of making a map or Chord (3). AC, AB, chords. description of a particular region or country. •Gho'RUS, n. [Lat. chorus, Gr. xopos.] 1. ( Gr. Drama.) A company sup¬ posed to behold what passes in the acts of a tragedy, and who sing their sentiments between the acts. 2. A company of singers singing in con¬ cert. 3. What is said or sung by the chorus in a tragedy; part of a song in which the company join. Cho$e (shoz), n. [Fr., fr. Lat. causa, cause.] A thing ; personal property. Chose in action, a thing of which one has not possession or actual enjoyment, but only a right to it. Cho§e, imp. & p. p. of Choose. CHOg'EN (ch5z ; n ),p.p. of Choose. Chough (chSf), n. [A.-S. ceo, Fr. choucus.] A bird of the crow family. Chouse, v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [Turk. chiaous, a messenger of the Turkish emperor, one of whom, in 1609, com¬ mitted a gross fraud upon the Turk¬ ish merchants resident in England.] To cheat, trick, defraud.— n. 1. A simpleton ; a gull. 2. A trick ; im¬ position. Chow'chow, n. [Chin.] A kind of mixed pickles. Chow'der, n. A dish of fresh fish, pork, onions, &c., stewed together. Chres-tom'a-thy, n. [Gr. xP'h'r- ropaOeLa, from XP 1 ? ITTC ’S, useful, and p.aQeiv, to learn.] A selection of passages, with notes, &c., to be used in acquiring a language. -Chrism, n. [Gr. xpuzp.a, fr. xpieiv, to anoint.] Oil consecrated by a bishop. CHRIg-MA'TION, n. Act of applying consecrated oil. [the chrism. ■€hris'ma-to-ry (50), n. A vessel for Christ, n. [Gr. xporros,anointed, fr. xpteiv, to anoint.] The Anointed ; the Savior; the Messiah. CHRIS'TENfkrisfo),^. t. [-ed ; -ING.] [A.-S. cristnian , fr. cristen , cristena , a Christian.] 1. To baptize. 2. To give a name to. Chris't^n-dom (kris-'n-), n. [A.-S. cristendom, from cristen, a Christian, and the term, dom .] 1. That portion of the world in which Christianity prevails. 2. Whole body of Christians. Chris'tian (krist'yan, 66), n. [See Christ.] A believer in Christ. — a. 1. Pertaining to Christ or his re¬ ligion. 2. Professing Christianity. Christian name, the name given in bap¬ tism, as distinct from the family name, or surname. Chris-tian'i-ty (krist-ySnd-ty), n. The religion_taught by Christ. Chris'TIAN-ize, v. t. [-ed ; -ING.] To convert to Christianity. Chris'tian-ly, adv. In a Christian manner. [Christ. ChrIst'eess, a. Having no faith in Christ'mas (krTs / mas, 146), n. 1. Festival of Christ’s nativity ; the 25th of December. 2. Christmas-day. ChrI'st'mas-box (kriVmas-), n. A box in which presents are put at Christmas. Chris-tol'o-gy, n. [Gr. xp^tosj Christ, and Aoyos, discourse.] A dis¬ course or treatise concerning Christ. Chro-MAT'I€, a. [Gr. xp^P-ari/eos, suited for color, fr. xpa>pa, color.] 1. Relating to color. 2. (Mus.) Pro¬ ceeding by the smaller intervals (half-steps or semitones) of the scale. <3mro-mat'I€S, n. Science of colors. Chrome, \ n. [Gr. xpa>pa, color.] €hro'mi-um, [ A hard, brittle metal of a grayish-white color. Chro'mo, n. [Gr. xpwpa, color.] A chromo-lithograph. €hro'mo— LITH'O-GRAPH, w. A lith¬ ograph printed in colors. €hron'I€, 1 a. [Gr. xporikos, fr. €hr6n'ig-al, j xpo 1 ' 0 ?! time.] Con¬ tinuing for a long time. Chron'i-gle (kronG-kl), n. A reg¬ ister of events in the order of time.— v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To record in history ; to register. [chronicle. Chron'i-eler, n. A writer of a Chron'o-gram, In. [Gr. xpwos, Chron'O-GrAph, ) time, and ypaju.- jua, writing, ypa^eu/, to write.] An inscription which includes in it the date of an event. [oger. CHRO-NOG'RA-PHER, n. A chronol- Chro-nol'o-ger, 1 n. One skilled €3hro-n5l'o-gTst, j in chronology. €hron'o-log'ic, 1 a. Relating €hr6n'o-log'I€-a:l, j to chronol¬ ogy ; according to the order of time. CHRONfo-LOG'ie-AL-EY, adv. In a chronological manner. Chro-nol'o-gy, n. [Gr. xpovoAoyia, fr. xpovos, time, and Aoyos, discourse.] Science of computing time by regular divisions and which assigns to events their proper dates. €hro-nom'e-ter, n. [Gr. xpbvos, time, and pe'rpov, measure.] A time¬ keeper ; esp. a portable time-keeper of superior construction and accuracy. dHRON'o-MfiT'Rre, 1 a. Pertain- Chron'o-met'ric-al,, j ing to, or measured by, a chronometer. €hrys'a-lis (krls-), n.; pi. «hr¥- SAL/I-DEg. [Gr. xP vcra ^ Ais, gold- colored sheath of butterflies, from Xpucros, gold.] A form into which the caterpillar of butterflies, moths, &c., passes, and from which the per¬ fect insect, after a while, emerges. ■GhrIlS'O-PRAse, n. [Gr. xpvcrbrrpa- <70s, from xpucros, gold, and npaaov, leek.] A kind of massive quartz. Chub, n. [Cf. Fr. chabot , a chub, Lat. capito , a fish with a large head, caput, head.] A fresh-water fish of the carp family. Ciiub'bed, 1 a. Likeachub ; plump, ClltJB'BY, j short, and thick. Chuck, v. i. [Formed in imitation of the sound ] To make a noise like that of a hen calling her chickens.— v. t. [-ed; -ing.] 1. To strike gently. 2. To throw ; to pitch. — n. 1. The call of a hen. 2. A slight blow under the chin. 3. A contriv¬ ance fixed to the mandrel of a turn¬ ing-lathe for holding the material to be operated upon. CHt)cK'-FAR / THiNG, n. A play in CHUCKLE ■which a farthing is pitched into a hole. ClIUUK'LE, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [From chuck.] To call, as a hen her chick¬ ens. — v. i. To laugh in a suppressed or broken manner. — n. A short, suppressed laugh of exultation or de¬ rision. Chuff, n. [Perhaps a modif. of chub.] A coarse, dull, or surly fellow. Chuff'y, a. Surly; clownish. ChOm, n. [Prob. a contr. from com¬ rade.] A room-mate, esp. in a college. Chunk, n. A short, thick piece of any thing. Church (68), n. [Gr. Kupia/oy, Kvpux- kov, Lord’s house, fr. Kupios, lord.] 1. A building for Christian worship. 2. An organized body of Christian believers. 3. The collective body of Christians. — v. t. [-eh; -Ing-.] To unite with in returning thanks in church, as after childbirth. Church'man (150), n. 1. An eccle¬ siastic or clergyman. 2. An Episco¬ palian. [a churchman. ChDrch'man-ship, a. State of being ChOrch'-ward'.en, n. An officer whose duties respect the temporal interests of a church or parish. Church'-yard, n. A grave-yard ad¬ joining to a church ; a cemetery. Churl (66), n. [A.-S. ceorl.] 1. A rustic; a countryman or laborer. 2. A rough, surly, ill-bred man. 3. A niggard. , ChOrl'ish, a. Like a churl; illiberal. Churl'ish-ness, n. Rudeness of manners or temper ; indisposition to kindness or courtesy. Churn (66), n. A vessel for making butter in. —v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [A.- S. cernan, Icel. kirna , from kiarni , marrow, cream.] To agitate, as cream, in order to make butter. ChPrn'ing, n. Quantity of butter made at one operation. ■Chyle (kll), n. [Gr. juice, from ye'etc, to pour.] A milky fluid, derived from chyme, and conveyed into the circulation. Chyl'i-fau'tion, n. [Gr. and Lat. facere , to make.] Process by which chyle is formed. [chyle. Ch?l / i-fi-€A'tion, n. Formation of Chyl'ous (kTPus), a. Consisting of chyle, or partaking of it. Chyme (klm), n. [Gr. x^p-os, juice, from x« eiv ) to pour.] Pulp formed by the food after it has been for some time in the stomach. Ch^m'is-try, &c. See Chemistry. Chy'MH-FI-UA'tion, n. [Lat. chymus , chyme, and facere, to make.] Act or process of becoming or of forming chyme. [chyme. Chym'ous (klnPus), a. Pertaining to Qie'A-TRx^E, n. A scar remaining after a wound is healed. CJ-e_A’TRix, n. ; pi. pie' a-trV- fE$. [Lat ] A scar ; a cica trice. £I€'a-tri-za/tion, n. Process of forminga cicatrice. Qic'a-trize, v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To heal and induce the formation of a 69 cicatrice in, as in wounded flesh. — v. i. To heal or be healed. Cicerone (che-che-ro / ne or sis'e- ro'ne), n. [It. Cicerone , Cicero, the Roman orator; fr. the talkativeness of such a guide.] One who shows strangers the curiosities of a place. Qic'e-ro'ni-an, a. Resembling Cice¬ ro in style or action. Cicisbeo (che'chis-ba/o or se-sls'- be-o), n. [It.] The professed gal¬ lant of a married woman. (Jl'DER, n. [Fr. cidre, Gr. c-bcepa ; of Oriental origin.] A drink made from the juice of apples. Cl-DEVANT (s^d^ng'), a. [Fr.] Former; previous. (pi-GAR', n. [Sp. cigarro.] A small roll of tobacco, used for smoking. Qig'ar-ette', n. A little cigar. (JjIl'ia-ry (sIFya-), a. Belonging to the eye-lashes. (pI-Ll'ClOUS (si-llsh / us), a. [Lat. cili- cium, a covering, orig. of Cilician goat’s hair, from Cilicia , in Asia Mi¬ nor.] Made, or consisting, of hair. Qim'e-ter, n. [Biscayan cimetarra, with a sharp edge.] A short sword with a recurvated point. £im-me'ri-an (89), a. 1. Pertaining to the Cimmerii, a fabulous people, said to have dwelt in caves, in utter darkness. 2. Intensely dark. Qin-uho'na. n. [Named from the Countess Cinchon.] Peruvian bark, or the tree which produces it. Qin-gt'URE (53), n. [Lat. cinctura , from cingere, to gird.] 1. A belt; a girdle. 2. That which encompasses ; iuclosure. Qin'der, n. [A.-S. sinder, fr. syndri- an, to separate.] 1. A particle of matter remaining after combustion. 2. A small coal with ashes ; an ember. Qin'e-mat'igs, n. sing. [Gr. klvcoj, to move.] Science which treats of motions considered apart from their causes. Qin'er-A-ry, a. [Lat. cinerarius, fr. cinis , ashes.] Pertaining to, or con¬ taining, ashes. [thing to ashes. Oin'er-a'tion, n. Reducing of any Qin'er-Ptious (-jsIVus), a. Having the color or consistence of ashes. ^)IN'NA-BAR, n. [Gr. Kcwa/Hapc s, Per. qinbar.] Red sulphuret of mercury ; vermilion. ^IN'NA-MON, n. [Gr. KLWo.fj.ov, Kivva- panpov, from a Phenician word.] Aro¬ matic inner bark of a tree growing in Ceylon. Qinque (sink, 82), n. [Lat . quinque, five.] Five, upon dice or in cards. Qinque'-foil, n. [Fr. cinque , five, and feuille, leaf.] I. A plant, of dif¬ ferent species. 2. An ornamental foliation having five points, used in ^windows, pauels, &c. Qi'on, n. [0. Fr. fr. Lat. sectio , a cut¬ ting.] A young shoot, twig, or sprout. Qi'PHER, n. [Ar. sifrun , empty, ci¬ pher, zero.] 1. The character 0 in arithmetic. 2. A person of no worth or character 3. An enigmatical character. 4. A private alphabet or CIRCUMFERENTOR system of characters. — v. i. [-ED; -ING.] To practice arithmetic. Qir'ule (18), n. [Lat. circulus, dim. of circus , circle.] 1. A plane figure, bounded by a single curve line, every part of which is equally distant from a point within it called the cen¬ ter. 2. The line that Circle, bounds such a figure; a circumfer¬ ence. 3. A round body ; a sphere. 4. Compass; circuit. 5. A company- 6. A series ending where it begins.— v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To move or revolve around. 2. To surround ; to inclose. — v. i. To move circularly. CiR'ULET, n. A little circle. (Jir'uuit (slr'kit, 18), n. [Lat. circu- itus, from circum, around, and ire, to go ] 1. Act of moving or revolving around. 2. The region over which the jurisdiction, as of a judge, &c., extends. 3. The distance around any space. — v. t. To move or make to go round. [circuit; indirect. ClR-€U'I-TOUS, a. Going round in a ClR-ou'l-ToOs-LY, adv. In a circuit. (^iR'-eu-LAR (18). a. 1. Pertaining to, or in the form of, a circle ; round. 2. Addressed to a number of persons.— n. A letter, or paper, copies of which are addressed to various persons. QIr/UU-lar'i-TY, n. State of being circular. [manner. Qir'GU-lar-ly, adv. In a circular QiR'UU-LATE, V. i. [-ED; -ING.] 1. To move or pass round. 2. To pass from place to place, from person to person, or from hand to hand. — v. t. To cause to pass round. Qir / €U-la'tion, n. 1. Act of circu¬ lating. 2. Currency ; coin, or notes, bills, &c., current as money. 3. Ex¬ tent to which any thing circulates. QTrTum-am'bi-ent. a. [Lat. circum, around, and ambire, to go round.] Surrounding; encompassing. QlR / -eUM-AM'BU-LATE, v. i. [Lat. circumambulare , fr. circum, around, and ambulare , to walk.] To walk round about. _ [walking around. C1r / uum-am / bu-la'tion. n. Act of giR'EUM-gigE (18), v. t. [-ed; -ing.J [Lat. circumcidere, circumcisum , fr. circum, around, and c&dere, to cut.] 1. To cut off the foreskin of. 2. To render spiritual or holy. QiR'uum-^is'er, n . One who per¬ forms circumcision. (pnb-euM-^is'iON (-sizh'un), n. 1. Act of cutting off the prepuce or foreskin. 2. (Script.) (a.) Spiritual purification, and acceptance of the Christian faith, (b.) The Jews as distinguished from the Gentiles. Qir-uum'fer-en^e, n. [Lat. circum- ferentia, from circum , around, and ferre, to bear.] 1. Line that encom¬ passes a circular figure; periphery. 2. Any thing circular. 3. External surface of a sphere. (piR-etTM'FER-EN'TiAL, a. Pertain¬ ing to a circumference. Qir-gOm'fer-en'tor, n . An instru- 5, hard; Ag; ejcist ; PfasNG; this. or, do, wolf, too, took; Orn,rue,pull; E , I , o , silent; 9, G, so/t; o, CIRCUMFLEX ment used by surveyors for taking horizontal angles and bearings. Pik/€UM-flex, n. [Lat. circumflexus, a bending round.] 1. A wave of the voice. 2. A character, denoting in Greek a rise and fall of the voice on the same long syllable [marked thus, ~ or ~j; and in Latin and some other languages, denoting a long and contracted sellable [marked A j. ClR-CUM/FLU-iiNT, ) a. [Lat. circum- Qir-cBm'flu-oOs, ) fluere , circurn- fluens, from circum, around, and flu¬ ere, to flow.] Flowing around. ClR'EUM-FO-RA'NE-AN, 1 a. [Lat. yIR'€uM-Fo-R a'ne- ot)s, J circum- foraneus, fr. circum, around, and fo¬ rum, a market-place.] Going about or from house to house. Qir'cum-fuse', v. t. [Lat. circum- fundere, -fusum, fr. circum, around, and fundere, to pour.] To pour or spread round. [spreading around. CiR'EUM-FU'glON, n. A pouring or £Ir / €UM-6y-ra , TION, V. [Lat. cir¬ cum, around, and gyrare, to turn around.] A turning, rolling, or whirling round. QlR'CUM-JA'ijENT, a. [Lat. circum- jacere, circumjacens, from circum, around, and jacere, to lie.] Lying around ; bordering. ([Iir'cum-lo-cu'tion, n. [Lat. cir- cumlocutio , fr. circum, around, and loqui, to speak.] A circuit of words ; a periphrase. QIr'CUM-loc'u-TO-RY, ci. Relating to a circumlocution ; periphrastic. QlR^euM-NAV'I-GA-BLE, a. Capable of being sailed around. (piR'CUM-NAV'I-GATE, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. circumnavigare, fr. cir¬ cum, around, and navi gar e , to nav¬ igate.] To sail around. (TTr'cum-nav'i-GA'tion, n. Act of circumnavigating. [sails around. Cir / EUM-nav'I-gX / TOR, n. One who (/Ir'CUM-PO'lar, a. [Lat. circum, around, and Eng. polar.] About or near the pole. QIr'CUM-ro'TA-RY, a. Turning, roll¬ ing, or whirling round. QIr'CUM-ro-ta'tion, n. [Lat. cir- cumrotare , from circum , around, and rota, wheel.] A rolling or revolving round, as a wheel. (piR''€UM-RO'TA-TO-RY (50), a. Turn¬ ing, rolling, or whirling round. (piR^euM-s^RiB'A-BLE, a. Capable of being circumscribed. QIr'UUM-SCRIBE', V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. circumscribere , from circum, around, and scribere, to write, draw.] To inclose within a certain limit. QTr'cum-scrip'ti-ble, a. Capable of being circumscribed. QIr'cuivi-scrip'tion, n. Limitation by conditions, restraints, &c.; con¬ finement; limit. [external form. OlR / €UM-seRIP'TlVE, a. Defining the yiR'GUM-SPEGT, a. [Lat. circumspi- cere, circumspectus, from circum, around, and spicere, to look.] Cau¬ tious ; prudent; watchful; wary ; vigilant. 70 QTr^gum-speg'tion, n. Attention to all the facts and circumstances of a case; caution ; watchfulness. Qir/cum-spect'ive, a. Cautious; careful of consequences ; wary. QiR'euM-SPEET'EY, adv. With cir¬ cumspection. [circumspection. Qir'cum-spect'ness, n. Caution; (,Tr'€UM-STANCE (113), n. [Lat. cir- cumstantia, fr. circum , around, and stare, to stand.] 1. Something at¬ tending on a fact, though not essen¬ tia] thereto. 2. pi. Condition in re¬ gard to property. Syn.— Fact; event; incident.— A fact is a thing done; an event a thing which turns up or occurs ; an incident some¬ thing that/aZZs in to some general course of events. A circumstance is some ad¬ junct to an event which more or less affects it. (jlR^UM stan'tial, a. 1. Consisting in, or pertaining to, particular inci¬ dents. 2. Abounding with circum¬ stances ; minute ; particular. — n. Something incidental, but of minor importance; — in the plural. QlR'CUM-STAN'TlAL-LYjatfu. 1. Ac¬ cording to circumstances. 2. In every particular. QlR'CUM-STAN'TI-ATE (-shl-at), V. t. [•ed; -ING.] 1. To place in partic¬ ular circumstances. 2. To enter into details concerning. Qir'cum-val'late, 'i*. t. [Lat. cir- cumvallare, fr. circum, around, and vallare, to wall.] To surround with a rampart. QIr'cubi-val-la'tion, n. 1. Act of surrounding with a wall or rampart. 2. A line of field works surrounding the camp of a besieging army. QlR / €.UM-VENT', V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. circumvenire, from circum, around, and venire, to come.] To overreach ; to deceive ; to delude. (^IR'-euM-vfiN'TlON, n. Deception; fraud; imposture. [artifices. Qir / €UM-veimt''ive, a. Deceiving by (^IR'GUM-VEST', v. t. [Lat. circum- vestire, fr. circum , around, and ves- tire, to clothe.] To cover round, as with a garment. Qir'cum-vo-lD'tion, n. 1. Act of rolling round. 2. A thing rolled round another. ^IR'CUM-VOLVE', V. t. [-ED; -ING.] [Lat. circumvolvere, from circum, around, and volvere, to roll.] To cause to revolve. — v. i. To revolve. Qir'cus, n.; pi. ^iR'cus-Eg. [Lat. circus, Gr. Ktp/cos.] 1. An inclosed place for games or feats of horseman¬ ship. 2. Performers in a circus. (^i'R'Rotls, a. [Lat. cirrus, lock, curl.] Terminating in a curl or tendril.